® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 01 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 MAH/MUL/ 03051/2012 ISSN :2319 9318
TMTM
April To June 2020 Special Issue-02 DateImpact of Factor Publication 3.102 (IIJIF) 31 May 2020
Chief Editor Dr. Bapu g. Gholap (M.A.Mar.& Pol.Sci.,B.Ed.Ph.D.NET.)
fo|kokrkZ ;k vkarjfo|k’kk[kh; cgwHkkf”kd =Sekfldkr O;Dr >kkysY;k erka’kh ekyd] izdk’kd] eqnzd] laiknd lger vlrhyp vls ukgh- U;k;{ks=%chM
“Printed by: Harshwardhan Publication Pvt.Ltd. Published by Ghodke Archana Rajendra & Printed & published at Harshwardhan Publication Pvt.Ltd.,At.Post. Limbaganesh Dist,Beed -431122 (Maharashtra) and Editor Dr. Gholap Bapu Ganpat.
[dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 VidyawartaImpact Factor 3.102 (IIJIF) 02 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed InternationalDate Journal of PublicationSpecial Issue-02 31 May 2020
Vidyawarta is peer reviewed research journal. The review committee & editorial board formed/appointed by Harshwardhan Publication scrutinizes the received research papers and articles. Then the recommended papers and articles are published. The editor or publisher doesn’t claim that this is UGC CARE approved journal or recommended by any university. We publish this journal for creating awareness and aptitude regarding educational research and literary criticism.
The Views expressed in the published articles,Research Papers etc. are their writers own. This Journal dose not take any libility regarding appoval/disapproval by any university, institute, academic body and others. The agreement of the Editor, Editorial Board or Publicaton is not necessary. Editors and publishers have the right to convert all texts published in Vidyavarta (e.g. CD / DVD / Video / Audio / Edited book / Abstract Etc. and other formats). If any judicial matter occurs, the jurisdiction is limited up to Beed (Maharashtra) court only.
Govt. of India, Trade Marks Registry Regd. No. 2611690
http://www.printingarea.blogspot.com
[dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 03 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Editorial Board & review Committee
KLE SOCIETY’S GUDLEPPA HALLIKERI DEGREE COLLGE HAVERI, KK. INDIA KONKAN GEOGRAPHERS’ ASSOCIATION OF INDIA Online International Interdisciplinary Conference (OUR EARTH - OUR RESOURCES-31/05/2020)
Editorial Board
Dr. Rajaram Patil Prof. Deepak Kolhapure Dr. Shivram Thakur Dr. M. S. Yaragoppa Editor Editor Editor Editor
Panel of Experts
Dr. Praveen Saptarshi, Visiting Faculty, Salisbury University, USA Dr. Inibehe Ukpong, Fed. Polyt. Uni. Ekowe Bayelsa State, Nigeria Prof. Prashant Sawant, Bahrain Training Institute, Bharain Dr. Idoko Ojochenemi, Prince Abubakar Audu University, Anyigba, Nigeria Dr. C. Mallanna, Gudleppa Hallikeri Degree College, Haveri, KK, India Dr. Hemant Pednekar, University of Mumbai, MS, India Dr. Niladri Dash, M.S. University, Vadodara, Gujarat, India Prof. B.N Yaligar, Gudleppa Hallikeri Degree College, Haveri, KK. India Dr. Darikhan Kamble, Assistant Advisor, NAAC Bengaluru, KK. India Dr. Nandkumar Sawant, Goa Univerisy, Goa, India Dr. Sambhaji Patil, Kankavli College, Sindhudurg, MS, India Dr. Balaji Survase, University of Mumbai, MS, India Dr. Sushil Dalal, Central University of Haryana, Mahendergarh, India Dr. Prakash Holer, Shri. Kumareshwar A & C College Hangal, Haveri, KK.India
[dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 04 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Dr. M.SURESH BABU, Dr. Nilendra Lokhande Librarian, Head-Department of Commerce, C.M.R. College of Engineering & Technology S.N.D.T. College of Arts & S.C.B.College of Comm. & (Autonomous). Kandlakoya, Medchal Road, Sci., S. N. D. T. Women’s University, Hyderabad - 501 401 Mumbai-20. Mobile: 98 21 230 230 Mobile : 9492759646 Email: [email protected] [email protected]
Dr. Bhairulal Yadav Dr. DEEPAK NEMA Assistant Professor, S/O Dr. B.D. Nema, Near Prem Nagar Power House, Department of Geography Satna-485001,Contact No.8989469156, Visva-Bharati University,Santiniketan, Email: [email protected] West Bengal 731 235,Mob. +91 8670027217 [email protected] Dr. Neeraj Kumar Shukla HEAD, Department of B.Ed. Government Dr. Madan Mohan Joshi Post Graduate College Kashipur, Udham Asst.Professor of History, School of Social Sciences Singh Nagar, Uttarakhand, India 244713 Uttarakhand Open University, Haldwani (Uk) 9450223977 Cell nos. 09690676632,09412924858 [email protected] [email protected] Sunil S Trivedi Dr.Seema Sharma (Tiwari) Rameshwar Park,B/h Navarang Society, Assistant Professor-Political Science, Mogri-388345 Ta & Di: Anand Govt. M.L.B. Girls P.G. College, KilaBhavan, Indore-66 Mob: 9727290344, 8866465904 Mob: 9425904160 [email protected] [email protected] Dr. Anil Kumar Singh Dr. N.D. Choudhari H.O.D. Library & Information Science Dept. of Marathi Nandini Nagar P.G. College Anandrao Dhonde Alias Babaji College, Nawabganj, Gonda Kada, Tal-Ashti, Dist- Beed (India) Mobi. 7350474989 [email protected] [email protected] Mob-09793054919
Dr. Yallawad Rajkumar Dr. Preeti Sarda, Lt. Laxmibai Deshmukh Mahila College, Flat No.505Amrapali Arcade, Street Parli v. Dist. Beed,Pin. 431515, No.10, Himayat Nagar, Hyderabad.-500029, Mobi. 9881294195 Telangana . Mob.08374378080 [email protected] Dr. Awasthi Sudarshan Navgan college, Parli Vaijnath Ramakant Ambadas Choudhari Dist. Beed Pin.431515, Mobi.9960127866 Plot No. 43 B / Vidyavihar Colony Part -01, [email protected] SHIRPUR , DIST- DHULE (MH) 425405 Mobi – 7588736283 Dr. Ravindranath Kewat [email protected] Teacher Colony, Bamni- Bllarpur, TQ. Ballarpur Dist. Chandrapur Pin 442701, Mobi- 9421715172 Dr. Dinesh Kumar Charan [email protected] Associate Professor and HOD-History Dept., Govt.Lohia College Churu (Rajasthan) India DR.PIYUSH PANDDEY Pin- 331001 371 H POCKET II, MAYUR VIHAR PHASE I Mob. No.-9414305804 NEW DELHI 110091,Mobi:9871415353 [email protected]
Dr. Vishal purohit 111, dwarkadhish colony near airport road, Indore (MP) Pin 452005 Mobile- 9303225368 Email- [email protected] [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 05 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02
[dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 06 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 n xW>sV v‚Q bafM;k] 18 tqysS 2018 dks çdkf’kr fd;s x;s jkti= essa fo’ofo|ky; vuqnku vk;ksxus f’k{kdksa vkSj vU; f’k{kd deZpkjh;kas dks U;wure vgrkZ ds ckjs esa fofu;e tkjh fd;k gS] ftlesa i`“B la[;k 105 ij peer reviewed tuZYl API Ldksvj ;k çeks’ku ds fy, ekU; fd;s tk,sxs ,slk fy[kk gS A ;s jkti= fuEu fyad ij vOgsyscy gS —i;k MkmuyksM djds nsf[k;sA https://www.ugc.ac.in/pdfnews/4033931_UGC-Regulation_min_Qualification_Jul2018.pdf
More Details https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g_fzq2Mi7yM&t=4s
[dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 07 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 https://www.ugc.ac.in/pdfnews/4033931_UGC-Regulation_min_Qualification_Jul2018.pdf
[dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 08 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02
Editors Message...
Educational Research as nothing but cleansing of educational Research is nothing but cleaning of educational process. Many experts think Educational Research as under- According to Mouly, - Educational Research is the systematic application of scientific method for solving for solving educational problem. Travers thinks, - Educational Research is the activity for developing science of behavior in educational situations. It allows the educator to achieve his goals effectively. According to Whitney, - Educational Research aims at finding out solution of educational problems by using scientific philosophical method. Thus, Educational Research is to solve educational problem in systematic and scientific manner, it is to understand, explain, predict and control human behavior. Name of Educational Research changes with the gradual development occurs with respect to knowledge and technology, so Educational Research needs to extend its horizon. Being scientific study of educational process, it involves : - individuals (student, teachers, educational managers, parents.) – institutions (Schools, colleges, research – institutes) It discovers facts and relationship in order to make educational process more effective. It relates social sciences like education. It includes process like investigation, planning (design) collecting data, processing of data, their analysis, interpretation and drawing inferences. It covers areas from formal education and conformal educations as well. This part locates the research enterprise in several contexts. It commences with positivist and scientific contexts of research and then proceeds t show the strengths and weaknesses of such traditions for educational research. As an alternative paradigm, the cluster of approaches that can loosely be termed interpretive, naturalistic, phenomenological , interactions and ethnographic are brought together and their strengths and weaknesses for educational research are examined. The rise of critical theory as a pardiam in which educational research is conducted has been spectacular and its implications for the research undertaking are addressed in several ways here, resonating with curriculum research and feminist research (this too has been expanded and updated) Indeed critical theory links the conduct of educational research with politics and policy-making, and this is reflected in the discussions here of research and evaluation, arguing how much educational research has become evaluative in nature. A more recent trend has been the rise of complexity theory, originally from the natural sciences, but moving inexorably into social science research. This part introduces the field of complexity theory and steers readers to the accompanying web site for further details. That educational research serves a political agenda is seen in the later sections of this part. The intention here is to introduce readers to different research traditions, with the advice that ‘fitness for purpose’ must be the guiding principle: different research paradigms for different research pruposes.
[dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 09 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 I N D E X
...... 01] Sustainable Industrial Development Pranav Dake, Akshay Ghorpade, Germany. ||13 ...... 02] THE PLACE OF PUBLIC SECTOR MANAGEMENT IN DEVELOPING COUNTRIES: THE CASE.... Clark Epigha/Duke, Ebikela Suoyai/Benemone E. Osadi - Nigeria ||17 ...... 03] APPRAISAL OF INDUSTRIALIZATION STRATEGIES IN NIGERIA OGURU, AYIBAMIEBI FOSTER ||21 ...... 04] Rural Tourism and Sustainable development in Darjeeling Hills, West Bengal: Case..... Sunny Rawat, Darjeeling ||24 ...... 05] GROWTH OF POPULATION IN THE URBAN CENTRES OF THE INDIAN HIMALAYAN.... B. R. PANT- Haldwani. Nainital ||33 ...... 06] Sustainability and Tourism- Contradiction or Symbiosis? Arunima Bhattacharya, Kolkata ||44 ......
http://www.printingarea.blogspot.com 07] Transport Network and SWOT Analysis of Tourist Destinations in Kolhapur District
|
Shri. Sanjay Salokhe-Kurukali/ Dr.A. S. Patil-Satara ||47 ...... 08] GEOGRAPHICAL PERSPECTIVE ON SOME ASPECTS OF SHIRPUR PATTERN OF WATER JITENDRA VASANT PATIL /PROF. DR. V. J. PATIL- JALGAON ||53 ...... 09] The study of the expected fair centers in Latur District Kerba Namdevrao Kamble-Udgir Dist.Latur ||56 ...... 10] DEFORESTATION – CAUSES AND CONSEQUENCES Shivalingappa-Karnataka ||57 ...... 11] A GEOGRAPHICAL ANALYSIS OF LITERACY IN PUNE ADMINISTRATIVE DIVISION....
www.vidyawarta.com/03 www.vidyawarta.com/03 Ravindra D. Hande-Akurdi, Pune-44. ||62 ...... 12] AN ANALYTICAL STUDY ON ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY ACTIVITIES..... Jinal P. Solanki- Rajkot. ||66 ......
[dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 010 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 13] Correlation between Child Sex Ratio and Literacy Rate in Haryana, 2011 Geeta Kumari-Rewari / Dr. Devender Singh-Israna (Pnp) ||69 ...... 14] REVISITING THE LEARNING METHODS IN HIGHER EDUCATION Dr. D.K. Kamble, Karnataka /Dr. Abhay M Patil-Belgavi ||74 ...... 15] COVID-19 PANDEMIC DISEASE: PRECAUTIONS AND LIFE CHALLENGES E. B. Sedamkar and S. Payamalle-HAVERI-Karnataka ||80 ...... 16] COVID-19: DESTROYER OF THE TOURISM INDUSTRY Dr. Ramesh Chudaman Ahire / Dr. Lalit Pratap Sandanshiv ||84 ...... 17] IMPORTANCE OF TRANSPORT NETWORK Bhuvan Sandesh Shinde, Mumbai. ||88 ...... 18] A BRIEF STUDY OF STRESS ON STUDENTS DUE TO COVID 19 EFFECT Deepa S.R.-Chamarajanagar District, KARNATAKA. ||91 ...... 19] Positive Behavioral Change amongst Farmers through Effective Communication... Anterpreet Kaur, Dr. Ranbir Singh, Kapurthala ||94 ...... 20] Review on Environmental Pollution Dr. Nathiram Laxman Rathod-Raigad ||98 ...... 21] Biodiversity conservation of Medicinal plants through Ex situ method for sustainable ... Prakasha/Dr.Rajanaika -Tumkur, Karnataka ||101 ...... 22] The Farm Widows: Unseen Victims of Agrarian Distress Kiran Mann / Dr. Suman Chauhan-Kurukshetra ||103 ...... 23] GLOBAL WARMING: CAUSES, EFFECTS AND SOLUTIONS Prof. K. H. Byadgi - Haveri- Karnataka ||107 ...... 24] The Role of Society in Disaster Management Prof. Balasaheb Raghunath Chakor-Dindori. Dist. Nashik ||114 ...... 25] SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT OF ECO-TOURISM IN NORTH BIHAR Dr. Mukul Kumar - Muzaffarpur ||119 ...... 26] Environment and Protection of the Environment Prof. Vishnu Jaybhaye -Ratnagiri ||123 ......
[dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 011 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 27] Need for Employability Smt. ASHWINI S -Mudalagi ||126 ...... 28] Azadirachta Indica(Neem)- A Promising Tree for Pollution Control Shweta Singh/Dr. Sunita Sharma -Gwalior M. P. ||129 ...... 29] STUDY OF MINERALS IN SINDHUDURG DISTRICT : GEOGRAPHICAL PERSPECTIVE Dr. Shivram Thakur/Dr. Rajaram Patil-Sindhudurg (MS) ||130 ...... 30] Panchaganga River Pollution: A Geographical Study Prof. Sanjaykumar A. Menashi, Kolhapur ||133 ...... 31] Garbage Disposal in Dharwad City: An Environmental Issue Dr. I. A. Mulla -Dharwad ||137 ...... 32] URBAN GROWTH: ISSUES AND CHALLENGES IN MARGAO TOWN OF GOA; PEOPLES ... Adrian Ferro /Dr. Nandkumar Sawant-Margao-Goa ||140 ...... 33] STRATEGIES FOR THE PROMOTION OF HERITAGE TOURISM Vishnupriya- Kalady ||145 ...... 34] GEOMORPHIC INFLUENCES OF THE CLIFF FORMATION AND DESTRUCTION IN VARKALA Athulya R.V / Dr. Lancelet T.S-SSUS, Kalady ||149 ...... 35] SOCIAL SECURITY LAWS FOR ORGANISED SECTOR IN INDIA: AN OVERVIEW MUNDARGI. M.B -Bagalkot (Dist) Karnataka ||153 ...... 36] FRAGMENTATION OF LAND HOLDING SIZE IN KARNATAKA Dr. Hema Chandra. P N - Mysore. Karnataka ||159 ...... 37] LOSS OF CONFIDENCE : SUSTAINABILITY OF INDIAN PRIVATE SECTOR BANKING VARUN JASHNANI - Mumbai University. ||163 ...... 38] GLOBAL WARMING AND ITS EFFECT ON AGRICULTURE Dr. Pramod M. Wsake -Rajura Dist. Chandrapur ||166 ...... 39] DYNAMICS OF CROPPING PATTERN AND STATUS OF GROUND WATER A BLOCK .... Sunena -Haryana ||171 ...... 40] CLIMATE CHANGE AND WATER CRISIS Dr. Ravi S. Naik - Haunsbhavi ||176 ......
[dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 012 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 41] ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION AND SUSTAINABL DEVELOPMENT Dr. Shashidhar.S.Mathapati - Haunshbavi ||179 ...... 42] MAINTAINING THE SOCIAL DISTANANCE AT COMMUNITY Prof. Hanumanthappa N- Mundargi ||183 ...... 43] DOES ELECTRONIC BANKING IS TORNADO DURING LOCKDOWN PERIOD? FAZALATH HUSSAIN. R-Dharwad. Karnataka ||185 ...... 44] Need of Sustainable Tourism and Its Indicators for Environmental Management in... Dr. Tanusree Chaudhuri - Goregaon (West) Mumbai-400104 ||191 ......
[dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 013 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 performance. Thatcalls for an integrated 1 approach to sustainable development involving several otherCommunity policies. Special SUSTAINABLE INDUSTRIAL attention is given to the instruments for DEVELOPMENT implementingsustainable industrial development and the development of indicators Pranav Dake, to monitorprogress. Cross-cutting issues, such M.Eng., Department Of Automotive Service as climate change, and the Technology And Processes, environmentaldimension of enlargement and Ostfalia University Of Applied Sciences, employment are also addressed. Wolfsburg,Germany. 2. THE IMPACT OF CORONAVIRUS ON WORLD ECONOMIC GROWTH Akshay Ghorpade, Around 170 countries now have MBAE, Automotive Management, confirmed cases of COVID-19. Inside China the HTW Berlin, Germany. number of new infections has rapidly slowed ======***********======down, but there are major outbreaks in Italy, the United States, Spain, Germany and Iran. New ABSTRACT infections in Europe and the United States are Industrial development has always been likely to increase exponentially over the coming seen as the main engine for economic growth weeks, while clinical trials and approval due to its large economic multiplier and processes for the antiviral drugs and technological opportunities. However, vaccinations currently in development may take manufacturing sectors are directly and indirectly several months yet. responsible for a large share of overall environmental pressures, raising concerns for the environmental sustainability of manufacturing-based development. In this paper, we evaluate the impact of Coronavirus on world economic growth, mainly highlighting which industries are suffering the most. And then we discover the role of Business and Figure 1The Industry to achieve sustainable development. Coronavirus Impact Matrix Key words: Sustainable Development, Economic Whether the economic disruption lasts Growth, Industry four weeks or twelve, the impact on industry will 1. INTRODUCTION be two-fold, affecting both annual profitability The achievement of sustainable and short-term liquidity. Tourism and travel, the industrial development is the main objective of airline industry and retail (excluding FMCG) will anintegration strategy in the domain of be hit strongly on both fronts, putting them in industrial policy. It is interesting to notethat, the upper right-hand quadrant of our coronavirus while industry has already made considerable impact matrix below. Thus, tourism and travel efforts in the environmental field,achievement have already experienced short-term of sustainable industrial development will cancellations and a sharp drop in cash inflow require further substantialimprovements in all as new bookings for June to August evaporate. three pillars, including in its environmental The industry has limited options for catching up after the crisis has ended, putting 2020 results [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 014 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 under immense pressure. In the airline industry, The role of industry and business in last-minute cancellations combined with a general in the achievement of sustainable tendency towards flexible bookings have led to development is beyond doubt, as demonstrated a cash shortage; the long-term financing of by emerging concepts such as responsible aircraft limits the possibilities for adjusting cash entrepreneurship and eco-efficiency and the outflow accordingly. Profitability will be capacity of enterprises to faceto new challenges impacted by the industry’s close correlation with such as globalisation, the information society tourism and travel. Non-FMCG retail is seeing and the change of production and consumption drastically reduced demand, leading to a patterns. However, companies can play that role shortfall in sales. only if they remain competitive, in other words The automotive, logistics and oil and gas if they are able to make the appropriate industries will take a similar blow to short-term investments and implement structural and liquidity but demonstrate greater ability for their organisational changes. Moreover, since prices earnings to catch up after the crisis ends. In the play an important role in the decisions of both automotive industry, demand will further drop business and consumers, in orderthat they make off during the crisis, which will be particularly the right choices it is necessary that the challenging for automotive suppliers with fixed appropriate framework conditions are cost structures. However, recovery in China may established by Governments, including price allow firms to make up for some of the losses signals that reflect the full range of costs and they suffer. The logistics industry is seeing a big environmental externalities. drop in profitability as production stops, but the 3.1 The environmental challenge rebound effects when the situation relaxes will One of the biggest challenges facing allow for partial catch-up. The oil and gas industry today is the need to further improve industry has been through crises before and itsenvironmental performance in order truly to enjoys some flexibility due to third-party oilfield become compatible with services. However, its liquidity situation is sustainabledevelopment. Although European exacerbated by the current price war between industry has done a great deal in the past Saudi Arabia and Russia: With an oil price of 30 decades toimprove its environmental USD/bbl, upstream free cash flow is close to performance, considerable challenges remain at zero. European and global level. The financial services industry will be As mentioned above, industry and less impacted in terms of short-term liquidity, business have an important role to play in but 2020 results will come under pressure. Low reversing the negative environmental trends at interest rates and monetary policy measures will global level, through responsible provide financial aid during the crisis, although entrepreneurship and eco-efficiency outlined the inevitable bankruptcies will lead to reduced below. Increased environmental performance cash inflows for the industry. Profitability for the will mean reducing the negative environmental year will be affected strongly by the depreciation impacts that occur at each stage of the product of distressed and bankrupt corporate financing, life-cycle, from the extraction of raw materials while regulatory requirements on core capital through the production processes, transport and may lead to fire sales of credit portfolios. distribution of products to the use and disposal 3. THE ROLE OF BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY FOR of products. ACHIEVING SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT 3.2 Responsible Entrepreneurship
[dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 015 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 The concept of responsible considerations are increasingly being taken into entrepreneurship, put forward by the United account in the strategy of several companies, Nations as a recognition of the business role including the development of methodologies for for the accomplishment of sustainable social audit, monitoring and reporting. development, means that companies can 3.3 The concept of eco-efficiency manage their operations in such a way as to The development of the eco-efficiency enhance economic growth and increase concept and its promotion and implementation competitiveness whilst ensuring environmental across business, including industrial companies, protection and promoting social responsibility. services and the financial sector is another In fact, major improvements in environmental example of responsible entrepreneurship. This performance have already been made by concept emerged as an innovative business industrial companies and business in general. strategy combining both environmental and In the past, such improvements were mainly a economic efficiency to create more value with response to Government regulatory pressure less environmental impact. It has helped using command and control type instruments_ companies understanding the challenges of and to economic incentives such as the level of sustainable development and led them to relative prices. But increased public and increase efficiency in their processes and create business awareness of environmental new and better products, for example reducing challenges has contributed to material and energy intensity, decreasing the companies’starting to take their part of the use of non-renewable resources and toxic responsibility solving environmental problems substances, enhancing material recyclability and and to integrate environmental concerns into product durability and increasing the service their management strategies. intensity of their goods and services. The need The implementation of environmental to take into account a life cycle approach and to management systems by many of these address the impacts across the entire product companies is a clear sign of such responsible chain shows to these companies that they are behaviour. New approaches and strategies, such able to influence their suppliers and customers as eco-efficiency, life cycle thinking and and spread the concept across the supply chain. sustainable product design, have been They are also starting a dialogue and co- introduced and adopted by companies that wish operation with all their stakeholders and to be on the leading edge of environmental and developing measurement and reporting industrial innovation. Companies have mechanisms to monitor progress, such as eco- developed and implementedmanagement tools efficiency indicators and benchmarks. for measuring environmental impacts (such as Successful implementation of eco- life-cycle analysis),for assessing the costs and efficiency by companies made Governments benefits of environmental action (such as become interested in this concept and some environmental accounting) and for have embraced eco-efficiency as an element of communicating an environmentally responsible a policy strategy towards sustainable image to their stakeholders (such as development. Governments have a role in environmental reporting). They have developed supporting the promotion of eco-efficiency environmental performance indicators and strategies in business and setting the framework benchmarking techniques to measure and conditions for encouraging companies to adopt monitor progress and compare it with that of these strategies. Ecoefficiency can provide a link other companies. In addition, social between the integration of sustainable [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 016 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 development concerns at the micro level and at governments unable to stimulate economic macro levels and, in that context, eco-efficiency growth. could be an important element of an integration REFERENCES strategy in the industrial policy domain - Commission Staff Working Paper, stimulating progress towards sustainable European Commission, Brussels industrial development.One of the biggest 25.10.1999, SEC (1999) 1729, pp. 03-17 challenges facing industry today is the need to - Hillary Zodape, Prasad U Patil, Anil further improve itsenvironmental performance Ranveer, Sustainable Industrial in order truly to become compatible with Development, International Journal for sustainabledevelopment. Although European Research in Applied Science & industry has done a great deal in the past Engineering Technology (IJRASET), Dec. decades toimprove its environmental 2015, pp. 111-116 performance, considerable challenges remain - Sustainable Development in the atglobal level.As mentioned above, industry and European Union, A Statistical glance business have an important role toplay in from the viewpoint of the UN Sustainable reversing the negative environmental trends at Development Goals, 2016 Edition, pp. global level,through responsible 009-133 entrepreneurship and eco-efficiency outlined - Roland Berger 2020,‘World economic below. Increasedenvironmental performance growth plunges due to coronavirus - will mean reducing the negative environmental which industries are suffering the most’, impactsthat occur at each stage of the product viewed 18 May 2020, https:// life-cycle, from the extraction of raw www.rolandberger.com/en/Point-of- materialsthrough the production processes, View/Coronavirus-Current-status-and- transport and distribution of products to the use economic-impact-forecast.html anddisposal of products. 4. CONCLUSION A sustainable industrial development strategy should aim to achieve the integration ofenvironmental concerns and sustainable development in industrial policy, therebypromoting environmental protection, competitiveness, innovation and employment. Inthe long term, sustainable industrial development can only be achieved through theintegration of all three pillars of sustainable development – economic, environmentaland social. If the economic disruption lasts four to twelve weeks, the crisis will cause much deeper, structural damage to the economy. With this in mind, we have to raise concerns and develop effective methodologies to reflect multiple insolvencies, skyrocketing unemployment and
[dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 017 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Ministries and Parastatals, Local Governments. 2 Introduction The focus of this paper is to examine the THE PLACE OF PUBLIC SECTOR nature, scope and the roles of Public Sector MANAGEMENT IN DEVELOPING Management. Governments at various levels of the World today are facing a lot of problems in COUNTRIES: THE CASE OF NIGERIA the management of affairs in the Public Sectors. Clark Epigha Thus, the ultimate aim of Public Sector is the Department of Public Administration provision of basic services and the required Federal Polytechnic Ekowe, products in order to maximally satisfy the needs Bayelsa State, Nigeria of the Public. A wide range of public affairs are ineffectively and inefficiently managed in Duke, Ebikela Suoyai respective of personnel, finance etc by such Department of Banking and Finance public administrators or managers. Federal Polytechnic Ekowe In the Public Sectors or Organizations in Bayelsa State Nigeria Nigeria today, those who are entrusted with Benemone E. Osadi authority and responsibility (i.e political heads Department of Business Administration, and chairman, Permanent secretaries, Directors University of Africa, Toru-Orua and Heads of Government Ministries, Bayelsa State, Nigeria Departments, Parastatals and Agencies) to make such public policy and implement so as to ======***********======provide the required services and product to Abstract: satisfy the Public needs are abysmally This paper examines the public sector mishandled and mismanaged at times. management in developing countries with Generally, this discipline is important to every special focus on Nigerian economy. It elucidates nation of the world because effectiveness, the nature, scope and the roles of public sector efficiently and economy of the Public Sectors or management in developing countries. A content Organizations requires prudent management of analysis adopted to analyze the topic understudy the personnel, finances, capital assets, the in brevity of all circumstances surrounding public economy and security which lies on the Public sector management. The paper therefore Administrators or Managers. differentiates public sector from that of the The place of Public Sectors in the Public private sector; which also embodies the various Management in a developing economy is authorities over the public sectors in Nigeria. It numerous. There are basic services that also encapsulates the effects of COVID-19 in rendered by Public sectors which includes Local Nigeria public sectors and financial institutions. Transport Services, Rail and Airports, Gazettes, Thus, the researchers therefore recommended Catering/Bar, Hospitals, Electricity, Schools, that all heads of public sectors in Nigeria should Road networks, Car parks, libraries, and strictly adhered to the public rules, regulations Cemeteries provision etc. for the smooth running and other relevant extant circulars in discharging of day-to-day activities of the nations. their official responsibilities so as to boost Precisely, the term “Management” development in midst of complex situations. implies the organ of the nation which connotes Keywords: Public Sector, Public Sector the effective mobilization and utilization of both Management, Federal Ministries, State human and material resources towards [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 018 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 achievement of development goals of the utility). It is otherwise called Public nations in the world. In essence, the Public Management or Public Administration. Administrators or Managers will administer and Public Sector Management is constituted manages the affairs of such Public Sectors or in these organizations, including Federal Organizations with an attitude called “Public Government Ministries and Extra Ministerial Interest” in order to provide Public utility (i.e Departments, State Government Ministries and Public Satisfaction). Extra Ministerial Deprartments, Local Public Sector Management: A conceptual Governments, Parastatals, Government clarification: Committees, Task Forces, Commissions etc Several scholars and authorities have The Public Sector Management system provided various definitions of “Public Sector like any other management is a design to Management” is that type of management accomplish pre-selected mission and objectives. involved in effective planning, coordination, For the Public Manger or Administrator these utilization, and controlling of both human and preselected missions and objectives are in the materials resources to achieve the development broadest sense with the concern for a fair and goals of public organizations of nation. It is equitable distribution of Public goods and otherwise known as Public management of services, the goal and aspirations of the society- affairs or Public Administration. Hartzell (2006) the five national objectives in Nigeria as also defined Public Sector Management as that Specified in section 17, Chapter 11 of the ideals type of Management responsible for controlling of freedom, equality and justice including: the mixed economy of the State. a. Every Citizen shall have equality of United Nations (1971) also defined rights, obligations and opportunities before the public sector management as the art of law, managing the public affairs in the interest of b. The sanctity of human person shall be the Public or the masses. MacRae and Pitt (1980) recognized and human dignity shall be also see Public Sector Management as a system maintained and enhanced of management of an organization concerned c. Government actions shall be humane with achieving state purposes. Another school d. Exploitation of human and natural of thought also posits that Public Sector resources in any form whatever for reasons Management is the management of Public other than the good of the community shall be activities or affairs, so as to protect the Public prevented and interest in a systematic manner. Benemone e. The independence, impartially and (2014) also defined Public Sector Management integrity of the courts of law, and easy as that management by the Government accessibility therefore shall be secured and administrators or managers who are entrusted maintained. with the authority and responsibility to formulate Financial Authorities/Controls over Public and implement policies to provide essential Sectors in Nigeria: services and basic products to satisfy the needs There are several financial authorities and of the public. controlling measures over Public Sectors in Generally, Public Sector Management is Nigeria and these include: the type of management that deals with Publics 1. Financial (Control and Management) affairs. Those who manage the public affairs are Act 1958: This Act was to provide for the control called “Public Mangers or Administrators”. They and management of Public Finances of the work towards Public Satisfaction (i.e Public Federation. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 019 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 2. Audit Act 1956: This Act states the period, no development, all financial resources accounts to be signed and presented by are employed to fight the Virus. The Public Accountant General for the Federation in Sector administrators’ e.g Governors, controlling the receipts and payments. Commissioners, and Medical Officers in the 3. Constitution of the Federal Republic COVID-19 period do not managed such palliative of Nigeria, 1999: The constitutional financial measures. The COVID-19 Pandemic ravages provisions consolidate enactments which set the Nigeria in such ugly situations as about 5,500 general framework for financial management as cases, but 1,167 deaths and others discharged. well as accounting financial accounting. Public Sector and Development in the Nigeria 4. The Annual Appropriation Act: The Banking Institutions During COVID-19: Annual Appropriation Act authorizes and controls During COVID-19 Period, the operations receipts and payments of Public funds. of the Nigeria Banking Institutions are strictly 5. Financial Regulations: Government controlled by the Apex Bank (i.e Central Bank of financial regulations are meant to ensure that Nigeria) such directive from CBN to other Government businesses are conducted Commercial Banks to attend to one Customer according to the Principles established at a time during the COVID-19 Period. This management. At the Federal Level such Federal situation has affected several customers in Regulations while at State/Local Government withdrawing and depositing Money in their Levels called financial instruction various bank accounts. 6. Treasury and Finance Circulars The banking sector is drastically affected 7. Others such as Pension Act of 2004, in the day-to-day operations during COVID-19 Local Government Pneumonia. The POS operations during the Public Sector and Development in Nigeria COVID-19 were highly enhanced and during COVID-19 Period. encouraged; such Operators have made a lot of Nigeria is one of the largest African high turnover during the Period of COVID-19 economies in which the Corona Virus Pandemic Pandemic. ravaged her National economies drastically just In general confirmation, the Financial as the price for one barrel of oil in the World Oil Institutions in Nigeria during the COVID-19 Market highly reduced. Both the Public and Period really affected Financial Institutions Private Sectors meaningful developments are Operations mostly truncated in the period of COVID-19 since Conclusion and Recommendations: March till date. Public Sector Management is one of the Public Sector Administrators in Nigeria most important challenges of modern rely only on the crusade to eradicate the Corona developing and developed nations in the world Virus, though, the administrators of Nigeria were today. The socio-economic and political confused in the manifestation of COVID-19 potentialities of the present and future cases where some of them (Governors) spent generations of various nations will depend on huge sum of money in providing quarantine and the success of the efforts of Public Managers testing laboratories. Under this period, Crimes or Administrators of such Public Sectors or are pervading in places as well as people are Organizations in Nigeria. The technological and kidnapped for ransom. The development tool of industrial developments and that of the nations the National Budgets benchmark is adversely vision 20:20:20 is adversely affected in the reduced as well as the various sectoral COVID-19 Pandemic which ravages allocations are also affected. This COVID-19 Administrators interest so as to maintain the [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 020 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 fullest adoption of the three (3Es) elements such 9. Federal Republic of Nigeria (1999) as Effectiveness, Efficiency and Economy would Constitution, Abuja: Government Printing be prudently managed in Nigeria, in order to Press face the challenges of reaching sustainable 10. Hood, C. (1991) “A Public Management for national development. all Seasons” Public Administration 69.1 Finally, Public Sector Management with 11. Hughes, O.E (1998) Public Management high standard of operations will ensure and Administration: an Introduction, transparency, accountability and sustainable London: Macmillan Press Ltd. development while good governance 12. Kiragu, K. (2002) “Public Financial requirements be maintained by Public Sectors Management” in Ademolekun L. (Ed.) Managers and Administrators, this will thus avoid Public Administration in Africa Ibadan: Corruption, Tribalism, Nepotism, Favoritism, etc. Spectrum Books Ltd. and all aspects of Public Sector Management 13. Lan, Zhiyong and Rosenbloon, David H. be seen to work in practice. (1992) ‘Editorial’ Public Administration REFERENCES Review. 1. Adamolekun, L. (1983) a Nigerian Public 14. MacRae, Stuart and D. Pitt (1980) Public Administration: 1960-1980: Perspectives Administration: an Introduction, London: and Prospects; Ibadan: Heineman Pitman Publishing Ltd. 2. Albrow, M. (1970) Beaucracy, London, 15. Nigerian Tribune (1995) Publication on Macmillan Printing Press (Chapter 6) Public Sector Activities, August 2 3. Ayeni, V.A. (1987) The Political Context of Wednesday 1995. Public Management: Improving 16. Oshisani K. and P.N. Dean, (1984) Financial Management Practice with the Management in the Pollit, C (1993): Ombudsman, a chapter contributed in Managerialism and the Public Services: Issues in Public Management, Ibadan, Cuts or Cultural Change in the 1990s 2nd University Press. Edition: Oxford Basil Blackwell. 4. Benemone, O.E (2014) Public Enterprises: Fundamental Issues, Problems and Prospects (Unpublished work) 5. Benemone, O.E (2008) “Public Sector Budget and Budgeting System in M.C. Ijeh (ed) Public finance in focus for Students, Public Officers and Practitioners, Benin City: Justice Jeco Press and Publishers Ltd. 6. Daniel, H. (2006) Dictionary of Management, New Delhi: Academic Publishers. 7. Federal Republic of Nigeria (1975) “Public Service Review Commission main Report” Lagos: Federal Ministry of Information 8. Federal Republic of Nigeria (1991) Model Financial Memoranda for Local Government 2nd Edition
[dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 021 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 accepted that the road to economic 3 development of a country lies in the diversification of her economy, in which APPRAISAL OF industrialization has crucial role to play. INDUSTRIALIZATION STRATEGIES Industrialization is seen as the bedrock of IN NIGERIA economic growth and development of every country. B. REVIEW OF LITERATURE OGURU, AYIBAMIEBI FOSTER According to Onimode (1988), industrialization is the best index of economic ======***********======progress, with respect to such attributes as the ABSTRACT measurement of national productive capacity, This paper attempts to examine and manufacturing output, technological evaluate industrial policies and incentives that development, modern employment had been put in place to stimulate the industrial opportunities and overall standard of living. sector over time. In using secondary data; the Bhagwati (1988), viewed industrialization in a impact of government credit to the industrial broader way, according him, industrialization sector and provision of foreign exchange for the denotes the organization of production in importation of machinery and equipment on business enterprises, characterized specially by industrial output was examined. The OLS routine division of labour and involving the application of econometrics methodology was employed, to of technology, chemical and electrical power to run the multiple regressions. Consequently, the supplement and replace human labour. following findings were reached. The According to Moro (1997), industrialization is explanatory variables, credit to private industrial seen as first of all establishing small scale sector and provision of machinery and industries as a nation first step whereby skill equipment have positive impact on industrial techniques and markets may be developed from output. large scale operations. This therefore, implies A. INTRODUCTION that , to start through small scale industries is Less- developed countries have the best way forward to grow large scale meandered from various policies and strategies industries and industrialization parse. such as import-substitution, export –promotion, INDUSTRIALIZATION STRATEGIES IN NIGERIA trade liberalization and creating all kinds of Nigeria and other African countries have incentives to attract foreign investment. Nigeria adopted some industrial policies in their in particular, has experimented various industrial development efforts. Anyanwu et al (1997), policies for over five decades with the objective identified four industrialization strategies of diversifying the economic base of the country. adopted in Nigeria as; import-substitution, The government had both at federal and export-promotion, balanced development state levels and different times made deliberate strategy and local resource based strategy. attempts at industrialization, particularly in the IMPORT-SUBSTITUTION STRATEGY: area of manufacturing. The aims as stated in This refers to a process of making at plan documents and budget speeches were home some consumer and intermediate goods provision of employment opportunities, reducing that were previously imported, thereby replacing the country dependence on foreign sources of some imported goods with domestic products. manufactured goods and so on. It is now widely EXPORT-PROMOTION STRATEGY: [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 022 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 This strategy enables a country lay Provision of loans: Government had emphasis on providing efficiently goods for through the bank of industry, central bank and export. Realizing pitfalls from the import other financial institutions provided loans to substitution strategy, Nigeria adopted the export industries as a way to boost industrialization in promotion policy. In order to encourage this, the the country. Nigeria export promotion board was Direct participation: Government had established. also participated directly in certain strategic BALANCED DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY industries either alone or through joint This strategy was adopted as a result participation with foreigners or local the lopsided development of the industrial entrepreneurs. Example is the Ajaokuta steel sector. The aim of the balanced development company. strategy was to encourage balance development Besides the above mentioned of all industries, so as to promote greater incentives, others such as provision of linkages within the sector. That is, to create intra accelerated depression allowance, approved and inter sectorial linkages, in order to increases user scheme, export incentives and inter industry transactions. concessionary allocation of foreign exchange LOCAL RESOURCE BASED STRATEGY had been directed to the industrial sector with This strategy was adopted due to the aim to building a strong industrial base in the stochastic nature of the petroleum sector. It is country. the local development and sourcing of raw C. DATA/METHODOLOGY materials by industries in the country .In order Secondary data were used in the study. to pursue this strategy the Nigerian government The data were collected from Central Bank had adopted various policies and established Statistical Bulletin and National Bureau of quite a good number of institutions, Example of Statistics. The OLS method of econometrics such institutions is the Nigerian Content methodology was employed. Multiple Monitoring and Development Board. The main regressions were used for estimationof objective behind the creation of this board is to parameters of the explanatory variables. improve the local content in the petroleum and Specification of the model manufacturing sectors in the country. Y F x x GOVERNMENT INCENTIVES TO ENCOURAGE 1 2
INDUSTRIES IN NIGERIA Y 0 1x1 2 x2 The Nigerian government had over time Y 0 1x1 2 x2 adopted different specific policies to drive the Y x x u industrialization process, with the aim to 0 1 2 2 2 actualize the above broad strategies. Where, Tax holiday: Infant industries are Y = Industrial output at current market prices exempted from the payment of profit tax for in Billion Naira. some years of operation, such as five years. The X1 = Government credits to private investors; aim isto enable such industries build up enough as incentives to industrial sector in Billion funds for expansion purposes. Naira.
Tariff Protection: This is the imposition X2 = Imports on machinery and equipment: as of heavy import duties on foreign goods so as proxy to industrial policy (in Naira Billion). to protect local industries from international D. DATA PRESENTATION, ANALYSIS AND competition. DISCUSSION [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 023 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Table 1: Presentation of Data of significance, which is 3.89; it then implies Year Industrial output at market Government credit to Value of imports on prices (NBillion) (Y) private investors (NBillion) machinery & Equipment that on the overall, the parameters â1 and â2 of (X1) (NBillion) (X2) 2002 2,178.51 930.49 378.80 the variables are statistically significant. Hence, 2003 2,902.81 1,096.54 498.80 2004 3,992.28 1,421.66 458.90 the regessors determine the behavior of the 2005 5,080.16 1,838.39 613.40 2006 6,157.84 2,290.62 680.80 regressand. 2007 6,800.15 3,680.09 856.70 2008 8,072.50 6,941.38 1,141.80 The adjusted coefficient of determination R is 2009 7,518.88 9,147.42 2,359.30 2010 12,033.20 10,157.02 3,762.60 0.8318. This implies that the regression line has 2011 15,626.42 10,660.07 3,219.30 2012 16,975.42 14,647.28 2,217.20 a good fit. It shows that 83 percent of total 2013 17,614.29 15,751.84 2,166.30 2014 18,402.19 17,129.68 2,011.40 variation of industrial output in Nigeria is 2015 15,073.78 18,675.47 1,996.20 2016 14,372.78 21,082.72 12,232.30 accounted for by the regressors - credit facility (finance) and provision of Machinery & Source: Central Bank statistical bulletin, Equipment. National bureau of statistics It is evident from the results that there is positive relationship between the regressors Presentation of Results and Discussion and the regreand. Effective and efficient policy Table 2: Presentation of Results formulation and implementation in this regard Variable Coefficient Standard err or t-statistics C 2625.4 1162.470 2.2585 will improve industrial output in the country. X1 0.6108 0.1232 4.9589 E. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS X2 1.2478 0.8188 1.5241 Source : Computed from 2.view regression Industrial policies had not yielded results desired practical results. Local value- added from industrial output Y 2625.4 0.6108x1 1.2478x2 seems to be too low, as industries depend largely S (1162.470)(0.1231)(0.8188) E on foreign machinery and equipment and other t (2.2585)(4.9589)(1.5242) c raw materials. tt 0.025 2.179 R 0.8558 Recommendations 2 · Industrial policies should be properly R2 0.8318
Fc 35.6090 coordinated and implemented.
Ft 3.89 · Industrial policies should be based on economic principles. at 5% significant level. · Local resource strategy should be re- Where: R is coefficient of determination 2 strategized and re-enforced. is Adjusted coefficient of determination. R2 · Government should promote and encourage Research & Development. Statistical test o f the significance of the · Government should strengthen the estimates. campaign of” buy made in Nigeria products” to i. Student t-test create market for domestic firms. REFERENCES From the results â1 that is the parameters of - Adejugbe, M.O.K. (2004) Industrialization, variable X1 are statistically significant: Urbanization and Development in Nigeria. tc>tt=4.9589>2.179. Concepts Publications Ltd., Lagos. â2is not statistically significant; tc (Source: Hall, 1998 and Author’s Conceptualization) The development of rural tourism contributes positively to economic growth as (Source: Darjeeling Tourism Department and well as regional economic development and GIS mapping) thus it provides benefits to the local people. LEPCHAJAGAT: [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 027 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Rural tourism can be sustainable if Some of the local people got the opportunity to development meets the needs of tourists and develop themselves as entrepreneurs. The local residents while protecting future entrepreneurship has been able to capitalize opportunities. Rural tourism offers benefits for local resources; it has been able to generate local residents, conservation, development and some scope for rural workers and labors. Rural educational experiences. Rural tourism is a tourism has acted as a stimulator of economic sustainable form of nature-based tourism. It growth in this rural destination. focuses primarily on experiencing and learning Some owners started earnings as about nature, its landscape, flora, fauna and homestay while some started with house turned their habitats, as well as cultural artifacts from into homestay, some are government homestays the locality (Dowling, 1997; Fennell, 1999). and some are private homestay in the study Tourists: area. The following table shows the scenario of Total number of 200 tourists were homestays in different rural tourism interviewed, out of which 101(50.5%) were male destinations of the study area. and 99 (49.5%) were female. 146 tourists hailed Destinations Homestays House turned into Government Private from West Bengal (73%), 32 from other parts of homestays homestays Homestays Lepchajagat i)Pakhrin Homestay i)Kanchankanya Humro India (16%) and 22 (11%) from foreign. Most of ii) Salakha Homestay Homestay Homestay them were nature lover, some visited for peace and few visited for other purposes. (Source: Data compiled by author from Field Homestays: survey) Homestays are part of rural tourism Pattern of increase in tourist accommodation where tourist stay with local people to facility in Lepchajagat village since 2000 experience local culture and tradition which Sample size: 4 Homestay generates livelihood for local people. Sl. Name of the Home-stay From the year Increasing number Number of persons No. of room to accommodate Four homestay owners have been interviewed 1 Pakhrin Homestay 2008 6 +2 = 8 10 + 8 = 18 2 Kanchankanya Homestay 2013 6 + 2 = 8 10 + 8 = 18 and their income shows the constant 3 Salakha Homestay 2016 1 + 1 = 2 2 + 4 = 6 4 Humro Homestay 2016 2 + 1 = 3 4 + 4 = 8 development of the economy of their homestays. Following is the data of Economy of six rural (Source: Data compiled by author from Field tourism destinations since 2008: survey) Approx income of Owners in Rs. Stakeholder’s networking for sustainable Destinations 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Total Lepchajagat 26400 28800 39000 40800 49200 12000 92400 255600 296400 20400 58800 919800 rural tourism development: Taking into consideration the (Source: Compiled by author from registers of characteristics and components of rural tourism homestays) and sustainable development planning such as The above table illustrates the income the sustainable tourism management, of the owners since the inception of rural tourism community participation, local benefits, tourists in Lepchajagat. It reveals that the economy has satisfaction, environment protection, educative been growing constantly. Rural tourism has been purpose, development of specialized tourism successful as it has catered to economic networking, infrastucture, the study thus development through generation of employment accounts for the stakeholders networking model opportunities especially in tertiary sectors. The for planning sustainable tourism development development can be seen in transport system, in rural areas of Darjeeling Hills. infrastructure, crafts, floriculture, etc. It too raised the standard of living of the rural people. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 028 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 invests considerable importance in the Stakeholders’ Networking for Sustainable Rural Tourism Development Governments/ economic well-being and cultural integrity of Authorities/ Stakeholders rural communities and in rural environmental stewardship. Rural tourism has brought social Educational Institutions changes in the study area. Financial Institutions All the stakeholders and local people should be aware of the environmental and social Sustainable Rural Tourism Destination consequences of rural tourism. All the owners, Homestays NGOs-SHGs-Community Development Organizations stakeholders should work on and progress on 3 Landscapes keys of sustainable development: making it Local Community Homestay Cultural Institutions Communities more economically viable, socially equitable Heritage sites and environmentally responsible. Farming Community Rural Creative industries Organizations Tourist Guides Rural Agro-based Progressive Industries Homestay Owners Drivers/Cooks/Servants/ Gardener Utilities and Progressive Farmers Infrastructure Travel Agencies Health Care Centres Member of Transportation Agencies Panchayat Hospitality Industry Tour Operators Local Shop Owners Tourist (Source: Joshi, Paresh Vidyadhar and author) Conclusion: In conclusion, it can be said that Lepchajagat has been able to develop their areas with the introduction of tourism and are Pakhrin Homestay, Lepchajaat moving towards sustainable development. To some extent, rural tourism has created employment opportunities, enhanced growth of service sectors and has been a means of conserving rural ecology in a sustainable manner. It has minimized the disparity between rural and urban area thereby bringing the rural area in the path of development. It has ensured environmental improvements, landscape and resource conservation leading to sustainable development. The local people are becoming aware about the positive and negative impacts of tourism. Rural tourism has a great future perspective in the rural areas of Darjeeling and can surely be an option for another income generation business. A new concern is emerging Kanchankanya Homestay, Lepchajagat in the theory and practice of rural tourism which [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 029 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Tourism Development”, Tourism, Leisure and Global Change, Volume 1 (2014). - AggarwalPrateek, (1999) Tourism and Economic Growth and Development, Mohit Publications, New Delhi. - AnejaPuneet, (2006). “Sustainable Tourism Development Challenges Ahead”.Kurukshetra. - Badan B. S and Harish Bhatt, (2006) Sustainaible Tourism. Kanishka Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi. - BandeUsha, (2002). “Eco-Tourism and Mountains”.Yojana, Vol.24, No.15 (August). - Bharathbhushan E. K., (2005). “Sustainable Tourism Development”. Kerala Calling, Vol.50, No.16, October. Subhash Tamang, a painter working at Pakhrin - Bhatia A. K., (1991). Tourism Development : Homestay Principles and Practices. Sterling Publishers Private Limited, New Delhi. - Biju M. R. (2002). “Global Tourism: The Evolutionary Process”, South Asian Journal of Social Political Sciences, Vol.3, No.1, December 2002, pp. 144-147. - Bojnec Stefan (2010). “Rural Tourism, Rural Economy Diversification, and Sustainable Development”, AcademicaTuristica, Year 3, No. 1–2, July 2010. - Bramwell Bill (1994). Rural tourism and Traditional Kitchen sustainable rural tourism, Journal of Sustainable Tourism, 2:1-2, 1-6 References - - Bramwell, B., & Lane, B. (2012). Towards - Agnes Gannon (1994). Rural tourism as a innovation in sustainable tourism research? factor in rural community economic Journal of Sustainable Tourism, 20(1), 1–7. development for economies in transition, - Broadhurst, R. (2001) Managing Environments Journal of Sustainable Tourism, 2:1-2, 51-60, for Leisure and Recreation. London: DOI: 10.1080/09669589409510683 Routledge. - Ahamed Mustak (2018). “Rural Tourism As A - Buckley R. 1995. Where tourism and ecology Sustainable Development Alternative: An meet. Ecotourism Conference, Bangkok, Analysis With Special Reference To Srinakharinwirot University. BallavpurDanga Near Santiniketan, West - BurjaCamelia, BurjaVasile (2014). Bengal (India)”, IOSR Journal of Business and “Sustainable Development of Rural Areas: A Management (IOSR-JBM) Challenge for Romania”, Environmental - Aslam M.S.M., AwangWahidinKhairil, Othman Engineering and Management Journal, Vol.13, BintiHj. Nor’ain. (2014). “Issues and No. 8, August 2014 Challenges in Nurturing Sustainable Rural [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 030 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 - Butler R., Hall M., Jenkins J., (1998) “Tourism - Diganta K., Mudoi R. (2011). “Tourism Sector and recreation in rural areas”, Wiley, in North East Region of India”, Southern Chichester, pp-557. Economist, (2011) Vol. 50 (11), pp. 49-51. - Caprihan,Vijai, Kumar,Shiva, Kirthi, (2004). - Drgulanescu Irina Virginia, DrutuMaricica “Eco-Tourism in India”.South Asian Journal of (2012). “Rural Tourism for Local Economic Socio-Political Studies (SAJOSPS), Vol.12, No.2 Development”, International Journal of (Jan-June) Academic Research in Accounting, Finance - Chamy Anthony, (2001). “Accessible and Management Sciences, Volume 2, Special Sustainable Ecotourism: Necessary Market Issue 1 (2012), pp. 196-203 Adjustments in a New Age of Travel”. - Gursoy D., Jurowski C., Uysal M. (2002). Ecotoursonline.ca. “Resident Attitudes: A Structural Modeling - Chand,Mohinder, Ravi,Bhushan, (2005). Approach”. Annals of Tourism Research. “Rural Tourism: A New Approach to - Hall, D., Mitchell, M. and Roberts, L. (2003) Sustainability”. South Asian Journal of Socio- “Tourism and the countryside: Dynamic Political Studies (SAJOSPS), Vol.9, No.2 (Jan- relationships”. In D. Hall, L. Roberts and M. June). Mitchell (eds) New Directions in Rural Tourism - ChaturvediDevesh, (2010). “Tourism in India: (pp. 3–15). Aldershot: Ashgate Ensuring Buoyancy and Sustainability”. Yojana, - Hall Michael and Alan Addison (1999). Vol.13, No.8, May. “Sustainable Tourism-A Geographical - Chawla Ramesh (2006). Ecology and Tourism Perspective”.International Journal of Tourism Development, First Edition, SumitEntersprises, Research, Vol. 2, Issue 5. New Delhi, India. - Harrison, C. (1991) Countryside Recreation in - Chettri, N. (1998). “Impact of Tourism on a Changing Society. London: TMS Partnership. Biodiversity: A Case Study from the Sikkim - Henderson, J.C., A. Koh, S. Sterlyn& M. Y. Himalayas, India”. South Asian Perspectives Sallim(2001). “Urban Environmental and in Eco-tourism and Conservation, Gangtok: Nature-Based Attractions: Green Tourism in Ecotourism and Conservation Society of Singapore”. Tourism Recreation Research, Vol. Sikkim. 26(3). - Chhewang Rinzin, Walter J. V. Vermeulen & - Hill Jennifer and Timgale (2000).”Ecotourism Pieter Glasbergen (2007) Ecotourism as a and Environmental Sustainability Principles mechanism for sustainable development: the and Practice”. Research Gate Publication, case of Bhutan, Environmental Sciences, 4:2, Ashgate, Bristol(U.K.). 109-125, DOI: 10.1080/15693430701365420 - Hunziker W., Krapf K. (1942). “General Tourist - D’ Souza Rohin (2009).Rural Development Theory”. The Outline of General Tourism Through Rural Tourism, Salesian Journal, Science, Vol. 26, No. 3. KalpaGriha Publication, New Delhi, India. - K.G. Mohanlal, (2007). “Ecotourism in - Das, Niranjan, H. J. Syiemlieh, (2004). “Eco- Kerala”.South Asian Journal of Socio-Political Tourism in Assam”.Yojana, Vol.8, No.4 (July) Studies (SAJOSPS), Vol.18, No.1 (July-Dec - Day, J., & Cai, L. (2012). Environmental and 2007). energy - related challenges to sustainable - Kandari and Ashish Chandra (2003).”Tourism, tourism in the United States and China. Bio-diversity Sustainable Development”.Isha International Journal of Sustainable Books Publication, New Delhi, Vol. 4, Issue 3. Development & World Ecology, 19, 379–388 - Kannegieser, Isabel, “A Home in The Hills: Examining the Socioeconomic Benefits of [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 031 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Homestay Tourism on Rural Women and Their Forestry, Institute for Tourism and Recreation Communities in the Darjeeling District” Research 21. (2015).Independent Study Project (ISP) - Mathew Viju (2009) “Sustainable Tourism: A Collection. 2205. Case of Destination Competitiveness in South - KatochAmit and GautamPrashant (2015). Asia”, South Asian Journal of Tourism and “Rural Tourism as a Medium for Local Heritage, Vol. 2, No.1, 2009, pp. 83-89. Development in Himachal Pradesh: The - Meena, Shivraj (2015). “Rural Tourism Impact, example of Villages around Dharamshala Challenges and Opportunities in Rajasthan”, (Kangra)”. South Asian Journal for Tourism and The Journal of Bengal Geographer, Vol. IV, No. Heritage, Vol. 8, No.1. IV, 2015 - Krippendorf, J. (1987) The Holiday Makers: - Mili Nitashree, (2012). “Rural Tourism Understanding the Impact of Leisure and Development: An Overview of Tourism in the Travel. Oxford: Heinemann TipamPhakey Village of Naharkhatia in - Kohli, M.S. (2002). “Eco-Tourism and Dibrugarh District, Assam, India”. International Himalayas”.Yojana, Vol.24, No.15 (August). Journal of Scientific and Research - Kumar,SwainSampad, Mohan, (2007). “Eco- Publications, Vol. 2.Issue 12. Tourism and Sustainable Development-A Case - MrksaMilutin, Gajic Tamara (2014). Study of Chandaka Wildlife Sanctuary in “Opportunities for Sustainable Development Orissa”.SouthAsian Journal of Socio-Political of Rural Tourism in The Municipality Of Studies (SAJOSPS), Vol.7, No.2 (Jan-June). VRBAS”, Economics of Agriculture 1/2014, - KuºatNurdan (2016), “The Role Of Rural UDC: 338-44(1-22) Tourism In Rural Development: The Case Of - Murti, S.K & Kumar S. (1989).Tourists Activities Turkey”, Journal of Economics and Causing Depletion of Plant Wealth in Jammu Administrative Sciences, Volume:XVII, Issue: & Kashmir, In Impacts of Tourism on Mountain 2 Year-December, 2016 Pages: 11-21 Environment, (ed. S.C. Singh) Research India - Lane, B. (1994). What is rural tourism? Journal Publications. of Sustainable Tourism 2(1&2), 7–21. - N. Jayapalan, (1984). An Introduction to - Lepp A. (2007). “Residents’ attitudes towards Tourism.Atlantic Publishers and Distributors, tourism in Bigodi village, Uganda”.Elselvier, Delhi (1984). March (2007) Volume 8, No.8. - Negi, Jagmohan. (1990). Tourism and Travel, - - Liu, A. (2006). “Tourism in rural areas: Gitangali Publishing House. New Delhi. Kedah”, Malaysia School of tourism, tourism - Nomani Abuzar and Khan Rais Kamraj management, 27 (5), 878-889 Mohd.(2015). “Human Resource development - Liu, J. C., Sheldon, P. J. and T. Var, in tourism Industry – An Analytical (1987).”Resident perceptions of the Framework”, South Asian Journal for Tourism environmental impacts of tourism”.Annals of and Heritage, Vol. 8.No. 1. Tourism Research. - Noori Kamran, Zand Farhad (2013). “The Role - Malek Abdul, Anand H., (1993). “Economic and of Rural Tourism in Rural Sustainable Environmental Impacts of Tourism in Socotra Development According to the SWOT Method Island”, Southern Economist, Vol.48, No.4. (Case Study: Kermanshah Province villages)”, - Martin S. R., and S.F. McCool, (1992).”Attitude International Research Journal of Applied and of Montana Residents towards Tourism Basic Sciences, Vol, 4 (9), 2013 Development”.Research Report 23. Missoula. - Oralgaci Monika (2010). “Rural Tourism MT: The University of Montana, School of Sustainable Development in Hungary and [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 032 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Romania”, Quasteus Multidisciplinary - Ristic Lela, Vujicic Milan, Lekovic Milan Research Journal. (2016). “Tourism As A Factor Of Sustainable - Panda, Tapan, K., Sitikantha, Mishra, & Bivaraj, Development Of Rural Areas Belonging To Bhusan Parida, (1992). Tourism Management: Rudnicka Morava”, Economics of Agriculture the Socio-Economic and Ecological 2/2016, UDC: 338.48-44(1-22) Perspective. New Delhi: University Press. - Santhosh Yadav, (2010). “Ecotourism: - Pandya, M.T. & Oza, G. M. problems and Prospects”. Yojana, Vol.18, No.9, (1994).”Biodiversity for the masses”. Indian January 15. Forester, Vol 20. - Samantaray Lenka Lopamudra (2016). - Pearce, J., (1980). “Host community “Sustainable rural tourism: An enabler for the acceptance of foreign tourists: strategic trend of reverse migration in Odisha”, considerations”, Annals of Tourism Research, International Journal of Applied Research, 7(2) 2(1), 2016 - Priya Bhalla, Alexandra Coghlan & Prodyut - Satish Chandra, (2003). Ecotourism and Bhattacharya (2016) Homestays’ contribution Sustainable Development, Rajat Publications, to community-based ecotourism in the New Delhi. Himalayan region of India, Tourism Recreation - Singh, Ashwini, (2007). “Rural Tourism: Tool Research, 41:2, 213-228 for Rural Employment”. Kurukshetra, Vol.14, - R.M. Patil, (2010). “Tourism and Economic No.7 (June). Development of India”. Southern Economist, - Singh Kuldeep, Gantait Arnab, Puri Goldi, Vol.32, No.12, August 15. Swamy Anjaneya G. (2016). Rural Tourism: - Raj Aparna, (1999).Sustainability, Profitability Need, Scope and Challenges in Indian Context, and Successful Tourism. Kanishka Publishers Hospitality and Tourism: Challenges, and Distributors, New Delhi. Innovation, Practices and Product - Raj,Sundar, T. (2009). “Ecotourism and Development. (Ed), Dr. Alok Kumar, Adhyayan Sustainable Development in Kerala”. The Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi. Researcher, Vol. IV, No.2 (November) - Spencer M. D., Nsiah C. (2013). “The economic - Rajan.J. & Sabu K. Thankappan, (2001).”Impact consequences of community support for of tourism on the environment of Munnar”. tourism: A case study of a heritage fish Review of Social Sciences, The Kerala hatchery”, Tourism Management, Volume 34, academy of social sciences, February, 2013), Pp 221-230 Thiruvananthapuram. - Tan, W. K., Liu, W. C., & Hu, Y. N. (2012). Finding - Raju Sarngadharan. M, (2000). “Tourism and the crucial factors for sustainable development Sustainable Economic Development: Indian of rural-based tourist destinations: Using and Global Perspectives”. University of Kerala, Nanzhuang, Taiwan as a case study. Service Thiruvananthapuram. Business, 7, 623–640. doi:10.1007/s11628- - Rahmani M., Hajari B., Karimian T., Hajilo M. 012-0178-2 (2013). “Rural tourism development - Tapper R. 2001. Tourism and socio-economic strategies using SWOT analysis: Case study. development: UK tour operators. Business Life Science Journal, 10 (4s): 393-403 approaches in the context of the new - Richard Sharpley (2007) Flagship Attractions international agenda. International Journal of and Sustainable Rural Tourism Development: Tourism Development 3:351 – 366 The Case of the Alnwick Garden, England, - Tucker, H., & Lynch, P. (2004). Host-guest Journal of Sustainable Tourism, 15:2, 125-143 dating: Of improving the customer experience [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 033 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 through host-guest psychographic matching. Journal of Quality Assurance in Hospitality and 5 Tourism, 5, 11–23 - Udovc Andrej, Perpar Anton (2007) “Role of GROWTH OF POPULATION IN THE Rural Tourism for Development of Rural URBAN CENTRES OF THE INDIAN Areas”. Journal of Central European HIMALAYAN REGION Agriculture, Vol. 8, No. 2. - Wilson H. and Venes J. (2001). “Factors for B. R. PANT Success in Rural Tourism Development”, Professor, Department of Geography, Journal of Travel Research, Vol.40, November M. B. Govt. P. G. College Haldwani. Nainital 2001, pp. 132-138. - WEBSITES ACCESSED - http://www.jstor.org ======***********======- http://www.darjeeling.gov.in Introduction - http://www.wikipedia.org There is no doubt in the minds of - http://www.bookings.edu/research/ academics and governments that rapid speeches urbanization is one of the biggest social transformations in human history. The uppermost global question in the government’s national agendas is how to make these cities sustainable (Savage, 2018). The level of urbanization is a strong indicator of economic development. These two aspects have a more positive correlation. Towns which have higher economic growth have a higher level of urbanization. The contribution of the service sector has increased since independence particularly in the towns of Indian Himalayan Region. On the contrary, the Indian Himalayan Region is experiencing a lot of environmental as well as socio-economic problems. In this situation, rapid, unplanned and unregulated urban growth is very alarming and creates several problems. Numbers of less known places of Indian Himalayan Region have begun to urbanize because of the extension of connectivity by rail, road and air, expansion of tourism, the establishment of various districts, tehsils, block- level offices, educational, medical institutions and economic globalization. Several studies have addressed the urbanization in a diverse range of themes in different countries/regions of the world (Acioly and Davidson, 1996, Paiz and Scott, 2004, Hedblom and Soderom, 2008, [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 034 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Geymen and Baz, 2008, Sharma, 1981 and 1992, Industrial Township are included under the Tripathi,1987, Bose, 1970 and 1978, Dube, 1988, category of urban places. Second, besides these Mukharji,1973, 1975 Chandna, 1976 and 2014, statutory towns, some settlements are considered Bhutia, 2012 and 2015, Kavitha and Gavathri, 2017 as towns which have minimum 5000 population, Koiri, 2014 Bhagat 2011, Pant, 2003, 2012, 2013, more than 75 % male working population engaged Pant and Chand, 2013, 2018 and 2020 Pant et in non- agricultural activities and have more than al, 2018, Chand and Thakur,1983, 1986,1991, 400 persons per square kilometre density of Chand, 2013 and 2017 and Taragi et, al.1995). population. These places are recognized as census Review of work done thus concluded that no study town. has been done so far particularly for the whole Objectives, Data Source and Methodology Indian Himalayan Region. The present exercise The basic purpose of this paper is to will, therefore, fill this academic gap. The main analyze the population growth, landman ratio objective of this study is to analyze the pattern of (arithmetic density), sex composition of the total population growth, density, the sex ratio of 540 540 urban centres in particular and distribution of urban centres in particular and urbanization in the urban population from 1901 to 2011 in the general of the Himalayan Region of India. twelve states/ regions of the Indian Himalaya in Census of India has divided the total general. The second aim of the present population of any geographical unit into two groups investigation is to explain the distribution and – rural and urban. The proportion to the total growth of towns as per 2011 census. population of rural residents is considered as rural The information for the present study has and urban residents are registered as urban been collected from the website of the Census of population. The percentage of the total population India, 2011 (www.censusofindia.gov.in). The living in urban settlements is a simple method for suitable analytical tools and techniques are used determining the degree of urbanization in any for analysis and interpretation of data. It is worth region. From the demographic point, urbanization to mention that the population for 1981 and 1991 is an increase in the proportion of the urban is not available respectively in Assam Hills and population to the total population in a specified Jammu and Kashmir. Out of total 540 towns in the period. As long as the urban population to total region, area of 59 (10.9%) towns of Arunachal population increases there is urban growth and Pradesh, Nagaland and Manipur are not available there is a process of urbanization at work. Another for computation of land-man ratio (arithmetic viewpoint is that urbanization means more density). Some states of NE Himalayan Region are participation of urban residents in secondary, created after independence. These are some of tertiary and quaternary occupations leading to the limitations which have affected the data output increased productivity and industrialization. From considerably. However, the pace of urbanization the behavioural sense, urbanization is a process in the twentieth century and growth, density and leading to change in attitudes, value, characterized sex composition in the first decade of the twentieth- within a large population, high density and first century are amply visible in the total 540 urban heterogeneity of its residents. As per the Census centres Indian Himalaya that forms the core of the of India, there are two types of urban places. First present study. of all those places which are notified by the States/ About the Study Area UTs such as Municipality, Corporation, Indian Himalayan Region is the study area Cantonments, Notified Town Area Committee, in the present analysis. It includes ten states Nagarpalika, Nagar Panchayat, City Municipal completely (Jammu and Kashmir, Himachal Council, Estate Office, Industrial Notified Area and Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh, [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 035 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Nagaland, Manipur, Mizoram, Tripura and Kral Pora of Jammu and Kashmir is also considered Meghalaya) and two partially mountainous regions into two urban centres such as Kral Pora (Kupwara of West Bengal (Darjeeling district) and Assam tahsil) and Kral Pora (Chandura tahsil). Similarly, (Dima Hasao and Karbi Aonglong districts). one town Devprayag in Uttarakhand is divided into Geologically and structurally Meghalaya and some two parts and located in two districts- one major portion of North Eastern states originally belong part lie in Tehri district and a minor part in Pauri to the genesis of Deccan Plateau. But keep in mind district. In the present paper urban centres of the mountainous nature of the whole region, it is Manipur and Jammu Kashmir are considered considered as one unit for planning point of view separately and parts of Devprayag town of (Anon, 2010). Uttarakhand are considered as one urban centre which is included in Tehri district. According to Census of India 2011, the urban population of the study the area is enumerated 12079291 persons which contain about 3.2 % of the total urban population of the nation. Out of the total population, 25.8 % population is urban in the study region which is lower than the country’s average (31.2%). There are 109 districts which account for 17% of the total 640 districts in the country as per 2011 Census. Regional Distribution of Urban Population Figure -1 Administrative set up of the Indian According to 2011 census, about 25.8 % Himalaya, 2011 (12079291 people) of the total population It forms the International northern (46790642 people) in the study region lived in 540 boundary of India extending from Nanga Parvat urban centres which are less than the national (8126 m) in the west to Namcha Baruwa (7755 m) average (31.2%). The Indian Himalayan Region has in the east, having a length of about 2500 km and only 3.2 % of the country’s urban population in width ranging from the south to north 160 to 400 2011. Table 1 reveals that the percentage of urban km. Extending between 700 47¹and 97022¹ East population which varies from a minimum of 10 % longitudes and 21057¹ and 37015¹ North latitudes, in Himachal Pradesh to the maximum 52.1 % in the Himalayan Region of India encompasses an Mizoram. Mizoram is the most urbanized state of area of about 533586 km2 which accounts 16.23% Indian Himalaya, in terms of the percentage of of the country’s total land area (Fig.1). In census people living in urban centres. Jammu and Kashmir 2011, the Indian Himalayan Region consists of 4, and Uttarakhand states have respectively 28.42 67, 90, 642 persons in 61592 inhabited villages and 25.24 % of the total urban population of the and 540 urban centres accounting for 3.87% of the whole Indian Himalaya. total population of the country. Total towns in IHR The urban centres of Jammu and Kashmir are 540 (530+10=540) ) but 4 towns - Imphal, accounted for respectively 28.42% and 0.91% Nambol, Lilong and Samurou - of Manipur state of the Indian Himalaya’s and country’s urban are divided into 9 civic units by the Census of India population, which is the largest share 2011and spreading over in different administrative contributed by any state /region of Indian divisions and enumerated as separate major and Himalaya. Three states/region has more than minor towns. These towns are also categorized by 30% urban population. These are W.B. Hills different size classes according to their population. (39.4%), Manipur (32.5%) and Uttarakhand [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 036 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 (30.2%). Fifty per cent of states have 20 to 30 % Source: Census of India, 2011. @ excludes the urban population. Assam Hills is second from figures of J & K where Census was not the bottom has only 15 % urban population. conducted in 1991.Also excludes the figures of Remaining 10 states/regions have only 46.44% Assam where Census was not held in 1981 urban population. The average size of urban It is interesting to see that out of 54 centres in the Indian Himalayan is worked out towns; maximum 20 towns were in Uttarakhand, 22369 persons which are about one-third of the followed by Himachal Pradesh with 19 and 10 country’s average size (61109 persons per urban centres in Jammu and Kashmir. Remaining five centre). urban locations were Kohima village, Agartala, In comparison to the country’s average Shillong, Darjeeling and Kurseong. It implies that urbanization, the Indian Himalaya constitutes a in 1901 only five towns were in the eastern part low degree of urbanization. The difficulties of of the Himalaya. The urban population of the the mountainous terrain in the development of Indian Himalayan Region had increased by means of transportation, limitations of natural 2567.3% from 1901 to 2011 which is more than resources etc. may explain limited urban two folds (1358.5%) of the national growth development in the region. during the same period. However, the districts which have the The growth of urban population in the rich potential for revenue in the field of tourism Indian Himalayan Region and country has been and horticulture have a more urban population fluctuating from decade to decade due to and more possibility for urban development in changes in the definition of standards of the future. Eight districts of Indian Himalaya have urban population. Only seven states/regions had more than 50 % urban population to total an urban population in 1901. That was Jammu population. These are Srinagar (98.6%), Aizawl and Kashmir with the maximum 8.4 % of the (78.63%), Imphal West (62.33%), Kolasib urban population of the total urban population (55.84%), Dehradun (55.52%), Papum Pare in the Himalaya. It was followed by W. B. Hills (54.51%), Dimapur (52.23%) and Jammu with 8% urban population of the total urban (50.%).At the beginning of the twentieth century, population in the Himalaya. Maximum towns the urban population in the IHR was only 6.2% were in Uttarakhand in 1901 which ranked third (452866 persons) in 1901, lower than the with 7.8% urban population. Like Uttarakhand, national average of 10.29%. There were only 54 Himachal Pradesh had only 4% urban population urban centres in 1901 census. with 19 towns in 1901. It is however clear that Table - 1: Percentage of Urban Population the population size of urban centres in to Total Population, 1901-2011 Uttarakhand and Himachal Pradesh was very Table - 1: Percentage of Urban Population to Total Population, 1901-2011 small as compared with the towns of Darjeeling, Kurseong of W. B. Hills and Shillong, Agartala Year and Kohima Village. Sikkim Indian Region Tripura Kashmir Pradesh Pradesh Manipur Mizoram Jammu & Jammu Himachal Nagaland Arunachal Arunachal Himalayan Meghalaya Assam HillsAssam W.B.Hills Uttarakhand During 1901 to 1911 decade, it 1901 8.4 4.0 7.8 0 0 3.0 0 0.0 3.7 2.8 0 8.0 6.2 1911 10.6 3.1 8.5 0 0 2.3 0 0.0 3.0 3.5 0 8.8 6.7 registered 17.2% urban growth in the IHR while 1921 10.5 3.4 9.2 0 0 1.8 0 0.0 2.5 4.1 0 9.8 7.0 1931 11.7 3.6 8.5 0 0 1.5 0 0.0 2.5 5.5 0 13.1 7.9 it was only 0.36% at the national level (Table 1941 13.0 3.8 10.3 0 0 1.8 0 0.0 3.4 6.9 1.1 14.9 8.2 1951 14.1 6.3 13.5 2.0 0 1.9 0 3.5 6.7 9.7 1.3 20.6 10.5 2). Among Himalayan states; Meghalaya had 1961 16.2 6.3 13.7 4.2 1.7 5.2 0 5.4 9.0 15.3 1.2 23.2 11.3 41.8 % growth followed by Jammu and Kashmir 1971 18.5 6.8 16.3 10.4 4.6 10.0 12.4 9.5 7.8 14.5 3.4 23.1 13.4 1981 21.5 7.5 18.5 17.0 8.2 15.5 23.3 24.7 11.0 18.1 N.A 27.2 17.0 with 34.3 %, while Himachal Pradesh registered 1991 N.A. 8.6 22.4 10.0 12.8 17.2 25.6 46.1 11.7 18.6 12.9 30.2 13.6 2001 27.1 9.7 25.7 9.4 19.8 17.2 24.8 49.6 19.8 19.6 15.1 43.9 22.9 a negative growth of 24.4%. The growth in the 2011 27.2 10.0 30.2 25.2 22.9 28.9 29.2 52.6 26.2 20.1 15.0 39.4 26.0 urban population decreased considerably from [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 037 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 17.2 % to 7.8 % in the next decade of 1911 to specified decades. However, during the inter- 1921 as against 8.26 % growth which was decadal period of 1981 to 1991, the rate of urban recorded by the country in the same decade. growth has declined significantly to 5.5% and During this decade only Nagaland state had 18.5 36.84 % respectively in the Indian Himalayan % negative growth and remaining states showed Region and national averages due to decline in positive but lower growth rate than the previous the magnitude of rural to urban migration. decade. The pace of urban growth in the Another factor was that the census was not Himalayan states from 1901 to 1921was very conducted respectively in Jammu and Kashmir slow. The year 1941 marks a significant and Assam in 1991 and 1981. demographic divide in the history of urban The process of urbanization is slow even growth both in the Indian Himalayan Region and in 2001with only 22.9% of the Indian Himalaya’s country. The average urban growth rate in the population had an urban residence which was Himalaya and the country slowed down further lower than the country’s average (27.81%). It in 1931. About 8.2 % of the total population was improved marginally from 13.6 % from 1991 to 22 urban in the IHR in 1941 census which was lower 9% in 2001 in the Himalaya and 25.49% in 1991 to than the country average of 13.86%. But a higher 27.81% in 2001 in the country. The level of urban growth of 28.9 % was recorded between urbanization varies from a minimum of 9.4 % in 1931 to 1941 in the IHR which was however Sikkim to a maximum of 49.6 % in Mizoram. lower than the country‘s growth (31.98%). It is Mizoram is followed by W. B. Hills with 43.9 % thus implied that the pace of urban development urban population. The Indian Himalaya has in the IHR was less than that of the country recorded unprecedented urban growth (110.4%) average. The rate of urban growth since1931 during 1991 to 2001 decade which is much higher has been increasing except from 1951 to 1961. than the urban growth of the nation (32.6%). Due However, five Himalayan states had more than to the inclusion of Jammu and Kashmir for 100% urban growth during the same decade of population enumeration in the 2001 census the 1951-1961. It was due to new towns were growth rate was registered 113.4% from 1981 to included in the category of urban centres. 2001 (20 years). The process of urbanization also These were Nagaland (364.4%), Sikkim intensified. In 2011, the percentage of urban (149.6%), Tripura (141.9%), Mizoram (105.4%) population has gone up to 25.8 % in the Himalaya and Meghalaya (100.8%). It may be worth to and 31.14% in India. The number of urban dwellers mention here that the fall in the average growth in the Himalaya increased from 9088547 people rate of urban population from 1951 to 1961 was in 2001 to 12079291 people in 2011 while in the due to a conceptual change in the definition of country it increased from 286119689 people in urban centres. The definition of an urban centre 2001 to 377106125 people in 2011. in India was rationalized and made stricter at Table-2: Growth of Urban population the time of 1961 census. As a result, a large During 1901 to 2011 ( % increase- decrease ) Table-2: Growth of Urban population During 1901 to 2011 ( % increase- decrease ) number of towns were declassified. The growth a nd Hills Hills Year India W. B. Indian Indian Sikkim Assam Region Tripura Kashmir Pradesh Pradesh Manipur Mizoram Jammu Jammu & Himachal Nagaland Himalaya Uttarakha Meghalay of urban population in the Indian Himalayan Arunachal 1901-1911 34.3 24.4 14.8 0.0 0.0 10.7 0.0 0.0 6.5 41.8 0.0 14.9 17.2 0.36 Region as well as in the country as a whole 1911-1921 5.1 12.1 7.2 0.0 0.0 -18.5 0.0 0.0 13.4 26.1 0.0 16.8 7.8 8.26 1921-1931 23.0 10.9 0.3 0.0 0.0 -1.1 0.0 0.0 23.7 54.3 0.0 51.5 16.1 19.12 1931-1941 21.6 17.6 27.6 0.0 0.0 27.1 0.0 0.0 84.7 43.9 0.0 33.8 28.9 31.98 again picked up in the subsequent decades 1941-1951 19.8 77.0 32.1 0.0 0.0 17.6 0.0 0.0 1.4 53.2 47.4 62.4 42.2 41.40 1951-1961 26.0 18.2 19.5 149.6 0.0 364.4 0.0 105.4 141.9 100.8 50.6 53.1 36.6 26.41 1961-1971 48.4 31.4 32.6 218.3 270.4 168.3 0.0 122.3 18.1 25.3 371.6 24.6 53.1 38.23 reaching over 53.1 % and 38.23% during 1961 1971- 1981@ 50.4 37.2 30.8 146.6 142.6 133.9 148.9 283.8 85.3 64.0 N.A. 54.6 60.7 44.51 to 1971 and 60.7 % and 44.51 % during 1971 to 1981- 1991@ N.A. 37.6 32.8 -24.7 114.3 73.2 42.1 161.0 43.4 36.6 581.6 41.0 5.5 36.84 1991-2001 113.4 33.5 27.7 25.3 96.5 64.6 21.2 38.7 96.0 37.8 44.2 79.8 110.4 32.60 1981 respectively. Table 2 reveals the same trend 2001-2011 25.0 16.6 39.6 202.8 46.0 66.6 46.4 29.7 51.7 31.1 15.9 3.0 34.6 31.80 Inception 792.3 1874.0 5496.9 5424.3 18359.9 528.2 8126.9 14887.6 6089.1 11827.6 3302.8 2567.3 1358.5 Year to 1799.9 in the Himalayan states during the same 2011 [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 038 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Source: Census of India, 2011. @ excludes the (26.2%).Most of these states/regions have a figures of J & K where Census was not larger proportion of their workforce in tertiary conducted in 1991. Also excludes the figures activities and service sectors. These states have of Assam where Census was not held in 1981 significant development of institutions and Thus, there was an increase of 34.6 % infrastructure. Average growth of urban and 31.8% urban population respectively in the population in the Himalaya in 2011 was 34.6 % Himalaya and country just in a decade. In 2001 which was higher than the average growth of there were 421 towns in the Himalaya, and with the nation (31.8%). The growth of the urban n addition of 119 towns, it reached to 540 in population was more than the growth in the total 2011. Thus, there was an increase of 28.3 % in population. the number of towns in the Indian Himalaya Spatial Population Growth, 2001-2011 during the same decade. It reflects that a As per 2011 Census, 540 urban centres significant number of large villages earned the /towns are in the Indian Himalaya which is urban status for the first time in 2011as census considered for the study of urban growth from towns. The largest increase in the number of 2001 to 2011. The growth rate varies from towns was in the category of 174 census towns negative 81.8% in Gangotri to positive 3909.9% which sharing 32.46% of the total 540 towns. in Tral. Table 3 reveals that 92 (17%) towns are These are those large villages which are included as urban centres in the first time in generally situated almost in the plain areas of the 2011 census. The growth rate of such newly Tarai, Bhabar, Duns and wide river valleys which created urban centres is cannot compute grew into a small town. because of the population data of previous Table 1 reveals that there are wide inter census (2001) is not available. It is a very states /region and decadal variations both in considerable aspect that out of the total urban the proportion of urban population and change centres, 56 (10.4%) are shown negative growth in such a proportion from 1901 to 2011(Table rate ranging from 0.2% in Amarpur to 81.8% in 1). There are states like Mizoram where the urban Gangotri. Maximum depopulated (negative population increased from 49.6% in 2001 to 52.6 population growth) urban centres are located % in 2011. On the other hand, Himachal Pradesh in very inaccessible locations, politically unrest has the lowest 10% of the urban population towns and military areas (cantonment) where which gained only 0.3% urban people during the conditions for expansion are not favourable. 2001 – 2011. It is very striking to note that the These are Amarpur, Bakloh Cantt., Kishtwar, proportion of the urban population was Kunzer. Baramula, Bhalwal, Ranikhet, Arnia, decreased by 0.1 % in Assam Hills from 15.1 % Bhota, Jammu Cantt. (CB),Chamba ,Mandi, in 2001 to 15% in 2011. These two states/region Dehradun (CB),Zunheboto, Reasi, Banbasa, are topographically more inaccessible with a Darlawn, Nagla, Nandprayag, Shillong (CB), little scope for urban development. The Dalhousie, Tehri, Purana Daroorh, Spituk, Wokha, proportion of the urban population was almost Ram Nagar, Bashohli, Bairatisal, Dhwajnagar, stagnant with marginal changes. However, out Dwarahat, Maralia, Palampur, Sool Koot, of the total 12 states/regions, 6 states/regions Devaprayag, Jutogh Cantt., Chhatha, Ramban, had a higher proportion of the urban population Hiranagar, Roorkee (CB), Dogadda, Chak Kalu, than the overall average of 26% in the Indian Maibong, Nihalpur Simbal, Samba, Kasauli Himalayan Region. These were Mizoram (52.65), Cantt., Marhi, Lansdowne, Virbhadra IDPL, W. B. Hills (39.4%), Uttarakhand (30.0%), Sabathu Cantt, Almora (CB), Siliguri, Now Gam, Manipur (29.2%), Nagaland (28.9%) and Tripura [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 039 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Bari Brahamana, Mahur, Khonmoh and Conclusion Gangotri. The capitals of native principalities, Table-3- Urban Centers / Towns by the Ranges commercial centres located in the piedmont of Population Growth from 2001 to 2011 zone, pilgrimage centres and halting places of Population Growth Urban Centers / Towns Remark Range (%) No. % herders, have provided the initial base of First time Recognized as urban 92 17.0 Appendix 1 centres urbanization in the Indian Himalaya. The Indian Negative 56 10.4 Up to 10 73 13.5 Himalayan Region had a long history of 10 to 20 110 20.4 20 to 30 76 14.1 urbanization going back when several 30 to 40 48 8.9 40 to 50 15 2.8 communities flourished but few of these have 50 to 100 38 7.0 100 to 200 21 3.9 been able to exist to present time. The army 200 to 400 06 1.1 400 to 3909.9 05 0.9 stations- cantonments, hill resorts and health Total 540 100.0 resorts- sanatoria, educational centres created Source: Census of India, 2011 by the British ruler later contributed to the Out of total urban centres in the Indian growth of urbanization. British ruler established Himalaya, 73 (13.5%) has only 0.2 to 10% growth new towns for the supply of the commodities only. If the same growth trend (2001 to 2011) nearby the hill towns or in the foothill contact will continue in these centres, these will also zone. register a negative growth rate in the 2021 Urbanization in the Indian Himalayan census. It is only due to the huge out-migration Region during the last century was associated from the towns where the areal expansion is with a particular aspect mostly in each decade: limited and the cost of land and maintenance 1901-11 famine, malaria, cholera and plague; of old structures is very high. Maximum 20.4 % 1911-21 first word war, typhoid, cholera and (110) urban centres are between the growth influenza epidemic; 1921-31 post world war and ranges of 10 to 20 %. Onwards this range protest against British rule; 1931-41 second number of towns is decreased. About 14.1% and World war and various types of movements for 8.9% urban centres have recorded respectively Independence; 1941-51 quit India movement 20% to 30% and 30% to 40% growth from and partition; 1951-61 planned development; 2001to2011. Of total 540 urban centres in the 1961-71 emergence of new urbanization in Himalaya, 38 (7%) towns are in the group of 50 mountain areas and concentrated urban to 100% growth. More than 100 % growth rate development near the big towns; 1971-81 is recorded by the 5.9% (32) urban centres in decentralized urban growth; 1981-91 the Indian Himalaya. These are Tral, decelerated rural-urban migration and declining Luwangsangbam, Doda, Kolasib, Namchi, rate of natural increase; 1991-2001 fast Gyalshing, Rudraprayag, Mangan, Gangtok, urbanization due to heavy migration from the Jorethang, Achhabal, Rangpo, Qazi Gund. rural mountainous region to almost plain region; Ambassa, Rawali Mahdood, Nathan Pur, Sarang, and 2001-11 number of big villages in the plain Nowshehra, Gulmarg, Uri, Haripur Kalan, areas recognized as Census towns. Chuglamsar, Fatehpur Range (Dhamua Dunga The nature of Himalayan urbanization is Area), Central Hope Town, Lakhanpur, Kamalpur, subsistence where people from rural areas are Agartala, Jagjeetpur, Gakulpur, Ganderbal, attracted to the towns, not for urban facilities Awantipora and Shafipur. The high growth rate but employment and education. They may be is due to heavy in-migration from rural areas to living in worst conditions but they stick to the urban centres and fast transformation of towns for a job and schooling. This affects badly villages into urban centres. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 040 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 the quality of urban life in the Indian Himalayan per cent of towns are in the group of 50 to 100% Region. growth. More than 100 % growth rate is recorded The states/ regions of the Eastern Indian by the 5.9% urban centres in the Indian Himalaya are more urbanized than western Himalaya. The high growth rate is due to heavy states while 54.8 % of the total urban population in-migration from rural areas to urban centres of the Indian Himalaya is a resident of only three and fast transformation of the villages into new western states (Jammu and Kashmir, Himachal urban centres. Pradesh and Uttarakhand). Mizoram stands first The Himalayan urbanization has poly – in urbanization point where more than half metropolitan apex accounting 42.8 % of the total (52.6%) population is urban. Eight districts of urban population. These are as many as 18 Indian Himalayan Region have more than 50 % towns in the Indian Himalaya Region claiming a urban population to total population. These are size class I status. The big towns of the Indian Srinagar, Aizawl, Imphal West, Kolasib, Himalayan Region exploding in their population, Dehradun, Papum Pare, Dimapur and Jammu. while the small towns are stagnating, in 2011 The districts located in the adjacent with Census 18 (3.33% ) class size I towns have 42.8% mountain and plain or purely in the plain are of the total urban population and 183 (34%) more urbanized than the districts lie in the towns of class size V have only11.1% of the total mountains but Srinagar district of Jammu & urban population. Less number of towns has Kashmir is an exception where 98.6% population more population and more towns have less is urban because, besides town, few villages are population in the Indian Himalayan Region. included in the district while two districts of the The Himalayan towns are growing more Indian Himalayan Region – Lahul & Spiti and based on tertiary and quaternary sectors rather Kinnaur districts of Himachal Pradesh have no than based on the secondary sector. However, urban population in 2011 Census. Towns of the the growth of district and tehsils (subdivision) eastern Himalayan region had registered record headquarters in the recent decades has built up growth from the inception of towns in the state. an infrastructure of large scale urbanization The population growth rate of the total based on a higher degree of industrialization in 540 urban centres varies from negative 81.8% general and district and tehsils headquarters in in Gangotri to positive 3909.9% in Tral. It is a the plain area in particular. The multi- very considerable aspect that out of the total functionality of a large number of towns of the urban centres, 56 (10.4%) are shown negative Himalaya is an index of the kind of decentralized growth. Maximum depopulated (negative urban development taking place in the population growth) urban centres are located Himalayan Region of India. Approximately 900% in very inaccessible locations, politically unrest growth has been registered by towns from 1901 towns and military areas (cantonment) where to 2011 in the study region. the conditions for expansion are limited. Out of The average density in the Indian a total of 13.5% of urban centres has only 0.2 to Himalayan Region is 2755 persons / km2 which 10% growth only. If the same growth trend will lower than the country average of 3081 persons continue in these centres, these centres will also / km2. The average density of the urban centres register a negative growth rate in the coming ranges from 49 people in Purana Daroorh of 2021 Census. It is only due to the huge out- Jammu and Kashmir to 85654 people per km2 in migration from the towns where the areal Shafipur of Uttarakhand. Twenty-two urban expansion is limited and the cost of land and centres of Indian Himalayan Region could not maintenance of old structures is very high. Seven fulfill the minimum density criterion of 400 [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 041 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 persons per km2. The topographical conditions lot of environmental sanitation problems in the are not much favourable for both the developing urban centres. The main reasons for development of infrastructure and provide the low sex ratio in the urban society are son economic security to its inhabitants. The urban preference, unequal treatment given to boys and density point, maximum urban centres have a girls, female foeticide, neglect of female infants, low density in comparison to the other parts of early marriage and death during pregnancy. the nation. Three urban centres are in Indian Some of the Himalayan urban centres have Himalaya that has more than 50000 persons per shown high sex ratio because of outmigration km2 density. Among these urban centres, two of female population from villages to urban are located almost plain area of Uttarakhand centres in equal numbers in search of where the probability of infrastructural employment and better educational facilities. development is more than other Himalayan In conclusion, urban centres in the Indian urban centres. Pattan is situated in Baramula Himalaya Region are facing a lot of district of than the Jammu and Kashmir state environmental problems as they have already and has settled in only 0.28 km2 area. exceeded their carrying capacity. The adjoining The study reveals that in all urban area of any urban centre is overcrowded due to centres of Jammu and Kashmir, Himachal immigrants and they are also relentlessly Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Nagaland and Arunachal exploited of all the available services and Pradesh the womenfolk continue to have facilities of the urban centres which are made relatively low status while Mizoram, Manipur only for its residents. As a result, the supply of and Meghalaya, and the women enjoy essential services is badly affected in one hand comparatively better status. It is worth to and creates a financial crunch of the local civic mention that in the eastern Indian Himalayan body on the other. The heavy loads of haphazard Region the women have all patrimonial rights. construction activities and resource shortage The sex ratio varies from minimum 04 in due to encroachment in the surrounding Gulmarg of Jammu and Kashmir to maximum bioregion of the urban centres are creating 1209 in Heironk of Manipur state. The main severe health hazards and poor condition of reason for the low sex ratio in these Himalayan sanitation, sewage, congestion, security and urban centres is seasonal (summer) habitation. safety. Similarly, social/racial unrest, religious These are statutory urban centres and turmoil, crimes and political instability and movement of the floating population only in associated several problems may grip the summer or pilgrimage season. It is very Himalayan urban centres if timely action is not considerable that out of a total of 82.8% of taken. To short out these problems feasible urban centres have fewer women than men. It sustainable urban development plans should be shows very serious social problems in the urban instituted without further delay keeping the local centres of the Indian Himalaya. The reason for geographical environment and the specific this imbalance is the main employment and nature of the urban centres in mind. education seeker male migration from rural References areas to urban centres to avail so-called - Acioly, C. and F. Davidson (1996) Density institutional and infrastructural amenities. The in Urban Development. Building Issues, 8 migrants left their female and aged member in (3): 3-25. the villages. The influx of uneducated and - Anonymous (2010) Report of the Task uncivilized economically poor male population Force: To look into problems of hill states from backward areas creates filthy slums and a and hill areas and to suggest ways to [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 042 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 ensure that these states and areas do not - Chand, R. and M. C. Thakur (1986) suffer in any way because of their Himalaya ka Badalta peculiarities. Planning Commission, Paridrishy, PAHAR, 2: 7-14 Government of India and G. B. Pant - Chand, R. and M. C. Thakur (1991) Institute of Himalayan Environment and Changing Population Development, (An Autonomous Institute Profile, Seminar, 378:19-23 of the Ministry of Environment and - Chandna, R.C. (1976) Population Growth Forests, Govt. of India): 112p. of Indian Cities 1901-1971.Asian Profile, - Anonymous (2011) Census of Feb. P.35 India, 2011 www.census of india.gov.in - Chandna, R.C.(2014) Urbanization in - Bhagat, R.B.(2011) Emerging Pattern of Punjab – Haryana Region,2011. Punjab Urbanisation in India. Economic and Geographers, - 10:103-106. Political Weekly,46.(34) 10-12. - Dube, K. N. (1988) Pattern of Urban - Bhutia, S. (2012) Urbanization and its Development in Uttar Pradesh. National Impact on Environment in the Darjeeling Geographer, 1 (20), 2. Himalaya. Resource Management: - Geymen A. and I.Baz (2008) Monitoring Human & Natural (ed.) Reader Service, Urban Growth and Detecting Land Cover Kolkata, August 2012:142-153. Changes on the Istanbul Metropolitan - Bhutia, S. (2015) A Spatio- Temporal Area.Environmental Monitoring and Study on Urbanization in the Darjeeling Assessment.136 (1-3):449-459. Himalaya: A Demographic - Hedblom, M. And B. Soderstorm (2008) Perspective.IOSR Journal of Humanities Woodland across Swedish Urban Gradient: and Social Science, 20 (4):10-18. Status, Structure and Management - Bose, A. (1978) India’s Urbanisation 1901- Implications. Landscape and Urban 2001.Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Planning, 84 (1): 62-73. Ltd. New Delhi.108-116. - Kavitha, B. D. and N. K. Gayathri (2017) - Bose, A. (1970) Urbanisation in India: An Urbanization in India. International Inventory of Source Material. Bombay: Journal of Scientific Research and Academic Books. Education (online journal) 5 (1): 6166- - Chand, R. (2013) Labour Migration as a 6168. Livelihood Strategy in Far East Bhutan: a - Koiri, Priyanka (2014) The Growth and Case Study of a Marginal Bhutanese Velocity of Urbanisation in North East Community, HRVATSKI GEOGRAFSKI India. Asian Journal of Multidisciplinary GLASNIK 75(2), 41 – 57 Studies, 2 (1): 92-100. - Chand R. (2017) Social Ecology of - Mukharji, A.B. (1975) Urbanization in Immigrant Population and Changing Avadh Region, Uttar Pradesh. Avadh Urban Landscape of Thimphu, Geographer, 1: 13-29. Bhutan, Journal of Urban and Regional - Mukharji, A.B. (1973) Levels of Studies on Contemporary India 4(1): 1–12 Urbanization, Uttar Pradesh, - hand, R. and M. C. Thakur (1983) 1961, Geographical Review of India,35(1): Himalaya ka Jansankhyatmak 31-43. Swarup, PAHAR, 1: 1-12 - Paiz, A. and D. M. Scott (2004) Spatial Statistics for Urban Analysis: A Review of [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 043 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Techniques with Example. Geo Journal, 61 Surjeet Singh (Eds.) Massive (1): 53-67. Urbanization: Town Planning, Pedagogy - Pant B.R. (2003) Degrading Environment and Research, Institute of Spatial Planning and Growing Population of the Indian and Environmental Research Panchkula, Himalaya, ENVIS Bulletin on Himalayan 9-20 Ecology, G. B. Pant Institute of Himalayan - Sharma, K. D. (1981) Endogenous and Environment and Development, Almora, Exogenous Urbanisation: A Case Study of 11(1):23-34. Uttarakhand (U.P.Himalaya).The - Pant B.R. (2012) Demography of Indian Transaction, Institute of Indian Himalayan Region in Census, 2011, ENVIS Geographers, 3 (2): 159-174. Bulletin on Himalayan Ecology, G. B. Pant - Sharma, K. D. (1992) Patterns and Institute of Himalayan Environment and Processes of Urbanisation in a Himalayan Development, Almora, 20: 1-20. State: A Case Study of Himachal Pradesh - Pant B. R. (2013) Growth and Distribution (India) 1881-1981.The Transaction, of Population in the Indian Himalaya. The Institute of Indian Geographers, 14 (1): Geographer. Vol.60 (2): 76-89 1-12. - Pant, B.R. and R. Chand (2013) 2011 Mai - Taragi, R. C. S., R. Chand and K. Kumar Bhartiya Himalaya, PAHAR-18:22-54. (1995) Himalaya ka Jansankhya - Pant B.R. and R. Chand, (2018) Tribal and Paridrishya, PAHAR, 8: 7-25 Non-Tribal Population in the Indian - Tripathi, R. S. (1987) Trends of Himalayan Region: Some Aspects. In K. Urbanisation in Bundelkhand. D. Sharma and K. Surjit Singh Geographical Review of India, 49 (4)p 90. (Eds.) Massive Urbanisation: Town Planning, Pedagogy & Research, ISPER, Panchkula (Haryana): 161-182. - Pant, B.R. and R. Chand (2020) Characteristics of Urban Centres and Urbanization in Uttarakhand. Journal of Urban and Regional Studies on Contemporary India. Vol. 6 (2) 1-20 HINDAS National Institute for the Humanities, Hiroshima, Japan. - Pant, B.R., R. Chand and R.C.S. Taragi (2018) Urbanization in the Indian Himalayan Region. In M. S. S. Rawat Vir Singh, Paritosh Upreti, Apeksha Agarwal and Shweta Singh (Eds.) Environment, Resources and Development of the Indian Himalaya. Transmedia Publications Srinagar (Garhwal): 79-110 - Savage, V.R. (2018) The Challenge of Future Cities and Climate Change: Can Small Technology Help Sustainable Urbanization? In Sharma, K.D. and K. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 044 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 economy of countries, but also on 6 the tourism industry proper and the way people get used to travel in the modern world. Tourism Sustainability and Tourism- has become a force for economic growth in the Twenty-First Century. The tourism sector is Contradiction or Symbiosis? sweeping the global economy. 2016 saw the seventh consecutive above-average increase in Arunima Bhattacharya international tourist arrivals: 1.2 billion. Tourism Assistant Professor now accounts for 10% of the world GDP and one Department of Geography in every 10 jobs. Vidyasagar College for Women Tourism as an Extractive Industry Kolkata As the world’s fastest growing industry, the continuous growth of tourism poses great threat ======***********======on remaining biologically diverse habitats and Introduction indigenous cultures, which are often used to Tourism is a shape of pastime performed support mass tourism.Sustainability and Tourism over a period for enjoyment, and it can be is definitely a contradiction. Flying into holiday defined when people move from place to destinations, living in an (over)built environment, another place(Holloway, J, C. Humphreys, C and (over)using resources, destroying nature – is this Davidson, R. 2009). The World Tourism sustainable? On the other hand: why should we Organization (1999) defined that tourism is also care for the environment and for our hosts when collection of activities, services in terms of we are on holidays, we want to break and leisure, including transportation, enjoy.Most destinations want a bigger piece of the accommodation, and others up to a year. But pie and attract more and more tourists. Therefore, tourism can improve livelihoods, unite negative effects are inherent to the economy, such communities, safeguard and celebrate heritage, as emission of greenhouse gases and waste and build bridges throughout the world between generation that are difficult to avoid.Tourism can people of different cultures and also contribute to water and energy shortages, backgrounds. However recent the definitions degradation of water supplies and ecosystem may be, the essence of tourism is an age-old degradation, owing to ad hoc development and concept. The classical antiquities of Geography weak or poorly enforced environmental can relate it to encyclopaedism. The concept of regulations.From clear cutting and destruction of tourism has evolved in a variety of modes mangroves to excavations and construction, land throughout history. From the Enlightenment use changes associated with tourism result in the through the nineteenth century, the fashionable creation of artificial landscapes and infrastructure. Grand Tour of continental Europe for wealthy This visually degrades the scenic value of natural young men popularized the idea of leisure landscapes and results in a change in the travel.The development of faster methods of environment, because of factors like erosion, transportation during the nineteenth pollution and artificial boundaries. This, in turn, century allowed tourists to travel greater can result in more erosion and increased flooding distances in smaller periods of time. Within the and storm damage, as well as a negative impact last century, tourism industry has undergone on wildlife migration and breeding patterns. consistent changes which have influenced not Historically, local and indigenous people are forced only destinations and the impact of tourism on to relocate when new parks are established. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 045 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Though jobs are created for local people, they are Objectives generally very low-paid jobs. Sustainable tourism must consider: Sustainable Tourism · Conserve natural heritage and biodiversity by The World Tourism Organization defines optimal use of environmental resources which Sustainable Tourism as: “Sustainable tourism forms the key factor behind tourism development meets the needs of present tourists · Respect the socio-cultural heritage of the host and host regions while protecting and enhancing communities, understand their traditional values opportunities for the future. It is envisaged as and contribute to intercultural tolerance. leading to management of all resources in such a · Ensure viable, long term economicoperations, way that economic, social and aesthetic needs can providing socio-economic benefits to all be fulfilled while maintaining cultural integrity, stakeholders that are fairly distributed including essential ecological processes, biological diversity, stable employment and income-earning and life support systems.” Increasingly, opportunities and social services to host destinations and tourism operations are endorsing communities, and contributing to poverty and following “responsible tourism” as a pathway alleviation. towards sustainable tourism. Sustainable Tourism While tourism is welcomed almost is the concept of visiting somewhere as universally for the benefits and opportunities it a tourist and trying to make a positive impact on creates, there is a growing recognition of the the environment,society, and economy. It is an need to see tourism in its environmental industry committed to making a low impact on the context, to acknowledge that tourism and the environment and local culture, while helping to environment are interdependent, and to work generate future employment for local people. There to reinforce the positive relationship are many forms of sustainable tourism: the between tourism, the environment and poverty ecological tourism (ecotourism), the green reduction. It integrates tourism development tourism, the soft tourism, the rural tourism and into national development policy. agro tourism, community tourism, equitable Principles of Sustainable Tourism tourism, solidarity and responsible tourism etc. Tourism Concern (1991) has developed ten The positive of sustainable tourism is to ensure sustainable principles for sustainable that development is a positive experience for local ecotourism in association with the World people, tourism companies, and tourists Wildlife Fund for Nature: themselves. When it comes to sustainability, · Reducing over exploitation and waste tourism depends on the three strong pillars: · Integrating tourism into planning environmental, economic and socio cultural. · Supporting and involving local Tourism must include these three pillars to become communities sustainable in the true sense. · To train the staff properly · Marketing tourism responsibly · Undertaking research Tourism is seen as an agent for rural economic regeneration and as a way of valorizing conservation, in many parts of the world. But rural environment is a very fragile one because it changes or experiences damages easily due to rapid changes of any sort; and tourism is a powerful agent for change. This is [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 046 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 an important issue because of the role rural friendly. To some extent, it is. Both the natural areas play in many countries as repositories of environment (such as beaches, forests, and both natural and historical heritage and waterways) and the built environment (such as important commercially. Therefore, ‘rurality’ is historic buildings and ruins) must be preserved a unique selling point for holidays in the for an area to be environmentally sustainable. countryside. Tourists look for high quality and To become a traveler in the modern sense of the unspoiled scenery, for peace, quiet and solitude. term is to be more responsible. Little by little, we Tourism growth in course of time would destroy learn new things that affect the way we travel and rurality and induce the onset of negative impacts the choices that we make. That’s how we make a on the environment, cultures and economies. difference. The Global Need for Sustainable Tourism In August 2014, the Comprehensive Sustainable Tourism is an inclusive term SustainableTourism Criteria for India(STCI) was for any type of tourism that advocates to launched.Leading the way are Kerala Tourism, preserve the biodiversity and resources of an Himachal Tourism and many others. area. Sustainable tourism and ecotourism have Discussion much in common-both advocate a holistic Despite numerous international approach to environmental management in order conferences and discussion of panels, there is a to avoid tyranny of increment.We live in a world weak understanding of the objectives and where over tourism has become a real problem. principles of sustainable tourism. This is often Animals are made captive for the amusement associated with misinterpreting sustainability. of the tourists, nature is deliberately destroyed Often the term is abused for individual benefit and in most of the places. Large areas are cleared profit.Despite of this critique, already the public to make room for tourists and the investors in debate about sustainability issues and some most cases are foreigners. Animals lose their initiatives in mass tourism destinations can be habitat, deforestation takes place, and hill seen as progress.Additionally, the pressure of the slopes become over crowded with hotels. There local population is resulting in more participation is an enormous pressure put over the local and new governance processes.This is the case nonrenewable resources. The local communities especially in regions where the effects of mass are deprived of their requirements. tourism are interfering with the subjective well- There comes the idea of sustainable being and the recreational visions of the tourism with the three outlying objectives of guests. Holistic approach towards ‘sustainable’ human welfare, animal welfare and nature change and ‘sustainable’ transition is grounded preservation.Economic sustainability means on the identity, the value systems and the building linkages and reducing leakages. In capabilities as well as the needs of the local simpler terms, this essentially means keeping population. the money local. A hotel or company owned and Conclusion operated by a foreigner or huge international Although tourism can be a great form of brand is not likely to contribute much to the local wealth distribution, often as little as 5-10% of the economy – the money will likely “leak” overseas money tourists spend remains in the destinations instead. This is not sustainable in the long run they visit. These issues must be addressed to fully because it means the destination will not see realize the benefits of tourism through an inclusive any of those tourism dollars, and may begin to approach and collaboration between the public and question the tourism industry altogether. To most private sectors and host communities. The full people, sustainable is synonymous with eco- involvement of local communities in the tourism [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 047 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 sector not only benefits them and the environment in general but also improves the quality of the 7 tourism experience.Consulting between the tourism industry and local communities, Transport Network and SWOT organizations and institutions are essential if they are to work alongside each other and resolve Analysis of Tourist potential conflicts of interest. When the social Destinations in Kolhapur impact of sustainable tourism has been considered, the focus is always on the host communities. The District United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO) has declared the year 2017 as the Shri. Sanjay Salokhe International Year for Sustainable tourism for Assistant Professor, Development. The world today is leaning more Department of Geography towards the term quality rather than quantity. So, BhogawatiMahavidyalaya,Kurukali. the increasing number of people is not the key word in tourism, it is the quality to be preserved that Dr.A. S. Patil catches the attention. Thus, a traveler who prefers Associate Professor sustainable tourism is a conscious traveler who Department of Geography, respects and is in solidarity with the environment, Chh. Shivaji College, Satara with the heritage of heterogeneous communities and believes in social equality. So, it is obvious ======***********======that a change of our values and value systems ABSTRACT can guarantee a sustainable future for our planet In today’s busy, fast stressful life the and especially, tourism geography can contribute demand to get away from it all has become a a lot. necessity part of life. As a result the number of References people opting out for travelling to far away - https://www.dangerous-business.com/ tourist destinations is on the rise. People have sustainable-tourism/ a varied purpose throughout their trips like - https://brainybackpackers.com/why-is- seeing religious places, historical monuments, sustainable-tourism-important/ sightseeing on new locations, entertainment, - https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2017/08/ etc. Thus tourism has become a significant the-growth-paradox-can-tourism-ever-be- industry, leading to income source for the local sustainable population and adding to the per capita income - https://www.gaiadiscovery.com/latest- and GDP in general (Matley 1976).Transport and places/sustainable-tourism-in-india-policies- tourism are interrelated to each other and and-practices. development of tourism as an economic activity - https://visit.org/blog/en/what-is- always depends upon transport. In transport sustainable-tourism development accessibility of tourist place is a - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ key factor. There are no accessibility of any Sustainable_tourism tourist place, place is neglected to tourist. In - https://www.unwto.org/sustainable- this chapter Importance of transport in tourism development will be discussed along with giving prime importance to road transport and tourism. The nature of transport flow, Accessibility of tourist [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 048 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 place and shortest route will be determined in Jyotiba, Vashi, Adampur and twenty three more this research paper. In these research paper such places is very high. revels that the SWOT analysis of Tourist Tourists from Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh Destinations in Kolhapur District. SWOT analysis and Goa visit Kolhapur in large numbers and also means, what are the Strength, Weakness, tourists from other parts of Maharashtra. Opportunity and Threat of Tourist Destinations. Transport is available through air, railways, state In Kolhapur district tourist destinations are transport and other buses. The cities of classified in to four categories viz. Religious Hyderabad, Tirupati, Bangalore, Mumbai, Delhi, places, historical places, nature and forest Gondia, Nagpur, are well linked by rail. People tourism places and water tourism places. The from other parts can make use of these stations each category of tourist places is different type for their travel to Kolhapur. Historical places of strength, weakness, opportunity and threat. have a special importance as heritage places. The SWOT analysis is useful method for These places are an evidence of social status, development of tourist destination. changes, social make up of those times. They Key word: SWOT Analysis, Religious, Historical, are also means of research for today. Hence it Nature and Forest Tourism Places. is essential to conserve them for their future INTRODUCTION studies and these places can become a major There are much of tourist attractions in part of the tourist attractions. Existence of and about the Kolhapur district. One can find Kolhapur can be seen from 200 BC, It has ancient excavatedstays dating back to 2ndBC to ancient and historical importance. MaharaniTararani has relics of the Buddha, Mahavir era. There are established her capital in Kolhapur. After 1949 temples, old caves from the era of this Kolhapur state is declared as district as per Satavahan,Bhoj, Shalivanand Yadavas to the the Indian Constitution. Maratha Dynasty. Forts, temples, stone STUDY AREA: inscriptions, statues and other relics and signs Kolhapur district is situated in the of the long lost heritage are finding in Kolhapur extreme southern part of Maharashtra State. It district. Similarly the Kolhapur district is enriched lies between 15o 43' and 17o 17' north latitudes with a rich biodiversity surviving one of the 35 and 73o 40' and 74o 42' east longitudes.It is Biodiversity Hotspots in the world. The region surrounded by Sangli district to the north, falling in Western Ghats is interspersed with Karnataka State to the east and south and river origins, dams, thick lush forests, national Ratnagiri and Sindhudurg districts to the west. forests and wildlife sanctuaries. As a result one The Sahyadri ranges to the west and Varna River is able to see a variety of peaks, valleys,falls, to the north form the natural boundaries. The rivers and vast trees along with all types of shape of district is triangular; base of triangular biodiversity. Kolhapur is nationally and is west side and two edges from north-east and internationally well known for its ancient south-east direction. District north and south temples, religious importance and sacredness. side are narrow but western side is so wide. The It is also known as “DakhshinKashi” and it is district has an area of 7,685.00 sq km and a one of the three significant holy places. population of 3876001 populations as per census TirupatiBalaji is the richest temple in South India 2011. While the geographical area of the district with a huge tourist inflow. Most of the tourists accounts for 2.5 percent of the total area out of visit Goddess Mahalaxmi in Kolhapur later their the Maharashtra State. visit to the Tirupati temple. Similarly the number The density of population is 504 persons of tourists who visit temples at Nursinhawadi, per sq km Among the 35 districts of the State, [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 049 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 the district ranks 20th in terms of area as per the present research work have been collected 2011 census. The headquarters of the district is from the books, journals, reports, miscellaneous at Kolhapur, a city with a population of 549236 sources, published, and unpublished sources.The (2011) Census. Kolhapur was the capital of the SWOT analysis is useful method for development former Kolhapur State, a premier State of the of tourist destination.SWOT analysis means, what Deccan and was also the seat of the Residency are the Strength, Weakness, Opportunity and for Deccan States. Threat of Tourist Destinations. In Kolhapur district tourist destinations are classified in to four categories viz. Religious places, historical places, nature and forest tourism places and water tourism places. The each category of tourist places is different type of strength, weakness, opportunity and threat. ANLYTICAL DISCUSSIONANDRESULTS SWOT Analysis of Tourist Destinations in Kolhapur District Table no 1 to 4 revels that the SWOT analysis of Tourist Destinations in Kolhapur District. SWOT analysis means, what are the Strength, Fig. No 1 Weakness, Opportunity and Threat of Tourist It derives its importance from its past Destinations. In Kolhapur district tourist political connections and its present position as destinations are classified in to four categories a great commercial, religious, cultural and viz. Religious places, historical places, nature and educational centre. It is well linked both by road forest tourism places and water tourism places. as well as by rail.The district has an area of The each category of tourist places is different type 7,685.00 sq km and a population of 2989507 of strength, weakness, opportunity and threat. The (1991), 3523162 (2001) and 3876001 population SWOT analysis is useful method for development as per census 1991, 2001 and 2011.While the of tourist destination. In Kolhapur district there are geographical area of the district accounts for 10 fort Viz. Vishalgad (Shahuwadi), Pawangad, 2.5 percent of the total area out of the Panhala (Panhala), Shivgad (Radhanagari), Maharashtra State. Rangana (Bhudargad) Samangad (Gadhinglaj), OBJECTIVE Pargad, Gandharvagad, Kalanidhigad, Mahipalgad 1. To examine transport network and (Chandgad). These forts are connected to road tourist development in Kolhapur district. network but less frequency of modes of transport 2. To study SWOT analysis of tourist at hence those place are neglected by tourist. In destinations in Kolhapur district. natural tourist destination all forest tourism places DATABASE AND METHODOLOGY: are facing road connectivity problem. In religious In present research paper is based on tourist place viz. Udgiri, Dhopeshwar, Ramling, secondary datawhich is collected from Socio Kuntugiri, Gagangiri, VishalgadDarga and other Economic Abstract of Kolhapur District, Kolhapur menay places are located in hilly area. These District Tourism Planand District census religious places are limited road connectivity and handbook 2011.GIS mapping techniques is used mode of frequency. for distribution of road network. Besides this, Religious Tourism few information and secondary data regarding [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 050 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 The district of Kolhapur is well known for Aare, birth place of Chh. ShahuMaharajLaxmi Vilas its temples, Mahalaxmi and Jyotiba are important Palace, RamchandrapantAmatya Samadhi and places of pilgrimage. Apart from them there Bajiprabhu- Phulajiprabhu memorials in Panahala arevarious other temples like Jainmandir, caves are under Ancient Monuments department of state from Budha era, etc. The temple of Mahalaxmi was of Maharashtra. In KarveerJunaRajwada(Old built in 7th century while other temples at Palace), Nava Rajwada(New Palace), Shalini Khidrapur, sangshi, Beed-Aare, VithalMandir Palace, Town Hall, Binduchowktatbandhi, belong to parallel era. Dhunyachyachavya at Rankala, PanyachaKhajina Table No: 1 at Kalamba, Sathmari, Jaiyprabha Studio, Pilgrimage/ Religious Places in Kolhapur Keshavrao Bhosale Natyagruha, Khasbag Kusti District Maidan, Panchagangaghat, Radhakrishna temple, Destination Strength Weakness Opportunity Threat Walivade camp and Bramhapur. Panahala, Udgiri ancient, Remote, Limitations Nature, Forest tourism Fog- Rain scenic for communication Pavangad, Masai caves, Panhala- Yelwanjugai ancient, Remote, Limitations Nature, Forest tourism Fog- Rain scenic for communication Pavankhindamarg (road), Vishalgad, Bhattali War VishalgadDarg Historic, Remote, Limitations Nature, Forest tourism Fog- Rain ah scenic for communication Memorial, Bawada fort from Gaganbawada, Jotiba ancient, Crowd Nature tourism Crowd scenic Sangshi, Palsamba temple, dam and AmbabaiKolha ancient, Crowd - Crowd pur sculpture Hathimahalbuiling at Radhanagari, Maunimath at Aarewadi ancient, Neglected, limitations - sculpture for communications Bhudargad, Pargad at Chandgad, Gandharvagad, Allamprabhu, Famous, Remote, Limitations Nature tourism Ramling scenic for communication Kalanidhigad, Memorial at Nesri, Samangad at Bahubali Famous Crowd Kunthugiri Famous, Neglected Nature Tourism Gadhinglaj, Shivgad at Radhanagri, etc. The scenic strength of historical places of Kolhapur district is Nrusinhawadi Famous Crowd Water tourism crowd Khidrapur Famous, Neglected, Limitations Water tourism most of places are ancient, historical. According sculpture for communication Gaganbawada Historic, Crowd Nature, Forest tourism Fog- Rain to road network most of historical places are scenic Sangashi ancient , Neglected, Limitation Nature, Forest tourism Fog- Rain located in hilly area but those places are well scenic for Communication Durgamanwad Famous, Remote, Limitations Nature, Forest tourism Fog- Rain connected to road network. Only few places are scenic for communication Tarale Famous Crowd Agro Tourism not connected to road network which are Masaileni, Gudal Famous crowd Agricultural Tourism Gaibi Famous, Crowd Nature, Forest tourism Pawangad, Palasamba and Kalanidhigad. In scenic historical tourist places only PanhalaVishalgad and Source: Compiled by Researcher Kolhapur those are not only connected to road There are 2675 temples under the network but also good transport frequency of jurisdiction of the DevasthsnSamiti today, which MSRTC. In the district other places are connected have been constructed in different time periods. to road network but less frequency of modes of The strength of religious places of Kolhapur district transport at hence those place are neglected by is most of places are ancient, historical and tourist. sculpture. According to road network most of religious places are located in remote area and Fig No: 2 those places are not connected to road network. Mahalaxmi and Jotiba temples are facing crowd problem because of these places are connected to well road and railway network. Historical and Ancient Monuments Tourism In Kolhapur district many places are fall in this category viz. Vishalgad fort, Bhudargad fort, Rangana fort, Masai Caves, Mahadev temple at [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 051 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Forest Tourism Fig No: 3 ChandoliTiger Projectin the district of Shahuwadi, Bison Sanctuary at Radhanagri, (both international tourist attractions) and forest areas of Amba, Udgiri, Manoli, Anuskura, Palsamba, BawadaBorbet, Padmasatti, Wacighol, Barki, Tilari, Rangana, Patgaon, Bhudargad, Samangad, Kolic, etc.The strength of forest places of Kolhapur district is most of places are under ecological sensitive zone. In Kolhapur district ChandoliTiger Project, Radhanagari sanctuary and Borbet are under the world heritage. According to road network all forest tourism places are facing road Fig No: 3 connectivity problem because of in ecological sensitive zone area there is no permission of road construction. In this forest are well opportunity for safari and trekking. Table No: 3 Nature and Forest Tourism Places in Kolhapur District Destination Strength Weakness Opportunity Threat Chandoli World heritage Shelter, connectivity Safari, Pollution, fire Tiger project problems Shelter, trek Udgiri Forest, ecological connectivity Trek Pollution, fire sensitive zone problems Amba Forest, ecological Crowd Safari, Pollution, fire sensitive zone shelter, trek Manoli Forest, ecological connectivity Safari, Pollution, fire sensitive zone problems shelter, trek Yelwqanjugai Forest, ecological connectivity Safari, trek Pollution, fire sensitive zone problems Gelawade Forest, ecological connectivity Safari, trek Pollution, fire Fig No: 4 sensitive zone problems Pawangad Forest, ecological connectivity Safari, trek Pollution, fire sensitive zone problems Table No: 2 Giroli Forest area Neglected Safari, trek Pollution, fire Narande Forest area Neglected Trek Pollution, fire HistoricalPlaces in Kolhapur District Palasamba Forest, ecological connectivity Trek Pollution, fire Destination Strength Weakness Opportunity Threat sensitive zone problems VIshalgad Connected Water / Shelter Shelter- Rope way Fog- Rain maintenance Borbet World heritage connectivity Shelter, Trek Pollution, fire Pawankhind Connected -- Nature-jungle Tourism, Fog- Rain problems Trek Masaileni Neglected, Road Nature-jungle Tourism, Fog- Rain Radhanagari World heritage Shelter, connectivity Safari, Pollution, fire Trek sanctuary problems shelter, trek Panhalagad Connected Planning, Nature-jungle Tourism, Management Trek Wakighol Forest area connectivity Trek Pollution, fire Pawangad Neglected, Road Nature-jungle Tourism, problems Trek Pohaleleni Connected -- Nature-jungle Tourism, Bhudargad Forest area connectivity Trek Pollution, fire Trek problems Palasamba Neglected Nature-jungle Tourism, Fog- Rain Trek Pali Forest area connectivity Trek Pollution, fire Gaganbawadagad Connected -- Nature-jungle Tourism, problems Trek Mahipalgad Connected Neglected Nature-jungle Tourism, Rangana Forest, ecological Shelter connectivity Safari, trek Pollution, fire Trek sensitive zone problems Bhudargad Connected Neglected Nature-jungle Tourism, Trek Tilari Forest area Shelter, connectivity Safari, Pollution, fire Samangad Connected -- Nature-jungle Tourism, problems shelter, trek Trek Nesari Battle field Connected -- Kolik Forest area connectivity Safari, trek Pollution, fire memorial problems Kalanidhigad Connected Road walking Nature-jungle Tourism, Fog- Rain Trek Paargad Connected Neglected Nature-jungle Tourism, Fog- Rain Source: Compiled by Researcher Trek Gandharvagad Connected Neglected Nature-jungle Tourism, Fog- Rain Trek [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 052 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 CONCLUSION: safari through the forest department for 1. Kolhapur is nationally and internationally trekking in the reserved forests. well known for its ancient temples, REFERENCE: religious importance and sacredness. It 1. Anandrao S. Patil: (2012) Fort Vasota is also known as “DakhshinKashi” and an Adventure Tourism Destination in it is one of the three significant holy Satara District, Indian Journal Of Applied places. The number of tourists who visit Research, Ahemdabad, ISSN No. 2249- temples at Nursinhawadi, Jyotiba, Vashi, 555 x listed in International, ISSN Adampur and twenty three more such Directory, Paris P.p.Vol.I, Issue:VI, places is very high. In religious tourist pp.240-242 place viz. Udgiri, Dhopeshwar, Ramling, 2. Anandrao S. Patil:(2012),Potential For Kuntugiri, Gagangiri, VishalgadDarga Adventure Tourism in Satara District: A and other many places are located in hilly Case Study of Forts in Satara area. These religious places are limited (Maharashtra)Research Analysis and road connectivity and mode of Evaluation, Jaipur ISSN No. 0975- frequency. 3486Vol. III Issue:28, pp. 91-93 2. In Kolhapur district there are 10 fort Viz. 3. Kolhapur District Census Handbook Vishalgad (Shahuwadi), Pawangad, 2011. Panhala (Panhala), Shivgad 4. Kolhapur District Tourism Plan, District (Radhanagari), Rangana (Bhudargad) Collector Kolhapur, 2012. Samangad (Gadhinglaj), Pargad, 5. Kolhapur Gazetteer. Gandharvagad, Kalanidhigad, 6. Matley I. (1976): The Geography of Mahipalgad (Chandgad).These forts are International Tourism, Resource Paper connected to road network but less No. 76-1, AAAG. Washington, D.C. frequency of modes of transport at hence 7. Pearce D. (1995): Tourism Today: A those place are neglected by tourist. Geographical Analysis, Longman. Kolhapur district is rich historical 8. Saxena. H. M. (2016): Transport heritage and while implementing the Geography, Rawat Publication, New tourism development plan, the Delhi. government needs to pay special 9. Socio Economic Abstract of Kolhapur attention to the conservation of forts as District 2016. a matter of priority. 10. https://mahasdb.maharashtra.gov.in/ 3. Chandoli Project tiger in the district of districtReport.do?rpt=5&dist=530 Shahuwadi, Bison Sanctuary at Radhanagri, (both internatonal tourist attractions) and forest areas of Amba, Udgiri, Manoli, Anuskura, Palsamba, BawadaBorbet, Padmasatti, Wacighol, Barki, Tilari, Rangana, Patgaon, Bhudargad, Samangad, Kolic. Forest tourism places are facing road connectivity problem because of restriction on construction of roads in forested areas. It is necessary to arrange [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 053 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Census, the population of Shirpur Tehsil was 8 4,22,137. Shirpur Tehsil receives rainfall mainly in GEOGRAPHICAL PERSPECTIVE ON the months of June to September. The annual SOME ASPECTS OF average rainfall of Shirpur Tehsil is 780 mm. SHIRPUR PATTERN OF About 75% of total rainfall occurs in only 15 to 20 days of monsoon season. Thus, the maximum WATER HARVESTING AND rainfall occurs in fewer number of days. The CONSERVATION rainwater does not percolate much and runoffs to the near-by river. JITENDRA VASANT PATIL The main occupation in this region is RESEARCH SCHOLAR agriculture. As rainwater run-offs and get K B C N M U JALGAON, MAHARASHTRA wasted in river, the water scarcity arises immediately during the month of December. PROF. DR. V. J. PATIL, (RESEARCH GUIDE) Therefore, water conservation is much necessary HEAD, DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY, in this region to tackle water crisis. DR. G. D. BENDALE MAHILA MAHAVIDYALAYA, Initially, the technique of water harvesting JALGAON. DIST: JALGAON and conservation was implemented only in the study region. As its implementation and innovation took place in Shirpur Tehsil, so the technique has acquired ======***********======the name ‘Shirpur Pattern’. INTRODUCTION METHODOLOGY This paper is based on the basic research For the study of ‘Shirpur Pattern,’ the done on technique of water harvesting and primary data is used as the raw data collected conservation which is implemented in Shirpur through different sources. Field visits were done on Tehsil. This technique is popularly known as project-sites. The geographical features of the study ‘Shirpur Pattern.’ It has considerably improved area were studied. Shirpur Pattern’s advantage to agriculture and villagers was studied by surveying the groundwater levels, while indirectly beneficiary farmers and interview of project in- improving socio-economic status of farmers in charge officer Mr. Suresh Khanapurkar was taken. the region. The additional analysis of present agricultural, KEYWORDS: Shirpur Pattern, Water social and economic pattern was prepared with the Conservation, Water Harvesting, Check-dams help of secondary data obtained from Socio- STUDY REGION economic review, District Census, agro-social and The study region is the area of Shirpur economic magazines, research papers, Ph. D. thesis Tehsil. It lies at the northern part of Dhule district and webpages. of Maharashtra State. The latitudinal and OBJECTIVE longitudinal extent of Shirpur Tehsil is 210 The objective of present study is, To study the 11’ N to 21o 37’ N and 740 42’ E to 75o 11’ E. geography of Shirpur Pattern as a Water Total geographical area of Shirpur Tehsil is Conservation and Harvesting Technique. 1510.67 sq.km. The study region is bounded by DISCUSSION AND RESULT Satpuda ranges at North and Tapi river valley in Shirpur Tehsil is mainly covered by alluvium South. The total net sown area is 61541.30 soil and remaining portion is covered by hectare, out of which 13262.15 hectare (21.55 mountainous region and Deccan Basalt. In %) are irrigated in Shirpur Tehsil. As per the 2011 alluvium region and as well as in Deccan Basalt [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 054 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 region multi aquifer system occur. In Deccan Farmers were becoming poorer due to less farming Basalt, alternate layers of weathered basalt and yield. People were migrating to cities for livelihood, hard massive basalt are observed. In the same unemployment was increasing. Girls were manner, in alluvium regions, alternate layers of unwilling to marry a person in drought prone yellow silt, sand and boulders can be observed. village. The effective porosity of sand bed in this alluvium Shirpur Pattern region is estimated to be 30%. As the semi-porous The technique of Shirpur Pattern is very alternate layers of silt transmit very little water, basic and easy to implement. It requires few groundwater levels decline. This clearly shows that engineers and can be carried out with equipment there is very little lateral and vertical percolation like dumpers and pock-lands. The project is highly through the yellow silt. Even after heavy rainfall cost-effective as compared to its benefit. the wells remained dry before the implementation The principle of Shirpur Pattern is to build of Shirpur Pattern. back-to-back check-dams on streams, which leads In Basalt area, due to the change in nature to recharge of aquifers and also storing surface of rainfall (heavy rainfall within short duration, water to be available enough to meet drinking and major runoff and very slight percolation), though agricultural needs for three years. having effective porosity of 2.5% to 3%, aquifers The project can be classified into two sections:- used to barely saturate. The excessive 1) Shirpur Pattern is the construction of check- development of this aquifer system is to cater to dams on every stream, whether it may be the ever increasing needs of irrigation. small or big and west weir to augment huge In absence of any regulatory measures to storage of surface water. It follows the control groundwater consumption, the farmers principle of water flowing from ‘Ridge to were resorting to ceaseless groundwater pumping Valley’. It focuses on lengthening the project to meet the water requirement of cash crops. The area on stream up to 400m, deepening the groundwater based drinking water schemes were streams up to 15 to 20 mt and widening it up the first measure of such development. Due to over to 20 to 30 mt. exploitation of groundwater resources, 2) The project stresses on artificial recharge groundwater levels declined and all the dug wells of water of dry dug wells in alluvial area of in the alluvium region dried during 1990 to 2005. Shirpur Tehsil. Average depth of the dug wells in this area is 40 In 2004, Maharashtra’s former minister meters. Even the tube wells having depth of about Shri Amrishbhai Patel, with the help of famous 150 to 200 meters used to become dry. That’s why, geologist Shri. Suresh Khanapurkar, implemented dug wells and bore wells in Deccan basaltic region Shirpur Pattern Water Conservation Technique. In used to hardly yield water up to December. Only this project several check-dams of different heights Kharif crops were possible. and widths were built back-to-back, from ridge to Drying of wells and tube wells in alluvial valley. The streams were widened up to 20-30 m area and inadequate availability of water in the and deepened up to 15-20 m. Also, the fertile soil Deccan Basalt area were the main problem of the which was dug spread over the barren land as well Shirpur Tehsil. There was no water for drinking, as neighboring farms. household activities, and farming. Villagers had When runoff stream flows through the to travel miles to get water. Water tankers were slope to meet river, the check-dams obstruct it. one of the options, but it was not sufficient and When the first check-dam completely fills with permanent solution. Majority of the land was not water, the overflowing water is then obstructed getting cultivated. Cultivation is rain dependent. by the next check-dam and so on. Thus, by the end [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 055 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 of monsoon, maximum check-dams are filled with check-dams at the micro level. Though there water and the runoff water doesn’t meet the river. are some negative impacts, the positive The check-dams contain surface water used for benefits largely outweigh those. basic, agricultural and commercial purposes, and 4. Small check-dams should be built for water it’s also percolates in ground. conservation and to help farmers for The groundwater level increased irrigation. significantly, because of higher penetration of 5. Shirpur Pattern clearly fulfils the purpose for water that got stored in check-dams. The wells which it was created. and tube wells that used to get dry till the month 6. By this, the farmers are able to grow 2 to 3 of December, now have water throughout the year. crops in a year and they no need to search Results for employment or migrate to urban area for 1. As per the report of March 2020, 215 check- opportunity. dams are completed and almost all of them 7. If the implementation of this project is done are noticeably filled with large volumes of throughout water scarce parts of India, it water. would be a huge help for problems of water 2. Farmers can cultivate 2 to 3 type of crops in a scarcity. year. This has resulted in increase in per 8. If the project is implemented everywhere, hectare yield of farmers drastically. There potentially there will be no incidents of farmer social status improved too. suicide. 3. Due to this stored water across all the check- REFERENCES dams, fishing opportunities are increased and 1. Zende, S. (2015): Bhuprushthakhali ‘Pani people practice pisciculture. Pernyacha’ Shirpur Pattern – Cover Story, 4. Agro-based industries are developed. Jalsanwad Magazine (December 2015) 5. The problem of drinking water is potentially 2. Patil, K.V., Shaik, F.I., (2012): Shirpur Patter: Water solved. Conservation and Sustainability, Paper 6. Increasing employment opportunities led to published at Proceeding of International stoppage of migration. Conference SWRDM-2012, Department of 7. Energy consumption is decreased. Due to Environmental Science, Shivaji University, reduction in suction length, low HPpumps Kolhapur. have been installed to draw water. 3. Patil, B.D. (2020): Role Of Irrigation In 8. It controlled eroding runoff and degradation Agricultural Land Practices – A Micro Level of soil. Study Of Shirpur Tehsils In Dhule District (MS), 9. It helped to rehabilitate the deteriorating Paper Published in International Journal of lands. Science & Technology Research, Volume - 02, CONCLUSION February, 2020. 1. Over the past years, we have been recklessly 4. Socio-economic review of Dhule district. pulling out water from the earth. We need to (2017) establish a balance of our needs and 5. Census of India, (2011): Dhule District, consumption of water. Government of Maharashtra. 2. It is essential to increase the capability of 6. www.maharain.gov.in (Rainfall Recording percolating water in the ground and this is and Analysis Department of Agriculture, what Shirpur Pattern thrives to do. Maharashtra State) 3. Present study gives strong indication of the benefits received from the construction of [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 056 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Population of Latur district is 2455543 as per 9 Census 2011. Objectives of the Study The study of the expected fair 1) To study the concept of expected fair centres. 2) To study of the benefit of expected fair centres centers in Latur District 3) To study of the suitable framework for the expected fair centres in Latur District. Kerba Namdevrao Kamble Data Base : M.A., NET The present study is based on secondary Udgir Dist.Latur data the data has been gathered from various sources and it includes both published and ======***********======unpublished maps. Census of India, Socio- Introduction economic abstract, district gazetteers, other Culture plays an important role in the different government publication and various development of any nation, it present a set of websites. For the study of expected fair centres shared of attitudes values and practices. Culture in Latur district used the following formula and creativity manifest themselves in almost Observed MeanDis tance all economic, social and other activities. A Rn Expected MeanDis tance country as diverse as India is symbolized by the purity of its culture. A 0.5 Maharashtra has recognized fairs as a N major part for economic growth in the state. This Define : land is rich in culture, tradition and festivals and RN = Randomties is a major trade and tourist destination of India A = Total Area attracting thousand of tourist from across the N = Total Number of Fair world every year. Centers The spatial distributional patter of fair _ x (x x)2 centres and their proportion to the dependent Mean S.D. villages. Their influence area and the population N N served is useful in planning for indicating new Expected Fair Centres fair centres in the study region. It is seen in the Table No.1 study region some villages where fair and Tahsilwise Expected fair Centres Name and festivals is celebrated in litter manner, but these Numbers Sr.No. Tahsil Expected Fair Name of Expected Fair Centres fair and festivals enlarging year to year. Centres 1 Latur 05 Murud, Mahapur, Chikalthana, Study Area Chincholi Ballalnath, Sarsa 2 Renapur - - Latur district is considered it lies 3 Ahmedpur - - between 170.52’ and 18050’ North latitudes, 4 Jalkot - - 5 Chakur - - 76012’ and 77018’ East longitudes. It is 6 Shirur A. 02 Yerol, Sakol 7 Ausa - - surrounded by Beed and Parbhani district in the 8 Nilanga 02 Aurad Shahajani, Nitur 9 Deoni 01 Walandi north, Nanded district in the north east, 10 Udgir - Karnataka state in the south east and Source : Compiled by Author Osmanabad district in the North West. Today As per the table, quite sufficient fair ten tahsils are existed in Latur district. Total centre as concern of area and population of these seven tahsils have also good market [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 057 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 facility for the tahsil Latur 05 and Nilanga 02 have proposed of new fair centres. 10 Map 1 Proposed Fair Centres in Latur DEFORESTATION – CAUSES AND District CONSEQUENCES INDEX l Proposed Fair Centres Shivalingappa l Presented Fair Centres Asst. Professor of Geography l Rural Settlement Vidyodaya Arts and Commerce First Grade College T.Narasipura Mysuru Dist Karnataka ======***********======Forest Resources: One of the most valuable natural resources of the world is forests. The first known forest on the earth arose in the late devonian (approximately 380 million years ago), with the evolution of Archaeopteris. Conclusion Archaeopteris was a plant that was both The above analysis shows that there is tree like and fern like growing to 10 meters in clearly need of some more fair centres in the height. Archaeopteris quietly spread throughout study region central and northern part of the the world, from equator to sub polar latitudes. study region is less developed in infrastructure Archaeopteris formed the first forests by being and communication compare to southern and the first known species to east shade due to its eastern part of the study region. Some fair fronds and forming soil from its roots. centres are famous in western region but Archaeopteris was deciduous, dropping its development level of these fair centres is very fronds on the forest floor. The shade, soil and less hence they could not introduce to people forest duff from the dropped fronds created the in well manner. According all these things keep first forest. The shed organic matter altered the in 10 new fair centres suggested of favourable fresh water environment, slowing it down and sites in the study region. providing food. This promoted fresh water fish. Reference Originally forests covered about half of the land 1) Mahslekar I.M. (2015), ‘A Geographical area of the earth. But today, they cover 30% of Study of Fair Centres in Jalna District’, the land area of the earth. The reasons for the Unpublished Ph.D. Thesis S.R.T.M. decrease in the area of land under forest is that University, Nanded pressure of population in many countries has 2) Census of India 2011 necessitated the destruction of forests for the 3) Gazetteer of Latur District purpose of agriculture and habitations. 4) Socio Economic Abstract Latur District The term “forest” is derived from the 2017-18 Latin word “foris” meaning outside. Originally 5) www.latur.nic.in the word “forest” meant uncultivated and uninhabited village boundary consisting of [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 058 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 natural plants i.e. trees and grasses. But today, and thereby provide additional it means an association of plants, natural or precipitation in the locality. cultivated, predominantly trees. In the words of · They minimize the extreme variation in Allen and Sharpe “Forest is a community of trees climatic conditions and make the climate and associated organisms covering a more equable. considerable area, utilizing air, water and · Forests control floods during heavy rains minerals to attain maturity and to reproduce by absorbing the excess rain water. itself and capable of furnishing man kind with · They prevent soil erosion by checking indispensable products and services” so a forest the force of flowing water. is a community of trees growing together at one · They acts as wind-breaks and protect the place. adjoining agricultural fields against Importance of forest: strong winds. Forest is the house to many living · The thick roots of the trees absorb large organisms. It is a precious resource provided by quantity of water. The absorbed water nature. Forest are of great importance to gets into the sub-soil and feeds the mankind. A human economy without forests is rivers and streams. Thus forests help the quite unthinkable. Like a river system, a forest flow of rivers and streams. is a multi-purpose resource. Forests serve · Forests increase the fertility of the soil. mankind in many ways. They have both direct The trees and plants collects nitrogen and indirect benefits. The important direct from the atmosphere, fix it in the soil benefits of forests are and thereby increase the fertility of the · They provide timber for house building, soil. Further the decomposed leaves and ship building, railway sleepers. Lorry other oganic matter of forest brought bodies, furniture etc. and deposited on the fields by the rivers · They supply fire wood and charcoal for add to the fertility of the soil. fuel in homes and industries. · They provide shelter to the wild animals · They provide raw materials for industries and birds. like paper industry, rayon industry, rubber · They improve the sanitary conditions of industry etc. a place. · Resin, honey, lac, bamboos, canes, · They provide pure water, fresh air and sandal wood, neem oil, satin wood oil, beautiful scenery and become eucalyptus oil, medicinal plants etc. are recreational centres. the some of the other direct benefits of · Forests are good source of revenue to forests. the government. The indirect benefits of forests are · Forests provide employment to a large · Forests pump out oxygen we need to live number of people in different capacities. and absorb carbon dioxide we exhale. A Factors affecting growth and distribution of single mature, leafy tree is estimated to Forest:- produce a day’s supply of oxygen for The growth of forests depends upon a anywhere from two to ten people. number of conditions. The most important being · They stop the rain bearing winds and are temperature, rainfall, attitude, aspect of cause rainfall. Further they increase the slope, sunlight, wind and soil. As these factors amount of moisture in the atmosphere varies from place to place, the growth and distribution of forests varies from place to place. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 059 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 In areas of high temperature and rainfall deforestation rates in the world are Brazil, evergreen forests are found whereas in areas Nigeria, Philippines, Benin, Ghana, Indonesia, of high temperature and very low rainfall, desert Sudan, Venezuela. vegetation occurs. Causes of Deforestation: Deforestation Trees are vital part of life on the earth. The clearing or thinning of forests by Without forests, living would not possible. Like man is called deforestation. Deforestation is the food, water and shelter, forests are important clearing of forest areas by cutting down the for life. Infact forests are the source of food, trees. The term commonly refers to the removal water and shelter to many living things. We of trees. The main purpose of deforestation is humans moved to civilized city life but many take commercial advantage of cleared forest insects, plants, animals and microbes live inside land. Deforestation represents one of the largest the forests. Deforestation is the permanent issues in the global land use. Estimates of destruction of forests that is done to make the deforestation traditionally are based on the land useful for other purposes. The most areas of forest cleared for human use, including important causer for deforestation are removal of trees for wood products and for 1) Agricultural activities:- Agricultural eroplands and grazing lands. In the practice of activities are one of the major factors clear-cutting, all trees are removed from the affecting deforestation. Due to over growing land, which completely destroys the forest. In demand for food products, huge amount of some cases, however, even partial logging and trees are felldown to grow crops and cattle accidental fires thin out the trees enough to grazing. change the forest structure dramatically. Infact 2) Logging :- Wood based industries such as deforestation is the permanent removal of trees paper, match sticks and furniture need a from forest land. substantial quantity of woods. Lumber and Conversion of forests to land use for charcoal are common example of trees different purposes has a long history. Earth’s being used as a fuel. Cooking and heating eroplands which cover about 49 million square all around the world use these resources, km are mostly deforested land. Most present – and half of the illegal removal from forests day eroplands receive enough rainfall and warm is thought to be used as fuel wood. Large enough to have once supported forests. Only areas are also cleared to construct road in about 1 million square km. of eroplands are in order for large trucks to have entry to logging areas that would have been cool boreal forests, sites. Selective logging is where only the as in Scandinavia and northern Canada. Mush most valuable trees are felled. But felling of the remainder was once moist tropical and of large tree may bring down surrounding subtropical forests and also temperature forest trees and thin the forest canopy. of north America, eastern Europe and China. 3) Live stock ranching:- Forest clearing for live Most of the present grazing lands of the world stock ranching is an important contribute of were once forest areas. According to United deforestation. Since 1990, Brazil, a top Nations Food and agricultural organization the exporter of beet has lost an area of forest present rate of deforestation is about 1.3 million that is three – fourth size of Texas. A strong square Km. per decade. But the rate has slowed global demand for beef, supported by in some places as a result of enhanced forest governments such as in Brazil is expanding management system and the establishment of this kind of deforestation. nature preserves. The countries with highest [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 060 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 4) Mining:- Due to high demand for minerals, 8) Consequences of Forests:- Some of the most mining activities are carried out throughout important consequences deforestation are the word. These mining activities are the · Climate imbalance:- Deforestation affect main reasons for deforestation in many climate in more than one ways. Trees places of the world. These projects are often release water vapour in the air, which is accompanied by large infrastructure such as compromised on with lack of trees. Trees roads, railways and power system. This also provide the required shade and keep contributor to deforestation is putting the soil moist. This leads to the imbalance additional pressure on our forests and fresh in the atmospheric temperature further water ecosystems. making conditions for the ecology difficult. 5) Over Population:- Due to over population, Flora and Fauna across the world are more land is needed to establish housing accustomed to their habitat. The haphazard and settlements. As well many more roads clearance of forests have forced several and highways are being built in order to animals to shift their native environment. accommodate a large sum of people driving. Due to this several species are finding it With more people that come with a large difficult to survive or adopt a new habitat. need for food and farmland to grows and · Increase in global warming:- Trees play a raise livestock – resulting in deforestation. major role in controlling global warming. The Logging industries will cut down trees for trees ultilize the green house gases, furniture, paper, building materials and restoring balance in the atmosphere. With many more products. constant deforestation the ratio of green 6) Climate change:- It is true that forest loss house gases in the atmosphere has can be both a cause and an effect of climate increased, adding to our global warming change. Typically rain forests are quite woes. humid due to water vapour released along · Floods:- Deforestation leads to land erosion with oxygen, but when trees are cut down, because the trees maintain the surface of the humidity level can drop. This can cause the mountain. The water level of the rivers the remaining plants to dryout and increase increases suddenly, causing floods. When the risk of fire damage and can destroy it rains, the trees absorb and store a large forests rapidly. amount of water with the help of their roots. 7) Forest fires:- The most common hazard in Chopping down of trees disrupts the flow of forest is forest fire. Forest fires are as old water and lead to floods in some areas. as the forests themselves. Every year · Soil erosion:- Cutting down of trees leads thousand hectares of forest areas are to clearance of forests and so soil erosion destructed due to forest fire. They pose a occurs. Exposure of the soil to the Sun’s heat threat not only to the forest wealth but also dries up the moisture inside the soil. to the entire regime to fauna and flora Nutrients evaporate and it affects the seriously disturbing the bio-diversity and the bacteria that help to break down organic ecology and environment of a region. During matter. Due to this, rain washes the soil summer, when there is no rain for months, surfaces and erosion takes place. Large the forest become littered with dry leaves amount of soil wash into local streams and and twinges, which could brust into flames rivers and cause damage to hydroelectric ignited by the slightest spark. structure and irrigation infrastructure. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 061 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 · Biodiversity losses:- Deforestation alters Ending deforestation is the best chance we land and so that many of the plants and have to stabilize our climate, save wildlife animals do not survive. With more species and protect our well – being deforestation, the entire species can extinct. educating people, planting trees, minimising This is the ‘biodiversity loss’. Many paper use, recycle of paper and paper board, wonderful specifies of plants and animals reducing meat consumption, strict rules and have been lost, and many others remain laws of Government, use of alternative endangered. As each species of an materials to wood are some of the important ecosystem rely upon other species, loss of measure to reduce deforestation. one species can have far – reaching Bibliography and Reference consequences for other species. We lose 50 1. Mathur – Environmental Resource. to 100 species of animals each day due to 2. Husain.M. – World Geography the destruction of their habitats. Millions of 3. Mallappa.P. – Regional Geography of World plants and animal species are on the verge 4. Dr. Ranganath – Regional Geography of the of extinction due to deforestation. World · Hydrological effects:- The water cycle is 5. B.S.Raman, Ravi Singh – Disaster also affected by deforestation. Trees Management extract ground water through their roots and 6. Savindra Singh – Environmental Geography release it in to the atmosphere. When part 7. D.B.N. Murthy – Environmental Awareness of forest is removed, the trees no longer and Protection transpire this water, resulting in a much drier 8. U.N.Stastical year book climate. Deforestation reduces the water in the soil and ground water as well as atmospheric moisture. The dry soil leads to lower water intake for the trees to extract deforestation reduces soil cohesion so that erosion, flooding and land slides ensue shrinking forest cover lessens the landscape’s capacity to intercept, retain and transpire precipitation. Forests retain most of the water that falls as precipitation to the atmosphere by transpiration. In contrast, when an area is deforested, almost all precipitation is last as run-off. Deforestation is happening everywhere on the earth for many different to region. Vast areas of dense forests in many countries have been destroyed to make way for agriculture, industries, cattle rearing, etc. The increasing global demand for wood products threatens many ancient forests around world, whether it is for paper products furniture or fuel. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 062 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 and economic developmentCompared to other 11 districts in Maharashtra, the literacy rate of all the districts except Solapur in Pune administrative A GEOGRAPHICAL ANALYSIS OF division is satisfactory. LITERACY IN PUNE Keywords : Populattion, Litteracy, Male-Female Literacy, Development ADMINISTRATIVE DIVISION OF Introduction : MAHARASHTRA, INDIA Education is widely recognized as one of the major contributors to the national and -Ravindra D. Hande individual development process. Literacy is the Research Scholar, quality of human development and human life. Department of Geography and Research Center A person who can both read and write with Prof.Ramkrishna More Artrs Commerce and understanding in any language is to be taken as Science College, Ganganagar, literate by the Indian census. Considers the basis Akurdi, Pune-44. of length of schooling not a valid measurement of educational accomplishments, he also ======***********======disapproves of the ability to read and write one’s name in the language of his country as the Abstract: criterion for defining a literate (Trewartha, Literacy is an important factor in studying 1969).Anyone over the age of seven who can the demographic, socio-cultural and economic status of any region. Literacy is a key of human read or write in any language is considered development, quality of human life and basic literate (Hussein, 2011). Literacy rate of the human rights. The purpose of this paper is to check population is defined as the percentage of literacy in Pune administrative division of literates in the age group seven years and above Maharashtra. The study is based on secondary (Census, 2011). It plays an important role in sources of information assembled from the helping one against exploitation, injustice and censuses of 2001 and 2011. According to the judgment and in providing better employment present study, an attempt has been made to opportunities and in socio-economic welfare. examine the changed phenomenon of literacy of Itisessentialforpovertyreduction,mortality,curbingpopulation the total population of Pune administrative growth, achieving gender equality and ensuring divisions’ districts in the state of Maharashtra. sustainable development, peace and Demographic parameters are considered for the study of human resource development. Literacy democracy.It enhances one’s knowledge and has given importance to the study of human understanding of helping against exploitation, resource development in any part of the world. injustice and judgment, and providing better The literacy rate in Pune administrative division employment opportunities, and plays an 74.94 percent is found to be lower than the state important role in socio-economic well-being. (75.87 percent). It is observed that the female rate Literacy is the most important indicator of social was 74.94 per cent and male was 88.41 percent development. Literacy is the heart of basic (2011).In every district of Pune administrative education for all and reduces poverty, reduces division, it is seen that male literacy is higher than mortality, prevents population growth, achieves female literacy. The study shows that the literacy gender equality and ensures sustainable rate in Pune administrative division was only 76.69 development, peace and democracy (Singh and percent in 2001 and has reached 5.24 percent in 2011. The last decade has seen positive growth in Kaur, 2013).Literacy is one of the qualitative educational facilities, transportation, agriculture characteristics. The level of literacy indicates [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 063 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 the development of that particular area. In study Map No. 1: Location map of Pune area, we observed the difference in total Administrative Division literacy, rural literacy and urban literacy. In case of total literacy, the percentage of literacy is calculated by taking into consideration the total population and literate population whereas in case of rural and urban population it is calculated by considering the rural and urban population respectively. The literacy rate in the country has increased from 18.33 percent in 1951 to 73.0 percent in 2011. Male literacy has increased from 27.16 per cent in 1951 to 80.90 percent in 2011. The femaleliteracyincreasedfrom8.8 6percentin1951to64.70percentin2011.The role Objectives of education in facilitating social and economic The present study has been undertaken with the progress is well recognized. Access to education following specific objectives. is important to access the opportunities that 1. Toassess district wiseliteracy of Pune arise with economic growth. There has been a Administrative Division of Maharashtra from they great emphasis on education since ear 2001 to 2011. 2. Toexaminethe Spatio-temporal changesin independence. But as long as ensuring quality effective literacy pattern of Pune District. of education in rural areas has always been the Database and Methodology: biggest challenge for the government (Hazra, This research work is based on secondary 2011). data sources. To realize this objectives data Study Area regarding literacy rate of Pune administrative The present research work on Pune divisions district is obtained from census of India, division has been selected as a study area. It is Pune administrative division and Socio-economic located in the south central of the Maharashtra abstract of Pune administrative division. The data State. It lies between15° 45’ N to 19° 24’ N concerning climate and physiography is collected latitudes and 73° 19’ E to 76° 15’ E longitudes from the Socio-economic abstract and Gazetteer and comprises 57,235 square kilometer area of Pune, Satara, Sangali, Solapur, and Kolhapur which including Pune, Satara, Solapur, Sangali district. The collected data are processed. The district is taken as the component unit of analysis. and Kolhapur district, which includes 58 tehsils. The study and interpretation of data has been The study area is surrounded by Karnataka State done from the geographical approach. MS-Excel in the south, Konkan division in the west, Nashik was applied to process, examine and signify this division in the north and the north eastern data. High, moderate and low literacy patterns boundary is surrounded by Aurangabad division. were analyzed in detail. ArcGIS software was As per 2011 census, the total population applied to prepare the base maps and thematic was 2,34,49,049. The sex ratio of the region was maps. 941. Out of total population 58.77 percent Result and Discussion: population was rural population on the other Literacy of India hand only 41.23 percent population was urban Literacy rate in India is 74.04 in 2011. All area. The rate of literacy was 81.80 percent. over India male literacy has 82.14 and female literacyhas65.46.Literacyinruralareasisinfer [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 064 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 iortourbanareas.OutoftendistrictsofIndia Kerala Graph 1. District wise literacy ratio of Pune has first 7 district as per census data of 2011.Kerala administrative division 2001 state having 93.91 percent literacy and Bihar having lowest63.82percent literacyratio.In terms of literacy in India, there is a huge diversity between men and women, rural and urban. Literacy of Maharashtra TotalpopulationofMaharashtrastatehas11,23, 74,333aspercensusdataof2011.Literacy rateinMaharashtrais82.34percentin2011.Allo verIndiamaleliteracyhas88.38percentandfemale literacy has 75.87 percent.There is a difference between literacy in rural areas and literacy in Map No. 2: District wise literacy Ratio of Pune urban areas.Maharashtra first five district in administrative division, 2001 - 2011 literacy having Mumbai suburban 89.91 percent, Mumbai city 89.21 percent, Nagpur 88.39 percent, Akola 88.05 percent and Amravati 87.38 percent. Pune district mounted 7 rank, Satara 12 rank, Solapur 26 rank, Kolhapur 14 rank and Sangli 15 rank in Maharashtra. Literacy is lowest in Nandurbar64.38 percent,Jalana71.52 percent, Dhule72.80 percent. Distribution of population and literacy in Pune administrative division As per 2011 census, the total population was 2,34,49,049. Out of total population 58.77 percent population was rural population on the other hand only 41.23 percent population was Literacy Rate 2001 urban area. The rate of literacy was 81.80 According to the 2001 census, the overall percent(2011). literacy rate in the Pune administrative division was Table No.1 -Literacy Rate of Pune administrative 76.69 percent. It is 0.19 percent less than the total division, 2001 and 2011 literacy rate of Maharashtra. Pune district has the Literacy Rate Literacy Rate Change in 2001 & Sr. Name of highest literacy rate of 80.45 percent and the lowest 2001 2011 2011 No District Tota Male Femal Total Male Femal Tota Male Fema literacy rate of the district is 71.25 percent. The l e e l le 1 Pune 80.4 88.34 71.89 86.1 90.8481.05 6.38 2.50 9.61 literacy rate of Pune, Satara and Kolhapur districts is 5 5 less than that of Maharashtra, which has affected 2 Satara 78.2 88.20 68.38 82.8 89.4276.31 4.65 1.22 7.93 2 7 the overall literacy rate. In terms of male literacy, 3 Solapur 71.2 81.9 59.84 77.0 85.0368.55 5.77 3.04 8.71 5 9 2 Pune district is leading in the division while Solapur 4 Kolhapu 76.9 87.4 66.02 81.5 88.5774.22 4.57 1.10 8.20 district is the least literate district in the division. r 3 7 0 5 Sangli 76.6 86.26 66.73 81.4 88.2274.59 4.86 1.96 7.86 InIndiansocietyitis the male literacy rate, whichis 2 8 Pune Adm. Division 76.6 86.4 66.57 81.8 88.4 74.94 5.24 1.96 8.46 generally higher than the female literacy bothin rural 9 5 0 1 and urbanareas (Ramotra,VadiyarandMote,2009). Maharashtra 76.8 85.9 67.03 82.3 88.3 75.87 5.46 2.41 8.84 8 7 4 8 Female literacy in Pune division is 66.57 percent. India 64.8 75.5 53.67 73.0 80.9 64.70 8.16 5.34 11.03 4 6 0 0 Pune and Satara districts have higher literacy rate than other districts. Solapur district has the lowest Source – Compiled by researcher on the basis of female literacy rate at 59.84 percent. If we look at district census handbook of Pune divisions the literacy statistics of the entire country, the literacy district, 2001 to 2011 of the districts in the division is higher in all respects. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 065 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Literacy Rate 2011 Sahyadri. Poverty, unemployment, lack of school Graph 2. District wise literacy ratio of Pune space, lack of roads and transportation facilities, administrative division 2011 absence of teachers, lack of the adequate number of students due to distance of schools in remote areas are the main reasons for this low literacy in this areas. Therefore, to improve the living standards of the people through implementing an action plan to improve literacy, it is important to provide employment, medical and other necessary services to the people. The government is implementing many programs for illiterate and child education. Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan has made great strides in child education. This program should be implemented in The literacy rate in Pune administrative all areas in a good manner. division was 76.69 percentin 2001and increased to References: 88.41 percentin 2011. This rate is definitely higher 1. Trewartha G. T. (1969): “A Geography of than the overall literacy rate of the state of Population: World Patterns”, John Willey and Maharashtra. Pune and Satara districts have higher Sons, New York. literacy rates than other districts and higher than 2. Chandna R. C. (2009): “Geography of Maharashtra, other districts appear to be less than population”, Kalyani Publication, New Delhi, p. Maharashtra state. The rural areas of Solapur district 261,265,105. have not yet witnessed satisfactory development of 3. Karlekar,Shrikant (2006): Statistical Analysis of agriculture, irrigation and industry, which has Geographical Data, Diamond Publications, Pune. affected the literacy rate. Solapur district has the 4. Deshpande, C. D., (1973): Geography of lowest literacy rate of 77.02 percent and Pune district Maharashtra, National Book Trust, New Delhi. has the highest literacy rate of 86.15 percent. From 5. Singh, S. and Kour, T. (2013): A Geographical 2001to 2011, in this decade women’s literacy has Analysis of Literacy and Sex Ratio in Jammu and increased satisfactorily. Special efforts need to be Kashmir,Deccan Geographer, made to ensure that Solapur, Kolhapur and Sangli Vol.51,No.1and2(Jun-Dec),pp.75-81. districts have less literacy than the state of 6. MajidHusain(2011)”HumanGeography” Maharashtra. ,RawatPublication,Jaipur,Pp138-147 Conclusion: 7. Muluk Dilip “A Geographical Analysis of Literacy It was found that the average literacy rate of in Pune District of Maharashtra” Maharashtra each district in the study area was 81.80 per cent Bhugolshastra Sanshodhan Patrika, Volume 34, which is lower than the literacy rate of Maharashtra No. 1, (Jan.-Jun. 2017), PP 54-60. State, the average literacy rate of the state is 82.34%. 8. Ghatage, T. G. and et la, “Spatio-temporal Changes The male literacy rate in Pune administrative division in Literacy pattern in Solapur District” IJAAR, Vol. is higher than the male literacy rate of Maharashtra. 1, No. 1, (Sept.-Oct. 2013), PP 12-17. The female literacy rate in Kolhapur, Sangli and 9. Hazra,Anupam:TheChallengeofEducation Solapur districts is lower than other districts as well RuralIndia,Kurukshetra, Vol.59,No. 7 (May, as in Maharashtra. There is a big difference between 2011), Pp 3-5. female literacy and male literacy in the division. 10. Economic survey of Maharashtra 2018-2019, Especially in the urban areas of Pune, Satara and Director of economic and statistics, Planning Solapur, the male literacy rate is high. Therefore, it department, Gov. of Maharashtra has an indirect effect on the overall literacy rate. Due 11. Districtcensushandbook, Pune, Satara, Sangli, to industrialization and urbanization, a large number Kolhapur, Solapur (1981,1991,2001, 2011). of male migration has been found in this area. The literacy is low within the rural and hilly areas of the [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 066 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 reorganization and realization of the 12 essentialities of value norms studies are being undertaken to understand and examine the AN ANALYTICAL STUDY ON trends in this respect. ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY Realizing the pitfalls of development, ACTIVITIES OF SELECTED understanding leakages of economic growth the thinkers, scientists of the world assembled to COMPANIES LISTED ON BOMBAY arrive at a positive solution - a road map which STOCK EXCHANGE in turn brings equality across the society. This gathering ultimately resulted into a common Jinal P. Solanki report titled as “Our Common Future.” It is also Smt. J.J.Kundaliya Commerce College known as Brunt land Commission Report (1987). Rajkot. This clearly mentioned for “an appropriate economic utilization of currently available ======***********======resources without compromising with the future of upcoming generation” This notion of Introduction:- sustainable Development immediately was Under the post globalization period all followed by Human Development (1990) and major disciplines of social science and Inclusive Development (1993). management have been looked with different This also necessitated towards perspective. Typical traditional nature of reforming the methods of Accounting. Science disciplines is gradually getting replaced by of accounting also come into critical lance. interdisciplinary touch. Accounting system and Conventional form of Audit came into severe accounting as a branch of science is also under criticism as it fundamentally protects and transitionary period. There has been significant provokes for business interest ignoring the value additions in the branch of accounting. The societal interests at large. Therefore social and most crucial aspects of social science i.e. Environmental issues were reckoned with typical Human resource, Environment and social accounting. welfare have been added and in corporate in Meaning of Environmental Sustainability:- the branch of accounting practices. To define environmental sustainability Scholars how ever do not we must first define sustainability. uninamesously agree to the value additional Sustainability is the ability to continue a system in the original classical system. There defined behavior indefinitely. To define what is growing consciousness of and awareness for environmental sustainability is we turn to the harnessing social aspects into each classical experts. The list can be shortened into a tight disciplines. Indian business environment also definition. Environmental sustainability is the has marched towards post global phenomenon. rates of renewable resource harvest, pollution It is in this context that an attempt is to be made creation, and non-renewable resource depletion to inquire into the relevance and validity of that can be continued indefinitely. If they cannot green accounting and social accounting into be continued indefinitely then they are not classical accounting system. Both green and sustainable. social accounting is a newer branch in business Objectives: environment, there is growing trend for the This proposed research is aimed at same in Indian business houses. In view of following broad objectives [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 067 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 1. To understand and examine basic H0:-There is found no significant premises of existing Indian business relationship between the companies in respect environment. of CSR spending on Environmental sustainability 2. To understand and examine Govt’s components during the reference period. current policy frame work in respect of ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION CSR. Comparative Analysis Of Components 3. To study the CSR activities towards Environmental Sustainability Environmental sustainability of selected 2014- 2015- 2016- 2017- 2018- Averag Company's Name 15 16 17 18 19 Total e industrial units covered under the study. HCL Technologies Ltd. 0.0592 0 1.56 0.53 0 2.1492 0.43 Hindustan Unilever Ltd. 26.06 22.51 22.88 33.17 8.95 113.57 22.71 Literature Review:- ICICI Bank Ltd. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 Nestle Ltd. 0 0 0 0 0.26 0.26 0.05 (1)Dodd (1932) : Scholar initiated the Infosys 0 10.34 93.91 206.24 143.07 453.56 90.71 ITC Ltd. 55.89 72.13 73.99 73.04 62.5 337.55 67.51 debate towards managers responsibilities in a Kotak Mahindra Bank Ltd. 1.1652 0.7 0 0.3 2.67 4.8352 0.97 3.7104 19.6847 larsen & Toubro 3.6064 2.5316 7.0427 2.7936 7 7 3.94 well studied article. He insisted for ground of Bharti Airtel ltd. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 Bjaj Finserve Ltd. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 permission for operation of business in this Asian Paints Ltd. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 Maruti Suzuki India Ltd. 0 0 0 0 25.82 25.82 5.16 respect. (Dodd EMJS (1932) “For whom are Wipro Ltd. 38.2 48.985 56.701 50.371 55.272 249.529 49.91 Tata Consultancy Service Ltd. 0.04 0.06 0.54 1 3 4.64 0.93 corporate managers trusttes? Harward Law Reliance Industries Ltd. 0.42 0 0 0 0.37 0.79 0.16 Axis Bank Ltd. 5.75 28.35 18.49 9.69 24.52 86.8 17.36 Review 45(7): 1145 (1963). HDFC Bank Ltd. 0.95 0.72 1.01 0.73 0.71 4.12 0.82 HDFC LIFE Ltd. 0.1215 0.0923 0.0788 0 0.09 0.3826 0.08 (2)Cyert and March (1963) They had HDFC Ltd. 0.7 1.68 0.69 1.18 4.11 8.36 1.67 Ultra Tech Cement Ltd. 3.58 2.45 2.1 4.09 4.03 16.25 3.25 viewed social responsibilities of companies from a different perspective. According to them many (source:-Calculated from the Annual Reports non economic factors have an impact on of Selected Companies during study period) Personal Motivation as a Social factors. (3)Friedman (1930) In a scholastic presentation Friedman considered corporate social Responsibility as prerequisite for efficiency of market mechanism. According to Friedman, Market conditions under perfect competition can remain meaningful and sustainable provided if social accountability is performed. (4) Sparkes (2000), Lydenberg (2006) Krosinsky (2008). These 3 scholars have revealed and analyzed deeply different styles This Chart shows the aeverage spending of socially responsible investment during for Environmental sustainability of 2014-15 to different time period. An overview in a graphical 2018-19. It is found that from the Companies structure is found summarized by blowfield and covered under the study CSR amount spent for Murry. Environmental sustainability is reported (5)Schultz and Williamson argued that aeverage maximum by Infosys Ltd. during the the sustainability accounting which is an ethic reference period. This was followed by ITC Ltd. of accountability, standardization of & Wipro Ltd. respectively. However during the sustainability and future prospects for corporate reference period negligible spending was sustainability accounting for sustainable reported in Environmental sustainability by 5 development may lead to sustainability concept. Companies out of 20 Comapanies. Hypothesis:- Anova Test:- [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 068 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Anova: Single Factor 3. Houghes (2007) M-Pesa Mobile money for Anova: Single unban Innovations Vol.2 1.2 p. 63-81. Factor 4. Michael Blowfield and A. Murray Corporate SUMMARY Responsibility Oxford 2011. Groups Count Sum Average Variance 2014-15 20 136.54 6.83 231.14 5. Abott Wise R F Monsen (1979) On the 2015-16 20 190.55 9.53 380.02 2016-17 20 278.99 13.95 765.28 measurement of corporate Social 2017-18 20 383.13 19.16 2331.02 Responsibility Self Reported Discousers as 2018-19 20 339.08 16.95 1215.43 method of measuring social involvement ANOVA Academy of Management Journal 22(3) p. Source of 501-515. Variation SS df MS F P-value F crit Between Groups 2084.10 4 521.02 0.53 0.71 2.47 6. Blowfield Murray (2011) corporate Within Groups 93535.05 95 984.58 Responsibility - Oxford. Total 95619.15 99 7. Caroll A B A History of CSR Concepts and Calculated F value (0.53) is less than Tabulated Practices in At Oxford Handbook of CSR F value (2.47). edited by Andreus Cratine Albagil Hence, H0 is accepted and it means that there Macwilliams- Oxford is no difference among the groups. 8. Cyert R M and March J G (1963) Behavioral Conclusion:- Theory of the firm Eaglewast Gits N. J. The present study has analyzed CSR Presntice Hall. activities towards Environmental sustainability 9. Fredrick (1980) Towards CSR - Why ethical of twenty companies in India. The Study analysis is indispensable and unavoidable concludes that 15 companies out of 20 in corporate affairs” California Management companies have spent for Environmental Review 28 p. 120 activities. So it can be said that companies are Website aware for Environmental issues. CSR spend has o www.business-standard.com become mandatory, but there is no any · www.timesofindia.indiatimes.com guidelines that where and How much amount · www.thehindubusinessline.com spent towards components? Even some · https://www.thwink.org/sustain/glossary/ companies are not fulfilling the criteria.Also EnvironmentalSustainability.htm there is no penalty for the companies not spending 2%. Also nothing is mentioned in the Act for the companies not falling in purview of this mandatory clause of Section 135 of Companies Act 2013. REFEREBCES 1. Abott Wise R F Monsen (1979) On the measurement of corporate Social Responsibility Self Reported Discousers as method of measuring social involvement Academy of Management Journal 22(3) p. 501-515. 2. Blowfield Murray (2011) corporate Responsibility - Oxford. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 069 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 economic growth, but also helps in deleting the 13 social ills of tradition. According to the Census of India, 2011, a person whose age is seven Correlation between Child Sex years or more than seven years can understand, Ratio and Literacy Rate in read and write any language is called literate. Haryana, 2011 If a person who can neither read nor write or read a language but cannot write is also called illiterate. The children under seven years of age, Geeta Kumari even if they go to school and have learnt to read Research Scholar, Dept. of Geography, and write, will be non- literates grade. A Indira Gandhi University, Meerpur, Rewari percentage ratio of literate persons and total population is called literacy rate. The literacy Dr. Devender Singh rate in India is 74.04 percent during 2011. When Extension Lecturer of Geography, discuss at state level, the average literacy rate Govt. College, Israna (Pnp) of Haryana is found 76.64 percent which is above the national average during 2011 (Census of ======***********======India, 2011). INTRODUCTION STUDY AREA Sex ratio is not only a term used to define Haryana state came into existence on difference between number of females and 1st November 1966 from Punjab state. It is males but it is also a great source to define the situated in the northwestern part of India. It lies equality between male and female in a society. between 27<”30’ to 30<”35’ North latitude and It varies from one region to another and from 74<”28’ to 77<”36’ East longitude (Figure 1). It one age group to another age group. In India, covers an area of 44,212 sq. km. There are 21 when sex ratio is analyzed with age specific, district, 74 tehsil, 80 statutory towns, 74 census child sex ratio (0 – 6 age group) plays an towns and 6841 villages in Haryana state during important role. It is expressed as the number of 2011. According to Census of India 2011, female children per thousand male children in Haryana has 2,53,51,462 population. The sex the age group 0 – 6 years in population. The ratio of this state is 877 female per 1000 male child sex ratio is 914 female children per 1000 which is lowest in India and child sex ratio is male children in India during 2011 which shows 830 female children per 1000 male children the worst condition of the society. There exists which is also lowest in India during 2011 a great variation in child sex ratio with respect (Administrative Atlas of Haryana, 2011). to state level in India. The highest child sex ratio (0 – 6 age group) was found in Kerala state which was 964 female children per 1000 male children during 2011. On the other hand, the lowest child sex ratio (0 – 6 age group) was found in Haryana state which was 830 female children per 1000 male children in 2011. Child sex ratio is determined by many factors. Literacy is one of them. Literacy is an important social indicator that reveals the quality of population. Education not only supports the process of socio- [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 070 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Sources: Resource Atlas of Haryana, 2004 series (Gupta and Gupta, 2007). In such case, Figure 1 the formula may be written as below: DATA SOURCES AND METHODOLOGY The study is related to Haryana state and based on secondary data. The data related to child sex ratio and literacy was calculated from Beside the types of correlation, degree Census of India, 2011. District wise child sex of correlation is also important. As per Gupta ratio was calculated from population of 0 – 6 and Gupta, 2007, there are three type of degree years age group and it is expressed as the of correlation i.e., perfect correlation, Absence number of female children per thousand male of correlation and limited degree of correlation. children. Literacy rate is calculated by divide the Table 1 shows the degree of correlation total number of literate population of a given proposed by Gupta and Gupta, 2007. age group by the corresponding age range of Table 1 Degree of Correlation total population and multiply the result by Degree Positive Negative hundred. This is the crude literacy rate because 1. Perfect +1 -1 a. Very High Above + 0.9 and up to + 0.99 Below - 0.9 and up to - 0.99 it also includes the population below seven b. High Above + 0.75 and up to + 0.9 Below - 0.75 and up to - 0.9 2. Limited c. Moderate Above + 0.25 & up to + 0.75 Below - 0.25 & up to - 0.75 years age who cannot include the literate grade. d. Low Above 0 and up to + 0.25 Below 0 and up to - 0.25 In the present study, Spearman’s Rank 3. Absence 0 0 Coefficient of Correlation is selected to find out Source: Gupta and Gupta, 2007. the correlation between child sex ratio and RESULTS AND DISCUSSION literacy rate in Haryana during 2011. Major Correlation of Child Sex Ratio and Literacy causes to select this method in present study Rate are it is easy to calculate and simpler to Table 2 represents the district wise child understand as compared to other methods. sex ratio and literacy rate in Haryana during Spearman gives formula for the calculation of 2011. The highest child sex ratio is found in coefficient of correlation method as follows: Mewat district i.e., 903 female children per thousand male children whereas the lowest child sex ratio is found in Jhajjar district i.e., 774 Where R is used for Rank Correlation, female children per thousand male children. The 2 “d is used for squares of the difference of rank highest average literacy rate is found in Gurgaon of each pair of items in series and N is number district i.e., 84.44 per cent whereas the lowest of items in series. Sometimes, it may be possible average literacy rate is found in Mewat district that there are multiple items which have same i.e., 56.14 percent during 2011. The district wise value in the series. In that case all items of the correlation between child sex ratio and literacy same value are assigned with tied rank (average rate in Haryana during 2011 is also shows in rank) or equal rank in series. In such case, the Table 2. In Table 2, in series X i.e., child sex ratio, Spearman’s Rank Difference method is applied the value 807 is repeated twice. The common with two methods i.e., Bracket Rank method and rank given to the value 807 is 5.5, which is the Average Rank method. There is also important average of 5 and 6 (i.e., 5 + 6 = 11/2) ranks which change in formula with adding m3 – m) in these values would have assumed if they were the value of “d2. Here ‘m’ is the number of different. Here m = 2, so the correction factor to frequency an items is repeated. This adjustment be added for this value will be (23 – 2). There is added to each repeated value in both the is no value repeated in series Y i.e., literacy rate. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 071 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 In this case, the formula may be written as 2011, the male literacy rate is 82.14 percent below: where as the female literacy rate is only 65.46 percent in India during 2011. Table 3 shows the district wise correlation between child sex ratio and male literacy rate in Haryana during 2011. This represents the great variation found in male literacy rate at district level in Haryana during The result shows that there might be a 2011. About 92.9 percent male are found literate negative correlation. As per Table 1, there exits in Rewari district which has the highest male very moderate limited degree negative literacy rate in Haryana during 2011. On the correlation between child sex ratio and literacy other hand only 73 percent male are found rate in Haryana. The analysis shows that if the literate in Mewat district which has the lowest literacy rate increases then child sex ratio may male literacy rate in Haryana during the same be decreased and vice versa. period. Table 2 District wise Correlation between Table 3 District wise Correlation between Child Sex Ratio and Literacy Rate in Haryana Child Sex Ratio and Male Literacy Rate in during 2011. Haryana during 2011. Sr. Child Sex Rank Literacy Rank 2 Sr. Child Sex Rank Male Literacy Rank d = 2 District d = R1 –R2 d District d No. Ratio (X) (R1) Rate (Y) (R2) No. Ratio (X) (R1) Rate (Y) (R2) R1 –R2 1 Ambala 807 5.5 82.89 18 -12.5 156.25 1 Ambala 807 5.5 88.5 14 -8.5 72.25 2 Bhiwani 831 12 76.74 10 2 4 2 Bhiwani 831 12 87.4 12 0 0 3 Palwal 862 20 70.32 3 17 289 3 Palwal 862 20 82.6 6 14 196 4 Fatehabad 845 16 69.13 2 14 196 4 Fatehabad 845 16 78.1 2 14 196 5 Mewat 903 21 56.14 1 20 400 5 Mewat 903 21 73 1 20 400 6 Hisar 849 17 73.24 6 11 121 6 Hisar 849 17 82.8 7 10 100 7 Jhajjar 774 1 80.83 16 -15 225 7 Jhajjar 774 1 89.4 16.5 -15.5 240.25 8 Jind 835 14 73.72 7 7 49 8 Jind 835 14 82.5 5 9 81 9 Kaithal 821 9 79.3 4 5 25 9 Kaithal 821 9 70.56 5 4 16 10 Karnal 820 8 83.7 9 -1 1 10 Karnal 820 8 76.44 8 0 0 11 Kurukshetra 817 7 83.5 8 -1 1 11 Kurukshetra 817 7 76.7 9 -2 4 12 Mahendragarh 778 2 91.3 20 -18 324 12 Mahendragarh 778 2 78.87 12 -10 100 13 Panchkula 850 18 88.6 15 3 9 13 Panchkula 850 18 83.44 20 -2 4 14 Panipat 833 13 85.4 11 2 4 14 Panipat 833 13 77.46 11 2 4 15 Rewari 784 3 92.9 21 -18 324 15 Rewari 784 3 82.23 17 -14 196 16 Rohtak 807 5.5 88.4 13 -7.5 56.25 16 Rohtak 807 5.5 80.39 14 -8.5 72.25 17 Sirsa 852 19 78.6 3 16 256 17 Sirsa 4 15 225 852 19 70.35 18 Sonipat 790 4 89.4 16.5 -12.5 156.25 18 Sonipat 15 -11 121 790 4 80.73 19 Yamunanagar 825 10 85.1 10 0 0 19 Yamunanagar 825 10 78.93 13 -3 9 20 Gurgaon 826 11 90.3 19 -8 64 20 Gurgaon 826 11 84.44 21 -10 100 21 Faridabad 842 15 89.9 18 -3 9 21 Faridabad 842 15 83.04 19 -4 16 Source: Compiled by Researcher. Source: Compiled by Researcher. “d2 = 2515 “d2 = 2307.5 In Table 3, in series X i.e., child sex ratio, Correlation of Child Sex Ratio and Male the value 807 is repeated twice. The common Literacy Rate rank given to the value 807 is 5.5, which is the Demography also divides the social average of 5 and 6 (i.e., 5 + 6 = 11/2) ranks which indicators into two categories based on sex these values would have assumed if they were composition. According to sex composition, different. Here m = 2, so the correction factor to literacy rate is also divided into two parts i.e., be added for this value will be (23 – 2). In series male and female literacy rate. The male literacy Y i.e., male literacy rate, the value 89.4 is rate is the percentage of the male literate repeated twice. The average rank for the value population to total male population. There is a 89.4 is 16.5 (16 + 17 = 33/2). Here also m = 2, so great gender disparity in literacy rate in India the correction factor to be added for this value during 2011. According to the Census of India, [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 072 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 also will be (23 – 2). In this case, the formula The result shows that there might be a may be written as below: negative correlation. As per Table 1, there exits very moderate limited degree negative correlation between child sex ratio and female literacy rate in Haryana. The analysis shows that if the female literacy rate increases then child sex ratio may be decreased and vice versa. Table 4 District wise Correlation between The result shows that there might be a Child Sex Ratio and Female Literacy Rate in negative correlation. As per Table 1, there exits Haryana during 2011. Sr. Child Sex Rank Female Literacy Rank d = moderate limited degree negative correlation District d2 No. Ratio (X) (R1) Rate (Y) (R2) R1 –R2 between child sex ratio and male literacy rate 1 Ambala 807 5.5 76.6 19 -13.5 182.25 2 Bhiwani 831 12 64.8 8 4 16 in Haryana. It shows that if male literacy rate 3 Palwal 862 20 56.4 2 18 324 increases then child sex ratio may be decreased 4 Fatehabad 845 16 59.3 3 13 169 5 Mewat 903 21 37.6 1 20 400 and vice versa. 6 Hisar 849 17 62.3 7 10 100 7 Jhajjar 774 1 71 15 -14 196 Correlation of Child Sex Ratio and Female 8 Jind 835 14 61.6 6 8 64 Literacy Rate 9 Kaithal 821 9 60.7 4 5 25 10 Karnal 820 8 68.3 11 -3 9 The female literacy rate is the 11 Kurukshetra 817 7 69.2 12 -5 25 Mahendragar 12 778 2 65.3 9 -7 49 percentage of the female literate population to h total female population. Table 4 represents the 13 Panchkula 850 18 77.5 20 -2 4 14 Panipat 833 13 68.2 10 3 9 district wise correlation between child sex ratio 15 Rewari 784 3 70.5 13 -10 100 and female literacy rate in Haryana during 2011. 16 Rohtak 807 5.5 71.2 16 -10.5 110.25 17 Sirsa 852 19 61.2 5 14 196 The highest female literacy rate is found in 18 Sonipat 790 4 70.9 14 -10 100 19 Yamunanagar 825 10 72 17 -7 49 Gurgaon district (77.6 percent) whereas the 20 Gurgaon 826 11 77.6 21 -10 100 lowest female literacy rate is found in Mewat 21 Faridabad 842 15 75.2 18 -3 9 district (only 37.6 percent) in Haryana during Source: Compiled by Researcher. 2011. In Table 4, in series X i.e., child sex ratio, d2 = 2236.5 the value 807 is repeated twice. The common CONCLUSION rank given to the value 807 is 5.5, which is the Child sex ratio (0 – 6 age group) is average of 5 and 6 (i.e., 5 + 6 = 11/2) ranks which expressed as the number of female children per these values would have assumed if they were thousand male children in the age group 0 – 6 different. Here m = 2, so the correction factor to years in population. The child sex ratio is 914 be added for this value will be (23 – 2). There is female children per 1000 male children in India no value repeated in series Y i.e., female literacy during 2011. In India, the lowest child sex ratio rate. In this case, the formula may be written as (0 – 6 age group) was found in Haryana state below: which was 830 female children per 1000 male children in 2011. When concern at district level, the highest child sex ratio is found in Mewat district i.e., 903 female children per thousand male children whereas the lowest child sex ratio is found in Jhajjar district i.e., 774 female children per thousand male children. On the other hand the highest average literacy rate is found in Gurgaon district i.e., 84.44 per cent [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 073 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 whereas the lowest average literacy rate is Researches in Allied Education. 16 (5), p978- found in Mewat district i.e., 56.14 percent during 987. 2011. The result shows that there might be a · Singh, Devender, Singh, Dr. Mehtab, Gupta, very moderate limited degree negative Dr. J. P. (2017). Relationship of Rainfall and correlation between child sex ratio and literacy Depth to Groundwater Table in Sonipat District of Haryana, India. The Konkan rate in Haryana. The analysis shows that if the Geographer. 17, 187-192 literacy rate increases then child sex ratio may · Statistical Abstract of Haryana (2012 – 13). be decreased and vice versa. Chandigarh: Department of Economics and REFERENCES Statistical Analysis, Haryana. Available at: · Administrative Atlas of Haryana (2011) http://www.esaharyana.gov.in (Last Haryana – a geo-historical outline. accessed 15th April 2015). Chandigarh: Director of Census Operations, Haryana. Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India: 228-235. · Agriculture Contingency Plan of district Sonepat (2001) Hisar: Department of Agriculture. CCS Haryana Agriculture University, Haryana: 1-2. · Census of India (2001) Administrative Atlas of Haryana. Chandigarh: Directorate of Census Operations, Haryana: 249 – 250. · Census of India (2011) Administrative Atlas of Haryana. Chandigarh: Directorate of Census Operations, Haryana: 249 – 250. · Gupta Das M, Zhenghua J, Bohua L, Zhenming X, Chung W, Bae H. Why is son preference so persistent in East and South Asia? A cross- country study of China, India and the Republic of Korea. The Journal of Development Studies. 2003 December; 40(2):153–187. · Gupta, S.P. and Gupta, M.P., 2007. Business Statistics Sultan Chand and Sons. New Delhi. · Resource Atlas of Haryana (2004) Chandigarh: State Natural Resources Data Management System (NRDMS) centre, Hisar. Haryana State Council for Science and Technology (Science and Technology Department, Haryana): 9-30. · Sangwan, Dr. Randhir Singh and Kumari, Geeta. (2019). A Comparative Study of Literacy Rate in Mewat and Mahendragarh District of Haryana, 2011. Journal of Advances and Scholarly Researches in Allied Education. 16 (6), p1140-1145. · Sangwan, Dr. Randhir Singh and Kumari, Geeta. (2019). Spatial-Temporal Change in Child Sex Ratio in Haryana: A Geographical Analysis. Journal of Advances and Scholarly [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 074 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 There have been increasing complaints 14 from the teachers of students being admitted to Arts colleges with comfortable grades that find it REVISITING THE LEARNING difficult to understand and reproduce conceptual METHODS IN HIGHER EDUCATION knowledge. We would like to set up a mechanism to analyse and engage students who we perceive Dr. D.K. Kamble, are not capable of grasping concepts. Asst Advisor, NAAC Bangaluru, Karnataka This paper is based on few assumptions and these are drawn from author’s personal Dr. Abhay M Patil experiences of teaching in an undergraduate Arts Asst.Professor & HoD, DoS in Geography and Commerce College in Belagavi. Currently, we RPD College, Belgavi have little data to substantiate the assumptions we make. However, the result of this paper may ======***********======lead to further scope for research in this area. INTRODUCTION: ASSUMPTIONS “Excellence is never an accident. It is 1. There has been an apparent decrease in the quality always the result of high intention, sincere of students. effort, and intelligent execution; it represents 2. Rural Students on average find college a steeper the wise choice of many alternatives—choice, learning curve not chance, and determines your destiny.”— 3. The small sample of Arts students of a leading Aristotle. If Aristotle is correct, then we in undergraduate college of Belagavi has been academic advising can always use assistance to considered to be sufficient to show a proof-of- concept of the method implemented. be as intentional as possible in our practice. 4. That all higher education involves greater levels Advising as teaching is a paradigm that has been of conceptual learning. advocated by many authors (Lowenstein, 2005; WHAT IS CONCEPTUAL LEARNING?.... A REVIEW Hemwall & Trachte, 1999, 2003), but intentionally Conceptual learning is the cornerstone of identifying what students need to learn is critical. higher education. The higher a student progresses As Martin (2007) stated, “Learning objectives in an education the more complicated information answer the question: what should students learn becomes. A simple example is the Cell in biology through academic advising?” Likewise, Steele which gets more and more detailed. Sometimes (2014) argued for the intentional use of there is gross simplification in lower classes that technologies as tools. Tools are designed for must be corrected in higher ones. This requires specific uses. The best use of technologies is when that most of college education will mostly be their capabilities align with our advising goals. To conceptual in nature. According McKenzie, help advisors achieve better student learning conceptual learning is the learning of that which outcomes and improve program assessment, this represents something beyond itself. It is like signs article will use elements of Steele’s model for on a map. [Mc Kenzie, 2008]. There is a difference intentional use of technology and combine these between an image and a concept. A concept works with elements of the curriculum development more like a collection of ideas rather than a single model called Understanding by Design. Integrated, image in the mind. In Plato’s dialogue Symposium these two models offer a conceptual way to re- there is an interesting discussion on beauty. In consider how to organize learning outcomes and short, it brings to our attention the way we talk program assessment. about beauty. How can we call a statue, form or even, for that matter, a mountainside view [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 075 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 beautiful when they are not the same image? The Constructivism is the idea that learning is concept then is not limited to an image, but to the an active process of building meaning for oneself. many ways in which we use a particular word with Thus, students fit new ideas into their already the meaning that stems directly from the context. existing conceptual frameworks. Constructivists A concept is then a word surrounded by inferential believe that the learners’ preconceptions and statements [Mc Kenzie, 2008]. By its very nature, ideas about science are critical in shaping new each concept presupposes the presence of certain understanding of scientific concepts. Assessment systems of concepts [Vygotsky 1987]. If there is a based on constructivist theory must link the three context surrounding the use of a word, a person related issues of student prior knowledge (and can grasp a concept better when he/she can misconceptions), student learning styles (and understand it in a larger number of contexts. We multiple abilities), and teaching for depth of must look for the relation between the mind and understanding rather than for breadth of coverage. the world ‘not in absolute perceptions and Meaningful assessment involves examining the orthoscopic descriptions, not even in concrete learner’s entire conceptual network, not just verbal images that replace the general focusing on discreet facts and principles. representations-we must seek it in the system of THE PURPOSE OF ASSESSMENT: judgements in which the concept is disclosed’ Critical to educators is the use of [Vygotsky, 1988, p. 55]. assessment to both inform and guide instruction. THE NATURE OF ASSESSMENT: Using a wide variety of assessment tools allows a Assessment can be defined as a sample teacher to determine which instructional strategies taken from a larger domain of content and process are effective and which need to be modified. In skills that allows one to infer student this way, assessment can be used to improve understanding of a part of the larger domain being classroom practice, plan curriculum, and research explored. The sample may include behaviors, one’s own teaching practice. Of course, products, knowledge, and performances. assessment will always be used to provide Assessment is a continuous, ongoing process that information to children, parents, and involves examining and observing children’s administrators. In the past, this information was behaviours, listening to their ideas, and developing primarily expressed by a “grade”. Increasingly, this questions to promote conceptual understanding. information is being seen as a vehicle to empower The term authentic assessment is often referred students to be self-reflective learners who monitor to in any discussion of assessment and can be and evaluate their own progress as they develop thought of as an examination of student the capacity to be self-directed learners. In addition performance and understanding on significant to informing instruction and developing learners tasks that have relevancy to the student’s life with the ability to guide their own instruction, inside and outside of the classroom. assessment data can be used by a school district The increasing focus on the development to measure student achievement, examine the of conceptual understanding and the ability to opportunity for children to learn, and provide the apply science process skills is closely aligned with basis for the evaluation of the district’s science the emerging research on the theory of program. Assessment is changing for many constructivism. This theory has significant reasons. The valued outcomes of science learning implications for both instruction and assessment, and teaching are placing greater emphasis on the which are considered by some to be two sides of child’s ability to inquire, to reason scientifically, to the same coin. Constructivism is a key underpinning apply science concepts to real-world situations, of the National Science Education Standards. and to communicate effectively what the child [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 076 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 knows about science. Assessment of scientific Critical Thinking— evaluation of concepts facts, concepts, and theories must be focused not associated with inquiry only on measuring knowledge of subject matter, Documentation— a process of communicating but on how relevant that knowledge is in building understanding the capacity to apply scientific principles on a daily Understanding— synthesis by the learner of basis. The teacher’s role in the changing landscape concepts, processes, and skills of assessment requires a change from merely a Assessment can be divided into three stages: collector of data, to a facilitator of student baseline assessment, formative assessment, and understanding of scientific principles. summative assessment. Baseline assessment THE TOOLS OF ASSESSMENT: In the development establishes the “starting point” of the student’s and use of classroom assessment tools, certain understanding. Formative assessment provides issues must be addressed in relation to the information to help guide the instruction following important criteria. throughout the unit, and summative assessment A. Purpose and Impact— How will the informs both the student and the teacher about assessment be used and how will it impact the level of conceptual understanding and instruction and the selection of curriculum? performance capabilities that the student has B. Validity and Fairness— Does it measure what achieved. The wide range of targets and skills that it intends to measure? Does it allow students to can be addressed in classroom assessment demonstrate both what they know and are able to requires the use of a variety of assessment do? formats. Some formats, and the stages of C. Reliability— Is the data that is collected reliable assessment in which they most likely would occur, across applications within the classroom, school, are shown in the table. and district? ASSESSMENT FORMATS D. Significance— Does it address content and ASSESSMENT FORMATS Format Nature/Purpose Stage skills that are valued by and reflect current thinking Baseline Oral and written responses based on individual experience Baseline Assessments Assess prior knowledge in the field? Multiple choice, short answer, essay, constructed response, written Paper and reports Formative Pencil Tests E. Efficiency— Is the method of assessment Assess students acquisition of knowledge and concepts Embedded Assess an aspect of student learning in the context of the learning Formative consistent with the time available in the classroom Assessments experience Require communication by the student that demonstrates scientific Oral Reports Formative setting? understanding Assess individual and group performance before, during, and after Interviews Formative There is a wide range of assessments that a science experience are available for use in restructuring science Performance Require students to create or take an action related to a problem, Formative and Tasks issue, or scientific concept Summative Formative and assessment in the classroom. These types of Checklists Monitor and record anecdotal information Summative Investigative Require students to explore a problem or concern stated either by assessments include strategies that are both Summative Projects the teacher or the students traditional and alternative. The various types of Extended or Require the application of knowledge and skills in an open-ended Summative Unit Projects setting alternative assessments can be used with a range Assist students in the process of developing and reflecting on a Formative and Portfolios purposeful collection of student-generated data Summative of science content and process skills, including the following general targets. METHODOLOGY: Declarative Knowledge— the “what” knowledge With the release of the National Science Conditional Knowledge— the “why” knowledge Education Standards, the issues of why, how, and Procedural Knowledge— the “how” knowledge what we, as teachers, assess in our classrooms Application Knowledge— the use of knowledge will become a major challenge in the in both similar settings and in different contexts multifaceted science reform effort currently Problem Solving— a process of using knowledge underway. As educators are changing their ideas or skills to resolve an issue or problem about what constitutes exemplary inquiry-based [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 077 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 learning, and recognizing that science is an interpretation is vital for applicability. What active process that encourages higher-order causes one student to understand a concept thinking and problem solving, there is an better than another? The conceptual map, which increased need to align curriculum, instruction, provides the context of inferential statements and assessment. Classroom assessment that help to flesh out the concept, determines techniques are focusing on aligning the extent to which a student has internalized a assessments more closely with the instructional concept. The larger the conceptual map, the strategies actually used with children. greater the level of understanding. What Mc The process of assessing the conceptual Kenzie calls “Collateral premises” [Mc Kenzie, learning follows the usual inductive and 2008]. Difference in observation is due to the deductive logical methodology here. The difference between their background beliefs [Mc concept is first dimly understood in an Kenzie, 2008]. We commonly term this inferential statement. ‘Two claims have the “Exposure”. We are currently in a case study same conceptual content if and only if they have which will test this hypothesis. If we can expand the same inferential role: a good inference is the conceptual map, we should be able to show never turned into a bad one by substituting one the greater levels of conceptual learning. for the other. The fundamental semantic ASSESSMENT OF CONCEPTUAL LEARNING assignment of conceptual content to judgments AND FINDINGS: is derived from the ultimately pragmatic notion Learning a language requires reading of correctness of Inference. [Brandom, 1994]. and writing the alphabet. These can only be Therefore, by using the “correct inferential assessed through memory tests. However, after technique”, we can group inferential statements having learnt the way sentences are constructed into a single category. By examining all the through parts of speech, we can create new inferential statements in the category, we can sentences that have never been written before extract by abstraction a concept. This concept or read sentences that have never been will be a word used in various contexts but which constructed before. To learn an alphabet retains an inferential role common to all the requires Habitual learning or drill learning [Mc statements. Checking the correctness of Kenzie, 2008]. To learn how to read and write inference is simply a matter of “fleshing out” requires conceptual learning. This is the the concept in different contexts, keeping in distinction between how and knowing that [Ryle, mind to retain the same inferential role. The 1949]. What is it to perform intelligently? We system is simple particulars to a universal must be able to apply criteria in the conduct of concept which is followed by the correct performance [Mc Kenzie, 2008].This means that inferential application of the universal concept instead of a winning a chess game by chance a to a particular. Thus, logic governs behavior in participant must use the rules and logical linguistic interactions [Mc Kenzie, 1984]. The reasoning to win. For instance, a student who sort of understanding that is the aim of sings a song of a foreign language by carefully conceptual interpretation, then, is mastery of listening to the sound is not applying the proper an inferential role: the ability to distinguish criteria in the conduct of performance. The what follows from a claim, and what would be student has no real knowledge of the language evidence for or against it, what one would be but merely appears to do so. The assessment committing oneself to by asserting it, and what must help to make this very important could entitle one to such a commitment’ distinction. [Brandom, 2002, p. 95]. The mention of [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 078 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 A majority of the students who take effective tool for conceptual learning admission in sample undergraduate college in assessment. Belagavi have a problem reading their textbooks. Technology is the only way forward. Usually until PUC, they are assigned textbooks MOOC’s are becoming mainstream, with all the with very specific formats and headings. When major universities of the world already using it they are provided with a book with no headings to reach out to millions. Incidentally, they also they are confused because they require an use MOOC’s as an information gathering tool artificial marking in the book to delineate for empirical research. MOOC credits are now categories. applicable in regular courses and jobs. The main focus of the conceptual For the purposes of this paper we learning is to create categories where enrolled in two MOOC’s provided by EDX.org knowledge can be systematised and and coursera.org. The course is based around a internalised. It functions similar to a map [Mc short/long lecture followed by a quiz. The Kenzie, 2008] where all information is organized answers to the quiz may or may not be revealed in an inferential manner. Statements are key [Mc as correct or false. The quiz cannot be answered Kenzie, 2008] because they are the building only by listening to the lecture. blocks of the inferential map. All information, if Multiple Choice questions are easy to it is to learnt, must be mapped inferentially. A assess. Good multiple choice questions are not concept cannot be learnt in complete so easy to write. However, the main focus must abstraction. Concepts lack the clarity of be on the distinction of applicability vs formulae and even definitions are partial reproducibility. A certain number of questions expositions. The concept also undergoes may be purely memory-based serving as a good changes in different situations. This “system of start, and to help the student revise the basics. concepts” is mapped inferentially and forms the Next, it must be followed by a comparisons and basis of categorization. The more complex the examples. Finally, a student must be able to categorization, the greater the ability to grasp critique any concept. This can be tested by new information. Which is why students who asking the student to pick the correct category listen to the same lecture will have different in which the concept may be put, followed by a levels of understanding the same concept.The question on which concept is opposed to it. The various forms of constructivism agree with each key is to – other that in acquiring conceptual knowledge a. Provide 5 options the learner is active, that knowledge cannot be b. Keep the options similar to each other handed down, and that a learner’s pre-existing c. Make sure the statement and the options are understandings and purposes are relevant to absolutely clear. The best way to check is to ask a what that learner will construct. [Mc Kenzie, colleague or a student to write fill out the exam without any help in clarification. This can help 2008] weed out confusion arising from the construction We are currently in an education system of the question. that checks for memorization rather than d. Stimulate by criticism and example of the pupils application of learnt concepts. We tend to fail own judgement [Mc Kenzie, 2008]. on international standards as a result. Recent open-source technology has helped to Assessing conceptual learning is best done via make education more accessible. One such a viva voce. However, considering the student- technology is Moodle. It is software that is teacher ratio, we cannot recommend this as an installed on a server. One can host assignments, [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 079 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 tests and even MOOC’s with that technology understanding (1st ed.). Cambridge and it is absolutely free to use. [England]: Cambridge University Press. It is clear that different kinds of - Mc Kenzie, J. (1984). Frege and Illogical information must be gathered about students Behaviour. American Philosophical by using different types of assessments. The Quarterly Pittsburgh, Pa 21 (4):339-348. types of assessments that are used will measure - Mackenzie, J. (2008). Conceptual learning a variety of aspects of student learning, in higher education: some philosophical conceptual development, and skill acquisition points. Oxford Review Of Education, 34(1), and application. The use of a diverse set of data- 75-87. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/ collection formats will yield a deeper and more 03054980701565006 meaningful understanding of what children - Moodle - Open-source learning platform | know and are able to do, which is, after all, the Moodle.org. (2017). Moodle.org. Retrieved primary purpose of assessment. 23 January 2017, from http://moodle.org Conclusion: - Plato., & Jowett, B. Symposium (1st ed.). There is a need to bridge the gap Champaign, Ill.: Project Gutenberg. between different kinds of learners. With - Ryle, G. (1949). The concept of mind (1st greater exposure to technology and information, ed.). Middlesex, England: Penguin Books. certain students have an advantage over others. - Vygotskii, L., Rieber, R., & Carton, A. We can help in levelling the playing field by (1987). The collected works of L.S. testing for conceptual learning and using Vygotsky (1st ed.). New York: Plenum Press. technology to push this technique forward. Not - Vygotsky, L. S. (1988) Child Psychology (Ed. only does it make it easier for a teacher to R. W. Reiber) (New York, Plenum). assess students, it also provides students with - Wilson, J. (1963). Thinking with a method of grasping conceptual information. concepts (1st ed.). Cambridge: Cambridge We cannot change the system immediately. University Press. However, we can use technology to work within - Writing Good Multiple Choice Test the system to help improve education in the Questions | Center for Teaching | country, and provide a valuable service to the Vanderbilt University. (2017). Cft. students and the community at large. vanderbilt.edu. Retrieved 23 January 2017, REFERENCES: from https://cft.vanderbilt.edu/guides-sub- - Brandom, R. (1994). Making it explicit (1st pages/writing-good-multiple-choice-test- ed.). Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University questions Press. - Brandom, R. (2002). Tales of the mighty dead (1st ed.). Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. - Coursera | Online Courses From Top Universities. Join for Free. (2017). Coursera. Retrieved 23 January 2017, from http:// coursera.org - edX. (2017). edX. Retrieved 23 January 2017, from http://edx.org - Leibniz, G., Remnant, P., & Bennett, J. (1981). New essays on human [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 080 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 recently discovered corona virus causes corona 15 virus disease COVID-19. The SARS-CoV-2 is a â-coronavirus, COVID-19 PANDEMIC DISEASE: which is enveloped non-segmented positive- PRECAUTIONS AND LIFE sense RNA virus (subgenus sarbecovirus, Orthocoronavirinae subfamily) (Zhu et. al., 2020). CHALLENGES The Covid-19 shock is posing unprecedented challenges to advanced country governments. E. B. Sedamkar and S. Payamalle As most have come to recognize, the economic Department of Botany crisis entailed by the pandemic is unique in that K.L.E’S G H College, HAVERI-581 110, it combines a deep supply shock - arising from Karnataka- India. wide-ranging and prolonged lockdowns of entire economies – with consequent demand shocks ======***********======– arising from a collapse in corporate investment Introduction: plans, retrenchment of household spending, Covid-19: corona virus disease is rapidly increasing unemployment and patchy a severe viral infection of the lungs social welfare systems reduced to their bare characterized by fever, a dry cough, and bones after decades of rentier capitalism –as breathing difficulties. It is an infectious and well as radical uncertainty and heightened deadly that has killed thousands in china has fragility in financial markets (UNCTAD 2020). spread to almost every country of the world and As a consequence, policy makers have has become pandemic. focused on the provision of massive stabilization packages, designed to flatten both, the contagion curve of the pandemic as well as the curve of economic meltdown and financial panic, through a raft of cash transfers, credit lines and guarantees from governments to households and firms. Doing so depends on the ability of Mankind has observed various governments to borrow from their central banks pandemics throughout the history where some – or for central banks to revert to their original of the were more disastrous than the others to role as bankers to their governments (See S the humans. We are observing a very tough time Kapoor and W. Buiter, 2020) – on the required once again fighting an invisible enemy; the novel scale, a concept often referred to as ‘fiscal COVID-19 corona virus. Initially observed in the space’. How to deal with this necessary Wuhan province of China, now fastly spreading accumulation of government debt in response around the world (Said Nadeem, 2020). Corona to the crisis, and in particular, how to avoid the viruses are a large family of viruses which may mistake of turning to austerity to make cause illness in animals or humans. In humans, adjustments once the crisis has passed, is several corona viruses are known to cause already beginning to tax the minds of respiratory infections ranging from the common policymakers in the advanced economies (See cold to more severe diseases such as Middle Emma Dawson, 2020). East Respiratory Syndrome (MERS) and Severe If the challenges are high in advanced Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS). The most countries, they are enormously more threatening to developing countries. Developed country [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 081 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 governments make effort to combat to manage treat, detect and reduce transmission to save economic condition while, for developing people’s lives. country governments it is very difficult to Present Status: overcome from the economic crisis by closing The Ministry of Health & Family Welfare, down their informal economies, because the as on 23rd May 2020 a total of 1, 31, 868 COVID- people dying more due to starvation than the 19 cases, (including foreign nationals) have been covid-19 illness. reported in India. These include 54, 440 who have The most of the developing countries are been cured/discharged, 1 who has migrated depended on advanced countries by means of and 3,867 deaths. Hospital isolation of all service exports such as food, oil, tourism, natural confirmed cases, tracing and home quarantine of resources and intern they import their basic needs, the contacts is ongoing. The government of India but due to lack of transport in this situation there has taken various steps to stop the spread of Covid- is steep increase in the value of foreign currency. 19; in that first step is lock down from 25th march These situations of covid-19 majority of the 2020. And it was successful also now India is in developing countries are facing high debt burdens. fourth stage of lockdown. WHO Country Office for Therefore major actions are to be taken by the India has been working closely with MoHFW on developing countries to fight against financial preparedness and response measures for COVID- crisis. 19, including surveillance and contact tracing, Origin of Covid-19: Corona virus is a pandemic of laboratory diagnosis, risk communications and corona virus disease 2019 (COVID-19) caused by community engagement, hospital preparedness, the severe acute respiratory syndrome corona virus infection prevention and control, and 2 (SARS-CoV-2). The disease was first identified in implementation of containment plan. In a video- Wuhan, Hubei, China in December 2019. conference held on 15th April 2020, MoHFW and · Disease:Corona virus disease2019(COVID-19) WHO deliberated on further strengthening the · Virus strain: Severe acute respiratory partnership and additional measures that can be syndrome corona virus 2 (SARS-CoV-2). taken to step up the response to COVID-19 in the · First case: December 1, 2019 country. In his address, Dr Harsh Vardhan, Union · Origin: Wuhan, Hubei, China Minister for Health & Family Welfare said, “WHO · Symptoms: Initial flu-like symptoms, such as is an important partner in our fight against the fever, coughing, breathing difficulties, fatigue, COVID-19. We really value guidance and and myalgia. contributions made by the WHO in containing · Incubation period: 1-14 days spread of COVID-19 across the country. · Mode of transmission: Human-to-human Table shows the present status of the Covid- transmission via respiratory droplets. 19, as on 23rd May 2020, up to 10.00 am · Prevention tips: Avoiding close contact with Country Total Infected Total Death sick individuals; frequently washing hands America 1 547 973 92 923 with soap and water; not touching the eyes, Spain 234 824 28 628 nose, or mouth with unwashed hands; and Britain 254 199 36 393 practicing good respiratory hygiene. Russia 335 882 3 388 Italy 228 658 32 616 According to WHO: Brazil 310 087 20 047 On 11 March 2020, WHO declared Novel Iran 131 652 7 300 Corona virus Disease (COVID-19) outbreak as a China 84 522 4 645 pandemic and reiterated the call for countries to India 125 101 3 720 Pakistan 52 437 1 101 take immediate actions and scale up response to Worldwide 5 103 006 333 401 [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 082 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Table shows the present status of the Covid- someone coughs, sneezes, or speaks they 19, as on 24th May 2020, up to 08.00 pm spray small liquid droplets from their nose in some major States of the India (MoHFW) or mouth which may contain virus. If you Country Total Infected Total Death are too close, you can breathe in the droplets, including the COVID-19 virus if Maharashtra 47190 1577 the person has the disease. Tamil Nadu 15512 103 · Avoid going to crowded places. Why? Gujarat 13664 829 Where people come together in crowds, Delhi 12910 231 you are more likely to come into close Rajasthan 6742 160 contact with someone that has COIVD-19 Madhya 6371 281 and it is more difficult to maintain physical Paradesh distance of 1 meter (3 feet). Uttar Pradesh 6017 155 · Avoid touching eyes, nose and mouth. Karnataka 1959 42 Why? Hands touch many surfaces and can Total in India 131868 3867 pick up viruses. Once contaminated, “India is now in a decisive phase of the hands can transfer the virus to your eyes, response. As in the case of polio, in combating nose or mouth. From there, the virus can COVID-19 too, surveillance is playing a central enter your body and infect you. role. Accordingly, at the request of the · Make sure you, and the people around you, government, WHO has further stepped up the follow good respiratory hygiene. This support in strengthening ongoing surveillance means covering your mouth and nose with and response at state, district and block levels; your bent elbow or tissue when you cough cluster containment activities; or sneeze. Then dispose of the used tissue strengthening real-time data collection immediately and wash your hands. Why? activities; and accelerated implementation Droplets spread virus. By following good of the national Integrated Health Information respiratory hygiene, you protect the Platform. Our entire field presence, including the people around you from viruses such as National Public Health Surveillance Project, has cold, flu and COVID-19. been fully re-purposed to support the · Stay home and self-isolate even with government to overcome this challenge,” says minor symptoms such as cough, Dr Henk Bekedam, WHO Representative to headache, mild fever, until you recover. India. Have someone bring you supplies. If you Precautions and Protecting measures: need to leave your house, wear a mask to You can reduce your chances of being avoid infecting others. Why? Avoiding infected or spreading COVID-19 by taking some contact with others will protect them from simple precautions: possible COVID-19 and other viruses. · Regularly and thoroughly clean your hands · If you have a fever, cough and difficulty with an alcohol-based hand rub or wash breathing, seek medical attention, but call them with soap and water. Why? Washing by telephone in advance if possible and your hands with soap and water or using follow the directions of your local health alcohol-based hand rub kills viruses that authority. Why? National and local may be on your hands. authorities will have the most up to date · Maintain at least 1 meter (3 feet) distance information on the situation in your area. between yourself and others. Why? When Calling in advance will allow your health [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 083 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 care provider to quickly direct you to the an adequate and convincing explanation, or right health facility. This will also protect accompanied by financial losses can compound you and help prevent spread of viruses risks of adverse mental health consequences and other infections. of physical isolation. People with pre-existing · Keep up to date on the latest information or constitutional vulnerabilities to psychiatric from trusted sources, such as WHO or your disorders including anxiety, depression, local and national health authorities. Why? obsessional symptoms, substance use, suicidal Local and national authorities are best behavior, and impulse control disorders will be placed to advise on what people in your especially vulnerable to stress-related symptom area should be doing to protect exacerbations. themselves. Precautionary measures to be followed: Health Challenges: To protect ourself and others against The public is fear of the novel corona virus COVID-19, we should clean hands frequently of 2019 and by worry over whether the health and thoroughly. Use of alcohol-based hand system will be able to treat them or their loved sanitizer or washing hands with soap and water ones should they become ill. Consequently, practiced frequently to avoid contamination. clinical and public health efforts have focused Care full handling of all these materials is strictly on acute medical care needs of those who are followed. severely affected, while containing the virus’s o Keep alcohol-based hand sanitizers out of spread in the population. Urgent priorities have children’s reach. Teach them how to apply included expanding hospitals’ capacities to care the sanitizer and monitor its use. for sick patients and equipping health care o Apply a coin-sized amount on your hands. providers to meet the unprecedented medical There is no need to use a large amount of demands while keeping them safe. Meanwhile, the product. concerted efforts are underway to validate o Avoid touching your eyes, mouth and nose diagnostic tests and bring them to scale while immediately after using an alcohol-based developing effective acute and preventive hand sanitizer, as it can cause irritation. treatments. The attention has been paid to the o Hand sanitizers recommended to protect mental health consequences of the pandemic. against COVID-19 are alcohol-based and Yet while the urgent emphasis is and should be therefore can be flammable. Do not use on containing the virus and its physical threat, before handling fire or cooking. when the pandemic has subsided and we begin o Under no circumstance, drink or let children to resume normal life, it is the psychological swallow an alcohol-based hand sanitizer. sequelae that will emerge and persist for months It can be poisonous. and years to come (Jeffery et. al., 2020). o Remember that washing your hands with During the acute crisis, everyone, to soap and water is also effective against varying degrees, will experience fears of COVID-19. infection, somatic concerns, and worries about References: the pandemic’s consequences. Compounding 1. Emma Dawson Buiter (2020): We do not have personal distress are the disruption of usual to worry about paying off the corona virus daily routines and the social isolation imposed debt for generations, The Guardian, 22nd by the “stay at home orders” adopted by most April. US states.1 Longer periods of physical isolation, 2. Jeffrey A. Lieberman, MD, Mark Olfson (2020): Meeting the Mental Health Challenge especially if experienced as involuntary, without of the COVID-19 Pandemic, [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 084 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 3. Kapur and W.Buiter (2020): To fight the COVID pandemic, policymakers must move 16 fast and break taboos. Vox Cepr Policy Portal, 6th April. COVID-19: DESTROYER OF THE 4. Zhu N Zhang D, Wang W, Li X et al (2020): A novel corons virus from patients with TOURISM INDUSTRY pneumonia in chaina, 2019, N.Engl J Med 382 (8):727-33. Dr. Ramesh Chudaman Ahire 5. Said Nadeem (2020): Corona virus COVID-19: Available Free Literature Provided by Dr. Lalit Pratap Sandanshiv Various Companies, Journals and Organizations around the World. J Ong Chem Res, 5(1): 7-13. ======***********======6. UNCTAD. UNITED NATIONS CONFERENCE ON 1. Introduction: TRADE AND DEVELOPMENT. April 2020 Tourism is one of the most important 7. WHO. Coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) activities of human being. According to World Situation Report – 81 Data as received by Tourism Organization tourism means nothing WHO from national authorities by 10:00 CET, but the travel of person or a group of people 10 April 2020 who travels from one geographical region to another for different purposes such as leisure, entertainment, to get relief from routine life, for education, for religious visits, medical etc. that travel should not less than 24 hours. Tourism can be domestic or international, and international tourism has both incoming and outgoing implications on a country’s balance of payments. Through this activity country can get foreign exchange by giving variety of facilities to tourists. Hence tourism is known as invisible trade. The economy of many countries in the world is depending on the tourism. Every country in the world is developing its own tourism equipments. The economy of many countries in the world depends on the tourism business. Today, this same blessing is becoming a curse for the world. Corona is a contagious disease that affects almost every country in the world today. Hence in this research an attempt has been made to find out the influence of Covid-19 on the tourism activity. 2. Objectives: The present study aims to investigate the following objectives § To study the importance of tourism industry in the development process. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 085 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 § To study the effect of corona epidemic business of tourism has become a boon to on the tourism industry. economic development in many countries. The § To study the future of tourism industry. economies of many countries in the world 3. Research Methodology: depend on the tourism business. Every country The present research work is based on the in the world is developing its own tourism secondary data. Data regarding recent epidemic equipment. Tourism is not an option in terms of condition of covid-19 in the world has been job creation, capital formation, regional collected by the printed and electronic media. development, and international harmony, For reaching up to the conclusions description assistance in the development of other and explanation method has been used for the businesses, conservation and preservation of present study. cultural and historical elements. 4. Discussion: According to Peters, author of the book Travel and tourism are basic human needs. International Tourism, Tourism is the most Tourism is a major economic occupation of important link in the world trade and its human beings. It is also called the invisible commercial importance is increasing every year. trade. In the modern world, tourism has been The tourism business generates a large amount given the status of an industry. Tourism is of foreign exchange. Due to this, the economic developing very fast. Every country in the world importance of tourism business is high and it is has the gift of natural beauty. Each country has continuously increasing. The modern tourism an ancient cultural and historical background business has provided employment and and heritage. Tourism is encouraged by its business to a large number of people in the unique geography, climate, customs, traditions, developed countries of the world, especially in lifestyle, dress, folk art, art, dance, music, European and American countries. So the language and education. tourism business is truly a boon to European and In a real sense, after World War II, the American countries. Countries in Asia, Africa and restructuring of the world began. Many important Australia are not far behind. In Asia, China, Hong changes have taken place rapidly in most areas Kong, South Korea, Japan, Thailand, Malaysia, of human life. One of the culminations of this is Singapore, Indonesia, India, Nepal and countries the development of domestic and international in Middle East Asia, Dubai, Saudi Arabia etc. tourism. Many factors favoured this extensive Countries are tourist attractions. The progress development in tourism. The tourism business and grandeur of Dubai has become the main is characterized by growth in both developed and attraction of international tourism. As a result, developing nations of the world. Due to the tourism has become a boon to economic promotion and dissemination of air transport in development for the entire world. various modes of transport, it has made it Today this same blessing is becoming a possible to reach any part of the world in the curse for the world. Corona is a contagious shortest possible time. Tourism has gained disease that affects almost every country in the momentum due to international harmony, world today. Corona is a contagious disease that increasing urbanization, industrialization, living has been declared an epidemic by the World standards, and spread of education, trade and Health Organization. The World Health development of other industries. Due to the Organization has named the epidemic of corona proliferation of means of transportation, the virus Covid-19. The epidemic began in November growing popularity of tourism and the growing 2019 in China. Tourism and travel from the interest in tourism among the people, the Chinese city of Wuhan to the rest of the world [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 086 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 has been the only cause of the epidemic. In a travelling to China for tourism and business. Two real sense, the Corona epidemic began in patients infected with the corona virus were Wuhan, China, and spread to all parts of the found in Italy in January. This was completely world. ignored by Italy. Tourism is Italy’s main business. Today, the United States and European Tourism Continued Tourists from China and countries have the highest number of people other countries continued to come to Italy, infected with COVID-19. Every day thousands causing the Corona epidemic to spread to of people in the United States and European European countries such as Italy, Spain, France, countries are died due to the Covid-19 epidemic. Germany and Britain. The result was an eruption More than 46 lakh people in the world are of the corona. Yet Italy and other European infected with Covid-19. This number is going to countries were not ready for the lockdown. increase further. The Covid-19 epidemic is Tourism in Italy and other European countries spreading rapidly across Europe. Corona is would be disrupted. Tourism is a major business found in Italy, Germany, France, Spain, Portugal, in European countries, including Italy. So life Poland, Britain, the United States, Iran, Japan went on smoothly. This is the situation in and Russia. The number of corona-infected America. Today, the United States is not ready patients is growing by the thousands every day. for a lockdown in the entire country for fear that In fact, the Corona epidemic originated in its economic growth will come to a standstill. Wuhan, China. It has spread all over the world As a result, the Corona epidemic is getting through tourism and travel. The Corona stronger. Today, a large number of Indian epidemic has spread around the world through students are pursuing higher studies in the human tourism and travel. There are famous and United States, Europe, Australia, China, Japan, tourist destinations in European countries. Italy Russia, and Singapore. In many countries, highly is famous for its tourism. Tourists from all over educated Indian citizens are doing industry, the world prefer European countries for tourism. business and jobs. But are all these halls closed In addition, the United States, Britain, Japan, now? Such a situation is emerging from the Sweden, Switzerland, Hong Kong, Thailand, epidemic of Covid-19. Many countries are now Malaysia, Singapore, Russia, India and the banning entry to citizens outside the country. Middle East are preferred. China is the most Domestic and international tourism and populous country in the world. China has the travel in India takes place for religious, highest number of international tourists. More educational and business reasons. Tourism and than fifteen crore Chinese people travel travel are the two major factors contributing to internationally every year. European countries the increase in Covid-19 infection in India. The are the favourite countries of Chinese citizens outbreak of Covid-19 epidemic was caused by for tourism. For tourism, the Chinese prefer the foreigners and Indian nationals who came to United States and European countries first. India for tourism and religious activities, as well During the three months of November, December as those who travelled abroad for business and and January, a large number of tourists from education. China visited European countries. Corona was George Young in his book Tourism traveling and traveling with him and was pointed out that Curse or Blessing has explained stealthily tightening his grip. During the same the importance of tourism in many ways. period, the corona virus spread to European According to him, the better the benefits of countries, including Italy, Spain, France, tourism, the more the economy stabilizes and Germany, and Britain. Citizens of Europe were the country’s economic progress. However, he [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 087 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 pointed out the need to take into account some 2. Premnath Dhar, (1997): Development of of the disadvantages of tourism. Tourism creates Tourism and Travel Industry, Kanishka social, cultural, economic and environmental Publishers, New Delhi. problems. Now health problems are taking a turn 3. Pushpinder S. Gill, (1997): Tourusm for the worse with tourism. In the last decade, Economic and Social Development, Amol contagious diseases like Sors, Swine Flu, Ebola, Publication, Delhi MERS, Zika and Anthrex etc. have spread 4. V. N. Gupta: Tourism in India, Amol through tourism in many countries. Today, a Publication, Delhi similar serious problem has arisen from tourism 5. MkW-,l-ch-f’kans] 2000 i;ZVu Hkwxksy] QMds in the form of Covid-19 epidemic. The Covid-19 izdk’ku] dksYgkiwj epidemic has woken up the world. In the United States, Italy, Spain, France, Germany, Britain, and 6. MkW-‘kjn ds-nsoGk.kdj 2020 dksjksuk Iran, the Corona has caused havoc. Today there dsanz ;qjksiph vfXu ijh{kk is an atmosphere of fear, terror and insecurity , https:// all over the world. t.meskdeolankar April 6, 2020. World Tourism Organization Secretary- General Zhurab Polikasvili said the number of tourists had dropped by 57 per cent in March due to lockdowns in many countries. The closure of airports and national borders has reduced the number of international passengers by 67 million and hit 80 billion. According to data from Asia and the Pacific, the number of tourists fell by 33 million, while in Europe it fell by 22 million. If international borders are opened by July and travel restrictions are lifted, the number of tourists will be reduced by 58 per cent, and if travel restrictions are lifted by September, the number of tourists will be reduced by 70 per cent. If restrictions are not lifted by December, tourism and passenger numbers will fall by 78 per cent. 5. Conclusion: Overall, the world has never been in such a dire situation. Tourism and travel are the only factors contributing to this situation. In the last five to six months, the contagion of Covid-19, which was confined to Wuhan, China, has spread like wildfire through tourism and travel. The tourism business, which has been a boon to the world’s economic development, is becoming a curse today. That is to say. References: 1. Douglas Peace: Tourism Development, Longman, London. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 088 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 like structure was used for water transportation, 17 which was built by burning logs and digging out the burned wood. In 3100BC, the sailing boat IMPORTANCE OF TRANSPORT was invented by Egyptians while the Romans NETWORK built roads across Europe. During the Industrial Revolution, the first modern highway was Bhuvan Sandesh Shinde developed by John Loudon McAdam. In the 17th th Student of B.Tech Civil and 18 century, many new V.J.T.I., Mumbai. modes of transportation were invented such as bicycles, trains, motor cars, trucks, airplanes, and trams. In 1906, the first car was developed ======***********======with an internal combustion engine. Transport Network: Mode of transport The origin of the word ‘Transport’ can Mode of Transport is a term used to be traced to Latin. Transport comes from the distinguish between different ways of Latin words portare, which means “carry,” and transportation or transporting people or goods. trans, which means “across.” The different modes of transport are air, water, The Cambridge English Dictionary defines and land transport, which include Rails or Transportation as: railways, road and off-road transport. Other 1. The movement of people or goods from modes also exist, including pipelines, cable one place to another transport, and space transport. Human-powered 2. A system of vehicles for getting from one transport and animal-powered transport are place to another A transport network, or transportation sometimes regarded as their own mode, but network is a realisation of a spatial network, never fall into the other categories. describing a structure which permits either The most common five modes of transport are: vehicular movement or flow of some commodity. railways, roadways, airways, waterways and Good transport network is crucial for pipelines. sustained economic growth and development of We, due to the limitations of time and space, a nation. This vital infrastructure is regarded as will be concentrating on Rail Transportation an important determinant for the success of a in this article. nation’s effort in diversifying its production base, Rail networks. expanding trade and linking together resources Collins English Dictionary defines ‘Rail and markets into an integrated economy Transport’ as the system of taking passengers History of Transportation or goods from one place to another by railway. As it is rightly said, ‘Necessity is the Such networks are a linear nodal Mother of Invention’, transportation was hierarchy with nodes related to intermodal improved further and further due to man’s needs yards, train and transit stations. Because of the of trade and survival and curiosity. Before every fixed character of their paths and capacity, they other form of transportation, humans traveled are allocated usage windows during which on foot. Human Beings learned to use animals grouped units circulate. While linear rail such as donkeys, horses and camels for networks are vulnerable to disruptions, complex rail and transit networks have a mesh-like transportation from 4000 BC to 3000 BC. In 3500 BC, the wheel was invented in Iraq and the first structure, making them more resilient. wheel was made from wood. Initially, a canoe- [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 089 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Rail transport then commenced in mid passengers, which is about a third of the world’s 16th century in Germany in the form of horse- population. powered funiculars and wagonways. Modern rail Mumbai Suburban Railway transport commenced with the British The Mumbai Suburban Railway development of the steam locomotives in the (colloquially called local trains or simply locals) early 19th century. consists of exclusive inner suburban railway History of Trains lines augmented by commuter rail on main lines Trains are connected vehicles which run serving outlying suburbs to serve the Mumbai on rails. They are powered by steam, electricity Metropolitan Region. Spread over 390 or diesel. The steam engine is mostly fueled by kilometers, the suburban railway operates 2,342 coal, wood or oil. The first steam powered engine train services and carries more than 7.5 million to be used in trains was introduced by James commuters daily. By annual ridership (2.64 Watt, a Scottish inventor. The first rail billion), the Mumbai Suburban Railway is one transportation was used to move coal from of the busiest commuter rail systems in the mines to rivers. world. Trains run from 04:00 until 01:00, and The modern rail system was developed some trains also run up to 02:30. It is the second in England in 1820, progressing to steam largest suburban rail network in terms of route locomotives. In 1825, Stockton and Darlington length after the Kolkata Suburban Railway. Railways opened and underground railway was History of Mumbai Suburban Railway first built in 1863 in London. In 1880, electric The Mumbai Suburban Railway is an trains and the trams were developed. Today, offshoot of the first passenger railway to be built most of the steam locomotives have been by the British East India Company, and is also replaced by diesel. The fastest commercial High the oldest railway system in Asia. The first train Speed Rail trains which use magnetic levitation was run by the Great Indian Peninsula Railway technology can go up to 431 km/hr. (now Central Railway) between Bori Bunder History of Railways in India (now Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Terminus) and Railways were first introduced to India Thane, a distance of 34 km, on 16 April 1853 at in 1853. The British introduced the railway 15:35. The 14-coach train took 1.25 h to system in India because they felt the need for a complete the 34 km journey, with a halt at Sion fast and quick transportation to carry the raw to refill the train’s water tanks. materials across the country easily which was The next major train was run between needed by them. By 1947, the year of India’s Virar and Churchgate by the Bombay, Baroda independence, there were forty-two rail systems. and Central India Railway (now Western In 1951 the systems were nationalised as one Railway), in April 1867. Colaba was also added unit, becoming one of the largest networks in as a station on this route, but later shut down. the world. On 3 February 1925, the first EMU Service was India is one of the largest rail networks started from Victoria Terminus (now Chhatrapati in the world. Indian Railways is a complex Shivaji Maharaj Terminus) to Coorla Harbour system serving millions of people every day. (now Kurla) on the Central line which was run Speaking of trains and railway network, on 1.5 kV DC traction and also started on the Mumbai’s local rail network is the busiest Western line from Churchgate to Borivali on 5 commuter train system in the world; with 7.5 January 1928. By 2016, the entire network had million people using the trains to commute daily. been converted to 25 kV 50 Hz AC traction Annually, the local railways transport 2.6 billion Travel classes [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 090 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 The suburban fleet consists of 12 and often adjacent to the ladies general 15-coach rakes. There are two main classes of compartment. travel; the First and Second classes. The first Class II-L (ladies’ second class): This class fare is approximately 8 times more compartment is reserved solely for females; expensive than second class, and therefore however male children up to the age of 13 can tends to be less crowded during the non-rush travel in this compartment. Men are not allowed hours, though at times it is equally or more to travel and can face a penalty. Some of the crowded than the general compartments during coaches of ladies compartments are open to the rush hour, due to most office employees having general public between 23:15 and 06:30. These a first class transport pass provided by their are indicated by a note near the doors of the employer. First class and Senior Citizen compartments. The coach is designated by compartments also have cushioned seating, green and yellow slant stripes. The location of while the rest are typically plastic. There are the same is designated by colouring the platform following classes of travel: walls with similar stripes. Class I (first class compartment): Divyangjan (Handicap and Cancer Commonly known as gent’s first class or patients’ compartment): for people with disabilities simply first class, since most commuters are or cancer. On a platform, one can locate these by men. Women and children can also board this signs or by following a beeping sound indicator compartment. The coach is designated by red for the visually impaired, or also by following a and yellow slant stripes. The location of the yellow tactile path with a walking stick. These same is designated by colouring the platform coaches are open to all the genders. One needs a walls with similar stripes. The price is generally valid certificate of disability to board the hiked up by eight times to prevent the compartment. Failure to do so may result in a compartment overcrowding. The seats in this penalty. class are leather made. Senior citizens: is reserved for passengers Class II (general compartment): Also above the age of 60. These coaches are open to called gent’s second class or simply second class all the genders. One needs a valid age proof to as the majority of passengers in these board the compartment. Failure to do so may result compartments are men. The compartment is in a penalty. open to women and children as well. The seats Luggage: heavy goods and luggage can be in this class are plastic-made. transported using this compartment. These Class I-L (ladies first class): similar to compartments are spacious and only have seats normal First Class, reserved solely for females, along the walls and are made to haul goods. however male children up to the age of 13 can There are also women-only cars (termed ladies) travel in this compartment. Men are not allowed and since 1992, Ladies Special trains with the to travel, and may face a penalty. Some of the entire train set reserved for women passengers. A coaches of ladies compartments are open to semi ladies special is a train with a few (e.g., 3) general public between 23:15 and 06:30. These coaches reserved for women. are indicated by a note near the doors of the The Importance: compartments. The coach is designated by red The total length of rail lines that form the and yellow slant stripes. The location of the local network adds up to over 400 kms. Mumbai same is designated by colouring the platform Suburban Railways operates over 2,300 train walls with similar stripes. This compartment is services every single day. There is never an interval of more than 4-5 minutes between train arrivals [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 091 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 and departures, ensuring minimal waiting time. Dabbawalas who practically run the city’s food 18 delivery service depend primarily on the city’s local trains to get to their various destinations. It took A BRIEF STUDY OF STRESS ON just three hours for service to be restored after STUDENTS DUE TO COVID 19 EFFECT the deadly train bombings of 2006. Fares for Mumbai locals are among the Deepa S.R. cheapest in the world, with commuters travelling Assistant Professor of Commerce, Sri distances of around 120 km for as little as Rs. 30. Mahadeshwara Govt. First Grade College, Mumbai’s rail network is apparently the only local Kollegal-571440, Chamarajanagar District, one to have a separate first class compartment. KARNATAKA. The suburban railway in Mumbai operates 2,342 local train services. Between 2014 and 2017, the ======***********======Railways earned Rs 5,206.16 crore from the INTRODUCTION: suburban service while its expenditure was Rs Education in India 9,486.66 crore, the Centre told Lok Sabha. Suburban Education is the springboard for high trains’ contribution: 1/3rd of traffic, 3 per cent of flying Career. Education system in India is of railway earnings The Mumbai Suburban railway dates back where the children’s were taught in in addition to being such a huge part of the Gurukuls and the Guru-Shishya system was the commuters life provides huge employment means of education. Indian education system opportunities for people. Apart from the was improved when universitites like Nalanda, government jobs provided it also provides an Takshashila, Ujjain and Vikramshila came into opportunity for people who own small businesses existence. Education system in India is managed to test out their products in these railways. With and controlled government well, providing six Lines, Mumbai Suburban Railway education to all without any discrimination had Transportation Network has several stations, viz. become the importance of the government. Western: 37, Central: 62, Harbour: 32, Trans- Indian Constitution has faithful to Harbour: 16, Nerul–Uran: 10. provide free and compulsory education to the Thus, the Suburban Railway transportation children’s upto the age of fourteen. Right to network is the lifeline of Mumbai and the heartbeat education is the fundamental right of the citizen of 1.84 crore people. The Mumbai Suburban where education is compulsory for all children’s Railway is the best example of “The importance of age group 6-14 years. of transport network.” As per the world bank report in India References: there are more than 7,40,000 formal schools; 1. Article by Matt Robertson more than 3.6 million teachers are working on 2. Brainly.in 3. Cambridge Dictionary full time basis; there are more than 175 4. Collins English Dictionary Universities offering under graduate level and 5. CS.MCGILL.CA post graduate courses and about 6000 colleges 6. Indian Express affiliated to these universities. 7. Transportgeography.org Education is designed by the state where 8. Wikipedia government is concern for quality education. Presently India is sacred with various schools, colleges, universities and other institutions in India which are providing quality education to [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 092 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 the students. From the past several years India Added to the fear of contracting the virus is creating many talent professional who are in a pandemic such as COVID-19 are the best in the world and working hard for the significant changes to our daily lives as our Nations growth and are in great demand. This movements are restricted in support of efforts shows the strength of Indian education system. to contain and slow down the spread of the virus. Indian education system is divided into Faced with new realities of working from home, different levels such as pre-primary level, temporary unemployment, home-schooling of primary level, elementary education, secondary children, and lack of physical contact with other education, under graduate and post graduate family members, friends and colleagues, it is level. The foundation of education in India is important that we look after our mental, as well primary or elementary education later to it the as our physical, health. students get into secondary level, WHO, together with partners, is providing undergraduate level and post graduate level guidance and advice during the COVID-19 are the higher education levels. pandemic for health workers, managers of COVID SCENARIO IN INDIA: health facilities, people who are looking after We all know about the Covid-19 children, older adults, people in isolation and pandemic that has hit the world like alleviating, members of the public more generally, to help unless you have been living under a giant rock. us look after our mental health. The scare of it seems to be increasing with every OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY: passing day and rightly so because even though 1. To understand the problem of online doctors and researchers are working day and teaching. night, there is no sign of vaccine as of now. The 2. To investigate the method of teaching by coronavirus, or COVID 19 is the 7th the faculty. known coronavirus (other well-known ones 3. To understand the financial conditions of the students. include SARS and MERS), and is suddenly has 4. To overview the students grasping power. become a part of our conversation everywhere. 5. To understand the problems of students In case we were wondering – the “technical” staying in remote areas. name COVID 2019 is simply a short form EDUCATION PROBLEMS DUE TO COVID EFFECT: of Corona Virus Dis ease 2019. Countries are Education systems around the world are also imposing travel bans, economies are being facing an exceptional challenge in the wake of affected. Prime Minister Narendra Modi also substantial school closures authorized as part th addressed the country on 19 March, 2020 and of public health efforts to contain the spread of requested people to maintain a “Janta Curfew” COVID-19. Governmental agencies are working to stop the virus from spreading which is further with international organizations, private sector being followed by a 21 day massive nation-wide partners and civil society to deliver education lockdown and has also suspended all visas for remotely through a mix of technologies in order foreigners until mid-April. to ensure continuity of curriculum-based study PROBLEMS OF COVID 19: and learning for all. Fear, worry, and stress are normal As of 18 May 2020, approximately 1.725 responses to perceived or real threats, and at billion learners are currently affected due to times when we are faced with uncertainty or school closures in response to the pandemic. the unknown. So it is normal and understandable According to UNICEF, 156 countries are currently that people are experiencing fear in the context implementing nationwide closures and 29 are of the COVID-19 pandemic. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 093 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 implementing local closures, affecting about 10. The final year graduate students are severely 98.5 percent of the world’s student population. affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. They School closures affect not only students, have experiencing major teaching teachers and families but have far-reaching interruptions regarding their assessments, economic and societal consequences. School and they are thinking to be the graduates at the beginning of the major global recession. closures in response to COVID-19 have shed SUGGESTIONS: light on various social and economic issues, In order to overcome from the problems of including student debt, digital learning, food education due to COVID-19 following insecurity and homelessness as well as access suggestions appear essential: to childcare, health care, housing, internet and 1. First of all we have to decide on the use of disability services. The impact was more severe high or low technology solutions based on the for disadvantaged children and their families, reliability of local power supplies, internet causing interrupted learning, compromised connectivity, digital skills of students and as nutrition, childcare problems and consequent well as teachers. economic cost to families who could not work. 2. By protecting data privacy and providing data The problems faced by the Students were as security, while using the applications we follows: cannot violate students data privacy. 1. In order to minimize community 3. For remote learning, it is desirable to move transmission, institutions opted online on from one way communication to more learning for education. interaction. Every student needs a personal 2. Lack of access to technology or fast, reliable contact. internet access can prevent students in rural 4. Low income households need to get direct areas and from disadvantaged families. financial support or technical assistance to 3. Students are experiencing some limitations facilitate remote learning. on the easy access ability of the textbooks 5. Assessments of learning via overall and materials what they need to study. performance throughout the year rather than 4. Both students and teachers are experiencing annual exams. the psychological strain. 6. Prioritize solutions to address psychosocial 5. Students are experiencing some gap in challenges before teaching. competences which might widen as they 7. Provide support to teachers and parents on typically do not have the same learning the use of digital tools. conditions and support. 8. Blend appropriate approaches and limit the 6. Students without or with limited digital number of applications and platforms. infrastructure remain off-line. 9. Develop distance learning rules and monitor 7. Younger children may be hit harder than students learning process. older ones as their dependence on parents 10. Define the duration of distance learning units is higher. based on students self-regulation skills. 8. Children of working parents need support CONCLUSION: and guidance for learning. Working The corona virus crisis is a deep and conditions of parents vary and teachers and sudden shock, but it is unlikely to be the last. schools often lack digital equipment as well. Governments should not lose sight of the long 9. By the use of remote learning, the problem game; ensuring that all children and young of digital security, data privacy and protection people in low and middle income countries are risks arises of students and teachers personal educated. To build a healthy, prosperous and information and data becomes crucial. secure future, let’s ensure school systems are [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 094 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 adequately financed, make smart use of technology and protect teachers and students. 19 REFERENCES: 1. India Today Web Desk Positive Behavioral Change 2. https://www.indiaeducation.net/resources/ articles/impact-of-coronavirus-on- amongst Farmers through education.html Effective Communication 3. https://www.jagranjosh.com/general- knowledge/impact-of-coronavirus-on- Strategies: A Study on Stubble education-in-india-1587642880-1 4. OECD (2020). Covid-19: Protecting People and Burning Menace of Punjab. Societies, https://read.oecdilibrary.org/ view/?ref=126_126985-nv145m3l96&title= Anterpreet Kaur, COVID-19-Protecting-people-and-societies Research scholar, 5. https://www.gov.uk/government/ publications/coronavirus-covid-19- Dr. Ranbir Singh, cancellation-of-gcses-as-and-a-levelsin- Head, Department of Journalism and 2020/coronavirus-covid-19-cancellation-of- Mass Communication, gcses-as-and-a-levels-in-2020 I.K. Gujral Punjab Technical 6. https://www.oercommons.org/ xix OECD (2020). Flattening the Covid-19 Peak: University, Kapurthala) Containment and Mitigation Policies. 7. https://www.indiatoday.in/education- ======***********======today/featurephilia/story/how-is-the-covid- Introduction: 19-pandemic-affecting-education-all-over- Behavioral change is the process of the-world-1664380-2020-04-07 influencing and changing perceptions, attitudes, and approach of people toward certain issues or phenomenon. Under the behavior change programs, individual actions are considered as the axis of the change. These programs helps a community to find out the actions which can be of risk to the community and later efforts are done to reduce that risk by changing that action through various intervention programs. These days Behavior Change Communication Programs are vastly used in developing countries to increase community involvement in the development process and to fasten the pace and affectivity of Development Programs. Kok (2014) talked about three major challenges which are generally faced while planning Behavior Change, they are, the correct identification of the change objectives, the selection and application of appropriate behavior change methods in an intervention and appropriate implementation of the intervention. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 095 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 There has always been a vital year .A majority of this crop residue is in fact relationship between agricultural development used as fodder, fuel for other domestic and and human development. It is very important to industrial purposes. However, there is still a administer farmer’s behavior and attitude as surplus of 140 Mt out of which 92 Mt is burned only progressive and positive attitude of farmers each year (cited in Bhuvaneshwari et al. 2019). will be able to bring required changes in the Agricultural stubble does release a system.The most decisive factor in agricultural considerable amount of harmful gasses into the development is the farmer. His behavior and atmosphere which can cause many breathing attitudes towards change can either retard or and respiratory problems amongst the humans. accelerate the pace of agriculture (Shastry.1971) Agricultural residues burning do emit significant This paper focuses on requirement of quantity of air pollutants like CO2, N2O, CH4, behavior change of farmers toward stubble emission of air pollutants such as CO, NH3, NOx, burning menace of Punjab. The study tends to SO2, NMHC, volatile organic compounds (VOCs) explain how innovative communication and semi-volatile organic compounds (SVOCs) strategies adopted by Government tried to ( Jain et al. 2013). change the attitude and behavior of farmers According to Punjab Remote Sensing toward stubble burning to ensure sustainable Centre in 2017 total number of fires observed agriculture system which could be profitable, in wheat harvesting season were14437 and in eco-friendly, socially conducive and inclusive. paddy harvesting season were 43,660. In 2018 Statement of the Problem: Government announced various beneficial Punjab is one of India’s most prosperous schemes for the farmers to motivate them states. The Punjab’s prosperity has been largely against stubble burning. Every mode of media due to the state’s development of agriculture. (Radio, TV, Newspapers, Mobile phones, Major crops grown in this region before 1960s Internet) was used effectively to reach the were wheat, bajra (Millet), cotton, pulses, farthest receivers.Government extension vegetables, fruits, etc. Due to best available officers initiated various campaigns to sensitize irrigation system, ‘high yielding Mexican seeds’ stakeholders on the issue of stubble burning. were introduced in early 1960s (Green Various Seminars were organized in which Revolution) in the region to reduce food farmer to farmer dialogues were encouraged so dependency over other countries. But along with that farmers could gain experience from the bumper crops green revolution brought many fellow farmers. Awareness lectures were unforeseen agricultural problems in Punjab. One organized at village, block and district levels to of those problems was mono-cropping. Mono- enhance farmer’s knowledge regarding stubble cropping of wheat and paddy lead to the management. Agriculture departments of the significant decline in area under other crops. respective cities also flagged off awareness Both wheat and paddy are harvested vans which were equipped with audio mechanically which leave behind a huge amount announcement systems to sensitize farmers. of considerably long, deeply rooted stubble in School level competitions like debate, poster the fields, which is of less economic benefit to making, nuked nataks (Street Plays) were farmers. That’s why to get rid of unwanted organized to involve farmer kids in the stubble immediately farmers put their fields to awareness campaigns. Government also floated fire. According to the Indian Ministry of New and add campaigns on radio, print and TV to grab Renewable Energy (MNRE), India generates on the attention of farmers. As a result in2018 an average 500 Million tons of crop residue per wheat harvesting season total fires observed [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 096 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 were 11,005. Similarly total number of fires asked about the government perspective for this observed in paddy harvesting season of 2018 problem. were 49,905. Although number of fires observed Discussion: in 2018 paddy harvesting season were more As shown in table 1 survey results reveal than number of fires observed in 2017 but that awareness programs like training camps, majority of them were partial burning incidents innovative lectures, farm visits, distribution of or spot fires. Whereas, whole fields were burnt literature, school awareness campaigns etc. in previous years. There was 50% to 60% decline brought positive changes in farmer behavior, in total burnt area in 2018 paddy harvesting proving Collective learning and social learningto season in comparison to previous year. As shown be favorites amongst farmers. During group in Figure 1 Comparative data of Air Quality Index discussions and conversations farmers get an of year 2017-2018 also indicates positive opportunity to interact with experts and fellow results. Apart from one day (November 8) air farmers which enhance the process of quality index of year 2018 was much healthier knowledge acquisition and knowledge than Air Quality Index of Year 2018. dissemination and ultimately leading to Figure: 1 implementation also. Survey also revealed deep Penetration of mobile phones amongst farmers. Mobiles, telecommunication and internet services are available at cheap rates thus a very affordable means of knowledge and information for farmers. Table: 1 Source: PRSC Total number of Farmers: 100 Methodology: 1. Farmers aware about the ill effects of stubble burning 92 2. Reasons behind stopping the stubble burning Both primary and secondary data has been a) Land Safety 28 b) Environment safety 14 collected to get a complete insight into the c) Government Benefits 0 d) Fear of Government action 24 situation. For secondary data Air Quality Index of e) To follow other farmers 0 f) Attraction towards new technology 0 Central Pollution Control Board of India of stubble g) All of the above 34 3. Number of farmers who availed government subsidies 96 burning months (April-May)&(October-December) 4. Financial loss to the farmers for burning their stubble a) Suffered initial losses 28 of year 2017and 2018 has been collected and b) Did not suffer any loss 72 studied thoroughly to compare the level of 5. Sources of information for farmers a) Fellow farmers 38 pollution of both the years in the given months. b) Mobile phones 30 c) Extension workers 20 Apart from this data related to number of fires in d) Television 8 e) Newspapers 4 both the years has also been collected from Punjab f) Radio 0 6. Impact of different modes of communication and extension programs Remote Sensing Center, to notice the impact of a) Group discussions 65 b) Audio-visual aids 14 government run programs. c) Training camps 20 d) Motivational lectures 20 For primary data survey on 100 farmers e) Awareness vans 7 f) Model fields 30 from various villages of Punjab ( wallah, rajian, g) School visits 3 h) Radio adds 0 sohal khurad, hazara, kohala) was conducted. i) TV ads and programs 6 Farmers were selected on simple random basis j) Newspapers 3 k) Mobile phones 42 Semi structured interviews were also conducted Extension workers played a pivotal role on government extension workers who were in this awareness campaign. But, they also had actively involved in the process of disseminating to face many chalanges.In the interviews information amongst the farmers. They were extension workers revealed that the problem of [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 097 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 stubble burning is deeply rooted in the attitude of the References: farmers. There are various factors which effect the · Babu, C. S.; Glendenning, Ok. A.; Govindrajan, S. behavior of farmers like educational qualification, K. (2011). Farmers’ information needs and search economic status and village culture. Some villages behaviors: Case study in Tamil Nadu, India. were progressive in nature and they welcomed all International Food policy research institution, government interventions but some villages outrightly Washington DC. declined the proposal of not burning their stubble and · Banerjee, S.K.; Anderson, K.L.; Warvwdekar, j. did not show any interest in government efforts. At (2013). Effectiveness of a Behavior Change the same time political interferences and dominance Communication Intervention to Improve of farmer unions also cast an adverse effect onthe Knowledge and Perceptions about Abortion in impact of awareness programs. Bihar and Jharkhand. India. Major findings: Retrieved from : https://www.researchgate.net/ · Although punjab witnessed reverse trend in publication/258054749 stubble burning in 2018 but complete success is · Bell, M. (2015). ICT – Powering Behavior Change yet to be achieved. in Agricultural Extension. Feed The Future. The · Despite the fact that, government imposed strict U.S. Government’s global hunger and food bans and heavy fines for stubble burning many initiative. University of California. Davis. social factors acted as hurdles in the way to · Bhuvaneshwari, S.; Hettiarachchi, H.; &Meegoda, implementation. J. N. (2019). Crop Residue Burning in India: Policy · There is a strong need is to find out more viable Challenges and Potential Solutions. International solution to the problem of stubble burning. journal of environmental research and public · Extension workers are required to give more health, 16(5), 832. https://doi.org/10.3390/ practical and affordable solutions to the section ijerph16050832 of farmers who can-not afford the expense of · Gillmor, A. D. (1986). Behavioral Studies in stubble management. Agriculture: Goals, Values and Enterprise Choice, · Mechanization should not be the only alternative Irish Journal of Agricultural Economics and Rural to the stubble burning. Sociology. Vol 11. · Farmers should be encouraged towards · Jain, N.; Bhatia, A.; Pathak, H. (2014). Emission diversification of crops. of Air Pollutants from Crop Residue Burning in · Farmers should be informed about various India.Centre for Environment Science and Climate avenues where they can sell their crop residue Resilient Agriculture. Indian Agricultural Research to some industry and can earn money out of it. Institute. New Delhi. Summing up: · Kok, G. (2014). A practical guide to effective behavior - To effectively manage the problem of stubble change: How to apply theory- and evidence-based burning long term teaching and learning projects behavior change methods in an intervention. The are needed to be initiated by the government. European Health Psychologist. 16. 156-170. Farmers should be taught about various ways of · Shastry B.D. (1971).Quickening the Pace of earning profit from stubble both through in-situ Agricultural Development. Economic and Political and out-situ management. Communication Weekly. Retrieved from:https://iproxy. inflibnet. strategies should be designed keeping in mind ac.in:2096/stable/4382202 mental, social and economic blocks of the · National Policy for Management of Crop Residues. farmers.More and more such plants should be (2014). Ministry of Agriculture Department of installed where maximum crop residue can be Agriculture & Cooperation. New Delhi. consumed as a fodder. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 098 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Environmental changes are based on many 20 factors including: Our land, water and soil are Review on Environmental compromised when people exhaust resources Pollution or release harmful chemical into the air. Deforestation, wasting resources, and pollution all add to the demise of an environmentally- Dr. Nathiram Laxman Rathod sound and safe planet. For example, when trees Department of Economics in forest are cut down in large quantities, so Sundarrao More Art’s, Commerce & Science that more homes can be built on the land, the College Poladpur birds and wildlife who lived in the forest must District- Raigad, Maharashtra find a new place to live. The vegetation that grew on the land is destroyed. Trees that are ======***********======absorbed carbon dioxide to help the biosphere Abstract- are now unable to do so. If the wood from the Environmental pollution is defined as trees is used to make products and those “the contamination of the physical and biological products are later recycled, that is one hopeful components of the earth\atmosphere system to aspect for the plane. However, sometimes trees such an extent that normal environmental are just cut down and burned. That is what is processes are adversely affected. known as slash and burn, a practice that only In recent years the relationship between destroys forests and all that live in them. human right and environmental issues has Environmental degradation is a result of the become a vigorous debate .The link between the dynamic inter-play of socio-economic, two emphasizes that a decent physical institutional and technological activities. environment is a precondition for a living life of Environmental changes may be driven by many dignity and worth. More concretely a decent factors including economic growth, population physical environment has to do with protection growth, urbanization, intensification of against, for instance noise nuisance, air agriculture, rising energy use and pollution, pollution of surface waters and the transportation. Poverty still remains a problem dumping of toxic substances. Human rights at the root of several environmental problems. became a focus of international law long before (A) Social Factors environmental concerns did. While the U.N. 1. Population: Population is an charter 1945 marked the beginning of modern important source of the development, yet it is a international human right law, the Stockholm major source of environment degradation when declaration 1972 is generally seen as the it exceeds the threshold limits of the support starting point of the modern international systems. Unless the relationship between the framework for environmental protection. The multiplying population and the life support relationship between the quality of human system can be established, developmental environment and the enjoyment of basic human programmes, howsoever, innovative are not right was first recognized by U.N General likely to yield desired results. Population impacts Assembly in the let 1960’s. In 1972, at the U.N. on the environment primarily through the use conference of the Human Environment made a of natural resources and the production of direct link between the environment and the right wastes and is associated with environmental to life. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 099 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 stress like loss of bio-diversity air and water proliferation of slums and undesirable land use pollution and increased pressure on arable land. changes, which contribute to urban poverty. 2. Poverty: Poverty is said to be the both (B) Economic Factor-To a large extent the cause and effect of environmental environmental degradation is the result of degradation. The circular link between poverty market failure that is the non-existent or poorly and environment is an extremely complex functioning markets for environmental goods phenomenon. Inequality may foster and services. In this context environmental unsustainability because the poor who rely on degradation is a particular case of consumption natural resources more than the rich deplete or production externalities reflected by natural resource faster as they have no real divergence between the private and social costs. prospects of gaining access to the other types Lack of well-defined property rights may be the of resources. Move over degraded environment one of the reasons for such market failure. On can accelerate the process of impoverishment the other hand market distortions created by again because the poor depend directly on price controls and subsidies may aggravate the natural assets. Although there has been a achievement of environmental objectives. significant drop in the poverty ratio in the 1. The level and pattern of economic country from 55% in 1973 to 36% in 1993-94 the development absolute number of poor have however remained The level and pattern of economic constant at around 320 million over the years. development also affects the nature of the An acceleration in poverty alleviation is environment problems. India’s development imperative to break this link between poverty objectives have consistently emphasized the and the environment. promotion of the policies and programmes for 3. Urbanization: Lack of opportunities economic growth and social welfare. Between for gainful employment in villages and the 1994-95 and 1997 ecological stresses is leading to an ever -98 the Indian economic has grown a little over increasing movement of poor families to the 7%\annum: the growth of industrial production towns. Mega cities are emerging and urban and manufacturing averaging higher at 8.4% slums are expanding. There has been an and 8.9%respectively during these years. The eightfold increase in urban population over 1901- manufacturing technology adopted by the most 91. During the past two decades India’s urban of the industries has placed a heavy load on population has been doubled from 109 million environment especially through intensive to 218 million and is estimated to reach 300 resource and energy use as is evident in natural million 2000AD. Such rapid and unplanned resource depletion water, air and land expansion of cities has resulted in the contamination, health hazards and degradation degradation of urban environment. It has of natural ecosystems. widened the gap between the demand and 2. Transport: Transport activities have supply of infrastructural services such as energy, a wide variety of effects on the environment housing, transport, communication, education, such as air pollution, noise from road traffic and water supply, and sewage and recreational oil spills from marine shipping. Transport amenities, thus depleting the precious infrastructure in India has expanded environmental resource base of the cities. The considerably in terms of network and services. result is the falling trend in the deterioration of Thus road transport accounts for a major share air and water quality, generation of wastes, the of air pollution load in cities such as Delhi. Port and harbor projects mainly have an impact on [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0100 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 sensitive coastal eco-systems. Their 2. Losing Earth’s Beauty: As human constructions affects hydrology, surface water dump waste products use chemicals and quality, fisheries, coral reefs and mangroves to overfish in the oceans and seas, areas of beauty, varying degrees. such as coral reefs are damage. At times the 3. Agriculture: Direct impact of destruction is so great that it cannot be reversed. agricultural developments on the environment We are killing our planet the consequences are arise from farming activities which contribute tremendous. to soil erosion land salination and loss of 3. Global Warming: Due to global nutrients. The spread of Green Revolution has warming many disease bearing insects flourish been accompanied by over exploitation of land better and become more active as temperature and water resources and the use of fertilizers increase. For example the mosquito breed in and pesticides have increased many fold. water shifting rainfall patterns that accompany Shifting cultivation has also been an important climate change will spread malaria to new areas cause of land degradation. Leaching from where people are less immune. extensive use of pesticides and fertilizers is an Conclusion: important source of contamination of water Much is being done to control monitor bodies. Intensive agriculture and irrigation and rectify damage done by pollutants. The contribute to land degradation particularly problems are diverse and some are only being salination alkalization and water logging. recognized but it is important to keep a close (C)Institutional Factors control over pollutants so that we can maintain The Ministry of Environment and Forests the environment in an acceptable condition for (MoEF) in the government is responsible for the future generation. protection, conservation and development of the Environmental pollution is a major problem in environment. The Ministry works in close different parts of the world, which requires the collaboration with other Ministries, State policy makers to employ some mitigation governments, Pollution Control Board and a strategies. It is important to regulate the routs number of scientific and technical institutions, at which country pollute the environment in a universities, Non-governmental organizations order to prevent its harmful effects such as (NGOs). global warming. Impact of Environmental Degradation Environmental pollution is causing a lot of When factories produce harmful distress not only humans but also animals, chemicals and toxic waste into bodies of water driving many animals species to endangerment human suffer. Pesticides and fertilizers can also and even extinction. Only then can we possibly get into the region water system and pollute it. solve the problem of environmental pollution. Drinking water is contaminated. Some residing References- in third world countries are highly effected by Sheth Publication book Foundation course – P. the degradation of our planet. G. Shinde & other 1. Poverty: In many countries in Africa News Papers crop harvests are falling as consumption Online magazine/ articles increases. People are finding less nutritious food to eat. Poor countries especially those around the equator are vulnerableto weather changes water shortages and urbanization. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0101 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 relay on traditional medicines, mostly plant 21 drugs for their primary healthcare needs. In India, 70% of the population dependent on Biodiversity conservation of traditional plant based medicines as primary healthcare sources (Anonymous 2003] a. Medicinal plants through Ex Biological diversity is being viewed as situ method for sustainable the potential resource capital of a state, region or country that posses it.It is sad to see people environment destroying valuable flora in their immediate surrounding either satisfying sedative or Prakasha individual gain .so some plants have already Department of Botany, been extinct and there are many facing danger Kalpataru First Grade Science College ,Tiptur of extinction.The objective of the present study Tumkur dist ,Karnataka ,India. was conservation of some medicinal plant species by exsitu method in botanical garden Dr.Rajanaika of KFGS college, Tiptur. Department of Environmental Science , II. Study area Tumukur university,Tumkur, Karnataka Tiptur is taluk and sub divisional head quarters of Tumkur district ,Karnataka .It is at a ======***********======distance of 141 KM from Bangaluru .The 1. Introduction: Bangalore –Honnavara national high way 206 There is growing concern for the and Bangalore –Meeraj broad gauge railway line medicinal plants and their conservation since passes through Tiptur. last few decades. There is an urgent need to The town is famous for its coconut protect environment which is affected adversely cultivation ,marketing and is also called by various factors. Kalpataru nadu .Tiptur is for coconut products Biodiversity is the very basis of Human .Tiptur lies at 130 161north latitude ,760291 east survival and economic well being and longitude ad it is an altitude of 861 Mts above constitutes the resources upon which families, sea level with an average rain fall of Tiptur town communities, nations and future generations is 503 mm .Kalpataru college campus is one of depend (Singh et al. 1994). The status and the areas in Tiptur town known for its richness characteristics of biodiversity prevalent in a in plant diversity mainly inhabited by wild herbs, country/state/region is dependent on the land cultivated one, ornamental plants, shade trees (Soil, topography),climate and people( their ,avenue trees ,climbers ,medicinal plants, ethno habitats and population density) inhabiting the botanically important plants . College campus region ( Nayar 2011). India is one of the 33 covers an area of 36 acres is situated in the hotspots of the world( conservation International centre of the campus with well protected by 2007) and over 17,000 species of higher plants compound wall with vigilant securities, bounded are reported to occur, of which 7500 are used by PAA College in the north ,Girls hostel in the for healthcare by various ethnic communities ( east , stadium in the west and N H 206 in the Shiva 1996). About 600-700 species are in much south . The campus comprises plain terrain use mostly by the tribal and the rural population. with red loamy, porous , soil suitable for coconut About 60% of the population of the world and plantation .An average annual rain fall between 80% of the population in developing countries [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0102 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 16 Coccinia cordifolia Tonde Cucurbitaceae Creep Fruits and Skin problem 503 mm ,average temperature in summer is er leaves 17 Cuminum cyminum Jeerige Umbellfeara Herb Fruits Stomach pain 0 0 0 0 (Cumin) 34 c[93 F ]and in winter is 20 C [68 F] . 18 Cynodon dactilon Garike Poacea e Herb Leaves and Fever stem III. Material and method: 19 Cycas revoluta cycas cuccadaceae Tree Seeds Source of sagograin as food 20 Clerodendro inermisn Vishamadhari Verbinaceae Shrub Leaves To trat fever,veneral Kalpataru First Grade Science College is infections ,rheumatism 21 Caryota urens Bhagani Palmae Tree Juice from Toddy situated in Tiptur of Tumkur District, Karnataka inflorescence cutting .In the college campus, more than 60 species of 22 Datura metel Ummatti solanaceae Herb Seeds ,leaf and Leprosy ,insanity roots 23 Euphorbia tirukalli Kolgalli Euphorbiacea Shrub Latex Antifungal medicinally important plants are grown here. The 24 Ficus racemosa Atti mara Moraceae Tree Latex,fruits Piles pulmonary diseases 25 Hibiscus rosa sinensis Dasavala Malvacea Shrub Leaves Dysentery medicinal plants saplings are procured from 26 Jatropa curcus Marangle Euphorbiacea shrub Latex,seeds Dental ache forest department, BAIF Institute .and collected (Jatropa) 27 Lawsonia inermis Mehandi Lythraceae Shrub Leaves As cosmatics (Henna) from local area. Only few plant species are 28 Moringa oleifera Nugge (Drum stick) Moringacea Tree Leaves Rich in iron ,vegetable leaves 29 Michelia champaka Sampige. Magnoliacea tree Flowers and Ornamental and selected for present study .Their medicinal (Champaka) seeds secred 30 Monihot esculanta Maragenasu. Euphorbiacea Shrub Tuber root As food properties are documented based on available (Cassava) 31 Morinda citrifolia Noni Rubiaceae Shrub Fruits As health drink ,beverage literature given in Table No:- 1. 32 oscimumsanctum Tulasi Labiatae herb Leaves Cold 33 Oscimum basilicum Kamakasturi labiatae Herb Leaves and Cold seeds IV. Result: - 34 Plectranthus Doddapatre Labiatae Herb Leaves Allergy treatment amboinicus The data document are arranged in 35 Phyllanthes niruri Nelanelli Euphorbiacea Herb Leaves Lever treatment 36 Phyllanthes emblica Nelli kaya Euphorbiacea Tree Fruits Vitmin C 37 Piper betal Velya ele Piperacea climbe Leaves Cold ,rich in menerals alphabetical order of the genus , common name (Betal leaves) r 38 Plumaria alba Deva ganagale Euphorbiacea Tree latex Summer cold (Temple tree) ,botanical name and medicinal uses are given 39 Psidium guava Sibe Myrtacea Tree Fruits Rich in vit c,oral care 40 Roystonea regia Royal palm Palmae Tree Seeds Source of oil used for endan live stock to each species . gered 41 Rawolfia tetra folia Sarpagandh Apocyancea Herb Leaves To control Bp V.Discussion: 42 Sapindus saponaria Antuvala Sapindaceae Tree Fruits As detergent 43 Syzigium cumini Nerale Myrtaceae Tree Fruits Source of vit ,seeds,tree ,minerals ,sugar In the present study plants of different bark control 44 Tylophora indica Adumuttada balli asclepiadaceae Twine leaves Bronchial Asthama families have been documented for various 45 Tinospora cordifolia Amrithballi Menispermacea climbe Leaves,roots Fever ,sugar control r 46 Terminalis chebula Taremara Combretaceae tree Fruits Triphal churna diseases .The medicinal plants of college campus ,laxative,diuretic ,homeostatic are propagated as a part of conservation .The 47 Vinca rosea Sadapushpa apocyanaceae Herb Leaves and Diabetic control plants are propagated through cutting, seeds VII. References: and by rhizomes. 1] Karnatakada aushadeeya sasyagalu ,Dr. VI. Acknowledgements Magadi Gurudev. Author is thankful to the principal and 2] T.K Hazarika Laramchuana B.P Nautiyal – management of KFGSC, Tiptur, for their studies on wild edible fruits of Mizoram encouragement and support to carry out this ,India used as Ethnomedicine Genet work. Resourcrop Evol [2012] 59:1767- Table No: - 01 1776.DOI10 .10722-012 9799-5 Sl Name of the plant Common name in Family Habit Part used. Medicinal uses 3] Medicinal plant of India reference BSI No kannada language 1 Abrus precatorius Gulagangi Fabaceae Twine Seeds –,roots Purgative,cough cold 4] Ethenomedicinal plants ;Raveendra Ratna ,leaves . and P.Martin 2 Adathoda vesica Adusoge Acanthaceae Shrub Leaves Cold ,to control asthama 5] Mane angadalli oushadhivana – 3 Aloe veera Lolesara liliaceae Herb Leaves Cold ,skin diseases 4 Aegle mermelos Bilvapatre Rutaceae Tree Leaves and Cold ,anti dandurf fruits Dr.Vasundhara 5 Azardiracta Indica Bevu Meliaceae Tree Leaves ,seeds Stomach pain ,skin ,resin diseases 6 Aspargus racemoses Shatavari liliaceae Herb Root for Rheumatism rhematism ,constipation ,kidney pain and swelling 7 Acacia farnesiana Sampige jaly Mimosa Shrub Resin Treat bleeding gums ,to treat cough . 8 Bauhinia sp Basavanpada caesalpiniaceae Small Seed Aphrodisiae,dysenter tree y 9 Boerhaavia diffusa Boerhaavia Chenopodiacea Creep Leaves and For rheumatism er stem 10 Bamboo Bidiru Poaceae Large Tender shoot As food ,birth to (Bamboo) shrub death plant 11 Calotropis gigantia yakka asclepiadaceae shrub Latex Bronchitis ,asthma ,leprosy eczema , 12 Cassia auriculata Tangadi Caesalpiniacea shrub Leaves Sugar control 13 Centella asiatica ondelaga umbelliferae Herb Leaves To improve mental IQ 14 Citrus reticulate Lemon Rutacea Shrub Fruits Vitamin C 15 Cymbopogon Lemongrass Poaceae Herb Leaves Wormicide ,diuretic ,mosqueto repellent . [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0103 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 members of their families. On one hand, they 22 have to cope-up with the psychological setback of sudden loss of their husbands and on other The Farm Widows: Unseen hand, they have to counter with the adverse economic impacts of agrarian crisis added all Victims of Agrarian Distress kind of responsibilities of members of their family. In many cases, they have to face the Kiran Mann denial of their legal share in their in-laws’ Research Scholar properties such as marital home and agricultural Department of Geography land. Apart from the grief, psychological trauma Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra and severe economic hardship, they have to live in great social insecurity (Prakriti, 2017). Dr. Suman Chauhan Objective: Assistant Professor The present study aims to reveal the Department of Geography socio-economic profile; especially to have an in- Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra depth understanding of their livelihood problems and challenges, of those women whose ======***********======husbands have committed suicide. Introduction: · To portray the socio-economic The agricultural sector of the Punjab has characteristics of the respondentwidowswhose been passing through a very difficult phase farmer husbands have committed suicide. since 1997. First, the productivity of cotton Database and Methodology: failed, leaves the entire cotton belt under stress The present study is based on primary and then the support prices of the paddy and survey conducted across 13 (thirteen) villages wheat are not in proportion to the total inputs located in Sangrur district of the Punjab state. costs (Padhi, 2009). As a result, the agro- 50 (fifty) households, exclusively headed by economic distress of the farmers’ have increased those widows whose farmer husbands have manifold in the state which is manifested to a committed suicides between the period of 2016 large number of farmers’ suicide in the region. – 2019,have been identified (by employing both Suicide is such a complex phenomenon which purposive and snowball technique)from the data is largely linked with the economic, social and provided by the Punjab Agricultural University, psychological stress of the victims as well as Ludhiana and the members of the Baba Nanak their family members (Kale, Mankar and Educational Society (NGO working in this field Wankhade, 2014). A joint study conducted by for the past 20 years). Since, suicide is a sensitive the three prestige universities of the state, matter so, the investigation has been made in commissioned by the Punjab government with very careful manner without hurting the revealed that over 16,000 farmers and sentiments of the families. Data were collected agricultural labourers took their lives in the by personal interview method with the help of state between the period 2000- 2015. structured interview schedule. Interview was The high incidences of farmers’ suicide conducted at residences of the respondents so in Punjab has resulted in an increasing number as to review overall situation of the families by of single women headed households (The the researcher. Primary data has been tabulated Citizen, 2020). The condition of these Women and presented in the form of tables, graphs and after their husband’s demise is worse than other diagrams. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0104 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Results and discussion: Distribution of the Respondents by their Table: 1 present Occupation Educational level of the Respondents Sr. No. Occupation No. of samples Percent 1 Agriculture 8 16 Sr. No. Educational level No. of samples Percent 2 Daily wage earner 27 54 1 Illiterate 17 34 3 Self-employed 5 10 2 Primary 9 18 4 Job 3 6 3 Middle 12 24 5 No occupation 7 14 4 Secondary 6 12 6 Total 50 100 5 Higher secondary 4 8 6 Undergraduate 2 4 Source: Primary Survey, 2020 7 Total 50 100 Fig.: 2 Source: Primary Survey, 2020 Distribution of the respondents by their Fig.: 1 present occupation Educational level of the Respondents The present occupational structure of The literacy level of the respondents is the respondents is presented in the table no. 2 given in table no.1 from which it is evident that which indicates that a vast majority of the highest number of the respondents, i.e., 34%, farmers’ widows,accounted for 54 % of the total are illiterate and had no experience of schooling. samples,are daily wage earner. It is their prime Remaining 18% had primary and 24% had middle occupation. 16% are doing agricultural practices level education. Only 12% respondents had along with their elder sons and brother-in-laws. secondary level of education. The percentage 10% are self-employed who have chosen petty of those who had higher secondary and did their business like small shops, stitching and selling degree is very low and stood at just 8% and 4 %, vegetables in the village. 6% of the respondents respectively. are employed as helpers in Anganvadi and On the whole, as the primary survey has nearby schools. 14% of the respondents have revealed that a large portion of the respondents no occupation mainly because of two reasons, have very low level of education. This can be either they are too aged to engage in any work, attributed partly to their acute poverty and partly or the unavailability of any work around the to the perception of irrelevance of girl’s village and city is around 40 kilometres away education in rural area. Low level of literacy from their village. rates amongst the respondent farmers’ widows Due to low level of literacy, the has severely restricted occupational respondent farmers’ widows are unaware of opportunities for them due to which they are other sources of earning except agriculture and unequipped to take up any other livelihood, labour. Most of the widows have never came except labour. out of their houses because since the overall Table: 2 management of the family affairs was entrustedto their husbands. Their suicides have [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0105 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 forced them to work. From the results, it can be to deal with the state, in-laws, moneylenders and inferred that not only the low level of literacy a society at large that stigmatizes them. These has obstructed occupational opportunities to widows have to resultantly experiences many them but also a social perception of being a difficulties, i.e.,getting over the trauma of their farmers’ widow has made them not to seek other husbands’ death, repaying old debts, and taking alternatives of employment. According to the over the responsibility of the households with views of one of the respondent, the agriculture added stigma of widowhood due to which they in a way rather had ruined their entire face inequalities at family and societal levelin a household. Ignorance, unawareness, shy and traditional society like Punjab. lack of entrepreneurship qualities has restraint Monthly Income them to move to other sectors of employment Most of the farmers’ widows were unable from agriculture and labour practices. to answer the question relating to their monthly Table: 3 income as they have no fixed income. It varies from Distribution of the respondents by Age at season to season. In peak season their income Widowhood increases as wages are better and work is Sr. No. Age at widowhood (years) No. of samples Percent availablelike picking potatoes, carrots or cotton 1 20-30 7 14 does fetch them only Rs. 50 a day, such work is 2 30-40 24 48 3 40-50 14 28 available only 2-3 months a year. During the lean 4 50-60 5 10 period, they are dependents on pensions and some 5 Total 50 100 petty works likes picking cow dung for Rs. 450 a Source: Primary Survey, 2020 month etc. However, an average monthly income of their family including all these works, is around Fig.: 3 Rs. 4000-5000, some respondents also stated Distribution of respondents by Age at earnings as low as Rs. 3000 a month. Widowhood Conclusion This study has attempted to highlight the difficult reality of the farmers’ widows of Sangrur district, who in the aftermath of their husbands’ death, suddenly have to assume multiple responsibilities, including repaying debts, taking care of children & other family members and farming & cultivating land besides struggling for their own survival amidst conditions of stigma, social exclusion, discrimination, and denial of rights. The profile of the respondents in the present Table no. 3, shows the age at which the study reveals that these women are predominantly respondents become widows. It can be seen that illiterates, most of them are daily wage earner and 48% of the respondents lost their husbands due do not have assured income and they have to step to suicide by them in their age group of 30-40 years, into the shoes of their spouses to shoulder all followed by 28% in the age group of 40-50 years. responsibility of their family and farm at very 14% the respondent women became widows at young ages. This shows the picture of distress the very young age group of 20-30 years. caused by the changing scenario of agriculture A large number of farmers committed sector. The causes of suicides of farmers and suicide in Punjab leaving their dependent widows the pitiable situation in which the widows find [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0106 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 themselves reflect the existing rural scenario Research: D Agriculture and Veterinary and the helplessness of the system. Volume14 Issue10 Version 1.0, pp.: 43-46. Although, there is some attention is given - Kumar, Taruna (2018), “Widows of Vidharbha to the phenomenon of farmers’ suicide at policy highlights the lesser-known perseverance of level but the questions of the widows of farmers wives of farmers who commit suicide”, from suicide affected households have not been Firstpost,https://www.firstpost.com/living/ given much importance. There is no mechanism widows-of-vidarbha-highlights-the-lesser- or policy for the widows to be freed from the debt known-perseverance-of-the-wives-of- made by the deceased farmers. The vulnerability farmers-who-commit-suicide-43678 of farmers’ widows should be given space in the - Padhi, Ranjana (2009), “On Women Surviving India’s ‘New National Policy for Women’. And a Farmer Suicides in Punjab”, Economic and special package would be designed for them with Political Weekly, Vol. 44, No. 19, pp:53-59. alternate livelihood options. - Singh, Amarjeet and Singh, Jaspal (2016), References: “Impacts of farmers’ suicide on social and - Agarwal, Kabir (2018), “The Farm widow: A economic condition of victim households”, suicide and life left behind”, The Wire, https:/ Economic Affairs, Vol. 61, No. 4, pp. 1-9 /thewire.in/agriculture/watch-the-farm- - Prakriti (2017), “Surviving Stigma: Housing widow-pieces-of-a-life-left-behind-by-a- and Land Rights of Farm Widows of farmer-suicide. Vidharbha, Maharashtra”, Prakriti Resource - Chandran, Rina (2016), “India’s suicide Centre for Women and Development, and farmers’ widow face living death”, Thomson Housing and Land Rights Network, New Reuters Foundation, htpps://in.reuters.com/ Delhi, 2017 article/india-farmers-widows-maharashtra/ - Tare,Kiran(2016),”The Twice Cursed”, India indias-suicide-farmers-widows-face-living- Today News, https://www.indiatoday.in/ death-idINKCN0Z7 6H magazine/nation/story/20160829-vidarbha- - Chatterji A, Shoma (2020), “Widows of women-farmers-widows-life-829441-2016- Farmers who committed suicide Find the 08-17 Going Tough”, The Citizen, https:// - The Hindu Business Line (2018), “Unseen www.thecitizen.in/index.php/ en/NewsDetail Victims of Farm distress”, https:// /index/7/18507/Widows-of-Farmers-Who- www.thehindubusinessline.com/opinion/ Committed-Suicide-Find-the-Going-Tough books/kota-neelima-book-review-widows-of- - Hardikar, Jaideep (2008), “Inheritors of debt vidarbha-making-of-shadows/ burden and distress”, Child Rights & You, article23349489.ece# www.cry.org - The Wire (2017), “Urgent need to address - Indiaspend (2018), “Thrown out of land and Plight of Vidarbha’s Farm Widows, Finds home, Farmer widow, demand rights”, https:/ study, https://thewire.in/agriculture/ /www.indiaspend.com/thrown-out-of-land- vidarbha-farmer-suicide-women and-home-farmer widows-demand-rights- - Wagh, C.Anurekha (2016), “The Challenges govt-support/ of Gendering social security: Agrarian crisis, - Kale, N.M.,Mankar.D.M.,Wankhade.P.P. Precarious livelihood and widow farmer”, (2014), “Consequences of Farmers Suicide South Asia Research Network, working paper and Suggestions Perceived from Victim’s no. 2 Households to Prevent Suicides in Vidharbha Region”, Global Journal of Science Frontier [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0107 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 greenhouse gases resulting in a phenomenon 23 known as human enhanced global warming effect. Recentobservations regarding global GLOBAL WARMING: CAUSES, warming have substantiated the theory that it EFFECTS AND SOLUTIONS is indeed a human enhanced greenhouse effect that is causing the planet to heat up. The planet Prof. K. H. Byadgi has experienced the largest increase in surface Assistant Professor temperature over the last 100 years. Between KLE’s GudleppaHallikeri College, 1906 and 2006, the Earth’s average surface Haveri- Karnataka temperature augmented between 0.6 to 0.9 degrees Celsius, however the last 50 years saw ======***********======the rate of temperature increase nearly doubling. Sea levels have shown a rise of about 0.17 I. Introduction: meters during the 20th century. The extent of The continuous rise in temperature of Arctic sea ice has steadily reduced by 2.7 % per the planet is really upsetting. The root cause decade since 1978 [1].out per year. Millions of for thisis global warming. Global warming begins pounds of methane gas are generated in landfills when sunlight reaches the Earth. The clouds, and agricultural decomposition of biomass and atmospheric particles, reflective ground animal manure. Nitrous oxide is released into surfaces and surface of oceans then sends back the atmosphere by various nitrogen-based about 30 % of sunlight back into the space, fertilizers including urea and diammonium whilst the remaining is absorbed by oceans, air phosphateand other soil management and land. This consequently heats up the surface utilizations. Once released, these greenhouse of the planet and atmosphere, making life gases stay in the atmosphere for decades or feasible. As the Earth warms up, this solar even longer. According to Intergovernmental energy is radiated by thermal radiation and Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), carbon dioxide infrared rays, propagating directly out to space and methane levels have increased by 35 % and thereby cooling the Earth. However, some of the 148 % since the industrial revolution of 1750. outgoing radiation is re-absorbed by carbon II. Greenhouse Effect: dioxide, water vapours, ozone, methane and While other planets in the solar system other gases in the atmosphere and is radiated of the Earth are either roasting hot or bitterly back to the surface of Earth. These gases are cold, Earth’s surface has relatively mild, steady commonly known as greenhouse gases due to temperatures. Earth enjoys these temperatures their heat-trapping capacity. It must be noted because of its atmosphere, which is the thin that this re-absorption process is actually good layer of gases that cover and protect the planet. as the Earth’s average surface temperature However, 97 % of climate scientists and would be very cold if there was no existence of researchers agree that humans have changed greenhouse gases. The dilemma began when the Earth’s atmosphere in dramatic ways over the concentration of greenhouse gases in the the past two centuries, resulting in global atmosphere was artificially increased by warming. To understand global warming, it is humankind at an alarming rate since the past first necessary to become familiar with the two centuries. As of 2004, over 8 billion tons of greenhouse effect. As Fig.1 depicts, the natural carbon dioxide was pumped thermal radiation greenhouse effect normally traps some portion is further hindered by increased levels of of heat in such a way that our planet is safe [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0108 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 from reaching freezing temperatures while climate change, a rise in sea levels, extreme human enhanced greenhouse effect leads to weather events and other ruthless global warming. This is due to burning of fossil natural,environmental and social impacts [2]. fuels which increase the amount of greenhouse III. Greenhouse Gases: A Hazard gases (carbon dioxide, methane and oxides of There are many greenhouse gases which nitrogen) present in the atmosphere [2].The are mainly emitted by human activity. The first trade of incoming and outgoing radiation that and foremost in the list is carbon dioxide. heats up the Earth is often referred to as the Excessive burning of fossil fuels like coal and greenhouse effect because a greenhouse works oil is the major factor for producing this gas. in a similar way. Incoming ultraviolet radiation Moreover, deforestation i.e. removal of trees for easily passes through the glass walls of a acquiring lands also causes large amount of greenhouse and is absorbed by the plants and carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. Cement hard surfaces inside. Weaker infrared radiation, manufacture also contributes carbon dioxide to however, has difficulty passing through the glass atmosphere when calcium carbonate is heated walls and is trapped inside, therefore, warming generating lime and carbon dioxide. The second the greenhouse. This effect lets tropical plants culprit gas is methane, commonly known as prosper inside a greenhouse, even during a cold natural gas. It is produced as a result of season [2].Plants embodied in a greenhouse. A agricultural activities such as livestock similar phenomenon takes place in a car which digestion, paddy rice farming and use of manure. is parked outside on a cold sunny day. Incoming Methane is also produced due to improper solar radiation warms the interior of the car but management of waste. Nitrous oxides are outgoing thermal radiation is trapped inside the generated mainly by fertilizers. Moreover, closed windows of the cars. This entrapment fluorinated gases such as chlorofluorocarbons basically warms up the car. This trapping occurs (CFCs) are chiefly a result of various industrial in such a way that the hot air does not rise and processes and refrigeration [5], [6]. Fig.4 shows does not lose energy though convention. This pictorially the distribution of greenhouse gases. phenomenon is depicted in Greenhouse effect These gases are playing their negative part in example [4]. In the words of Michael Daley, an increasing the havoc of global warming. They Associate Professor of Environmental Science are continuously causing an increase in the at Lasell College: “Gas molecules that absorb earth’s temperature. thermal infrared radiation, and are in significant IV. Causes of Global warming enough quantity, can force the climate system. The major cause of global warming is These types of gas molecules are called the greenhouse gases. They include carbon greenhouse gases”. Carbon dioxide and other dioxide, methane, nitrous oxides and in some greenhouse gases act like a mantle, absorbing cases chlorine and bromine containing infrared radiation and preventing it from compounds. The build-up of these gases in the escaping into the outer space. The net effect is atmosphere changes the radiative equilibrium the regular heating of the Earth’s atmosphere in the atmosphere. Their overall effect is to and surface. The greenhouse effect, combined warm the Earth’s surface and the lower with increasing levels of greenhouse gases and atmosphere because greenhouse gases absorb the resulting global warming, is expected to have some of the outgoing radiation of Earth and re- philosophical implications. If global warming radiate it back towards the surface. The net continues unrestrained and nothing effective is warming from 1850 to the end of the 20th done to limit this evil, it will cause significant century was equivalent to nearly 2.5 W/m2 with [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0109 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 carbon dioxide contribution about 60 % to this Predicting the consequences of global figure,methane about 25 per cent, with nitrous warming is one of the most difficult tasks faced oxides and halocarbons providing the remainder. by the climate researchers. This is due to the In 1985, Joe Farman, of the British Antarctic fact that natural processes that cause rain, Survey, published anarticle showing the snowfall, hailstorms, rise in sea levels is reliant decrease in ozone levels over Antarctica during on many diverse factors. Moreover, it is very the early 1980s. The response was striking: large hard to predict the size of emissions of scale international scientific programmes were greenhouse gases in the future years as this is mounted to prove that CFCs (used as aerosol determined majorly through technological propellants in industrial cleaning fluids and in advancements and political decisions. Global refrigeration tools) were the cause of the warming produces many negative effects some problem. Even more important was abrupt of which are described here. Firstly, extra water international action to curb the emissions of vapour which is present in the atmosphere falls CFCs.The second major cause of global warming again as rain which leads to floods in various is the depletion of ozone layer. This happens regions of the world. When the weather turns mainly due to the presence of chlorine- warmer, evaporation process from both land containing source gases. When ultraviolet light and sea rises. This leads to drought in the is present, these gases dissociate releasing regions where increased evaporation process is chlorine atoms which then catalyses ozone not compensated by increased precipitation. In destruction. Aerosols present in the atmosphere some areas of the world, this will result in crop are also causing global warming by changing failure and famine particularly in areas where the climate in two different ways. Firstly, they the temperatures are already high. The extra scatter and absorb solar and infrared radiation water vapourcontent in the atmosphere will fall and secondly, they may alter the microphysical again asextra rain hence causing flood. Towns and chemical properties of clouds and perhaps and villages which are dependent on the melting affect their lifetime and extent. The scattering water from snowy mountains may suffer drought of solar radiation acts to cool the planet, while and scarcity of water supply. It is because the absorption of solar radiation by aerosols warms glaciers all over the world are shrinking at avery the air directly instead of permitting sunlight to rapid rate and melting of ice appears to be faster be absorbed by the surface of the Earth. The than previously projected. According to human contribution to the amount of aerosols Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change in the atmosphere is of various forms. For (IPCC), about one-sixth of the total population instance, dust is a by-product of agriculture. of the world lives in the regions which shall be Biomass burning generates a mixture of organic affected by a decrease in melting water. The droplets and soot particles. Many industrial warmer climate will likely cause more heat processes produce a wide diversity of aerosols waves, more violent rainfall and also depending on what is being burned or generated amplification in the severity of hailstorms and in the manufacturing process. Moreover, thunderstorms. Rising of sea levels is the exhaust emissions from various sorts of deadliesteffect of global warming, the rise in transport produce a rich mixture of pollutants temperature is causing the ice and glaciers to that are either aerosols from the outset or are melt rapidly. This will lead to rise of water levels transformed by chemical reactions in the in oceans, rivers and lakes that can pilot atmosphere to form aerosols [8]. devastation in the form of floods [6].As evident V. Global Warming: The Effects from Fig. 5, temperature anomalies are projected [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0110 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 to increase in coming years. Before, the and harmful infections in some types of sea 20thcentury, the situation was well under control food.Moreover, it is an established fact that but the beginning of the current century, the warmertemperatures lead to dehydration which situation started to worsen.This was all due to is a major cause of kidney stones. A medical increase in global warming majorly due to the team from The Children’s Hospital of fact that new industries and power houses Philadelphia examined the health proceedings started operation and emitted harmful gases of more than 60,000 Americans alongside which cause the planet to heat up. This data is weather records. They discovered that based onthe research carried out by different individuals were most likely to be hospitalized climate and environmental research with kidney stones three days after a agencies.Global warming projections by various temperature rise. Since 1994, kidney stone Science and Engineering research agencies. incidence has risen from about one in 20 people Similarly,elaborates the risks and impacts of to one in 11. This trend is likely to increase as global warming in years to come. As can be the globe gets hotter. According to Luis inferred from figure, we are currently Ostrosky,M.D. of the Division of Infectious experiencing severity of extreme climate events Diseases at The University of Texas Health in the form of thunderstorms, floods and Science Centre at Houston Medical School and earthquakes. This destruction will take a sharp medical director for epidemiology at Memorial hike if nothing is done to stop this Hermann-Texas Medical Centre: “One infection menace.Depicts global mean temperature in the that is definitely making a weird pattern is valley recent years according to National Aeronautics fever”. In his words, “This is a fungal infection and Space Administration (NASA). The trend we used to see only in California, Arizona, New clearly puts up a serious question for us. How Mexico and a little in Texas, but last year we will we survive on earth given the rise in found it for the first time in Washington temperature to prevail?An assessment of the State.”This potentially deadly condition caused relative impact and risks connected with global apprehension in California when the number of warming. Five categories are assessed. The bars cases increased drastically during 2010 and are colour-coded to show level of impact/ 2011. Valley fever infections have been on the concern for each factor as a function of rise, probably because of warming climates and temperature increase. Recent global mean drought causing dust storms. Dry soil and wind temperatures according to NASA. can carry spores that spread the virus. Hotter VI. Effects on Living Beings: and drier climates are projected to increase the Global warming can severely affect the amount of dusting carrying this disease. health of living beings. Excess heat can cause Researchers have already noticeda rise in stress which may lead to blood pressure and mosquito-borne disease like dengue fever and heart diseases. Crop failures and famines, which malaria due to warmer and longer summers. are a direct consequence of heating up of earth, Perhaps the most prominent mosquito-borne can cause a decline in human body resistance disease, West Nile Virus, has already to viruses and infections. Global warming may experienced a sharp increase in annual cases. also transfer various diseases to other regions According to the U.S. Centres for Disease Control aspeople will shift from regions of higher and Prevention, the summer of 2012 was the temperatures to regions of comparatively lower nastiest West Nile season on record. The likely temperatures. Warmer oceans and other surface reason was that summer’s scorching heat and waters may lead to severe cholera outbreaks drought. Lyme disease is another dangerous [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0111 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 disease which is transmitted mainly through The hazards caused by global warming bites from certain tick speciesdescribes in the aretremendous. Excessive use of fossil fuels form of a block diagram that how alterations in such as coal, natural gas and oil play a part in it global climate can affect human health. The too. The usage of fossil fuels should be bitterest fact is that it can cause various discontinued immediately. Themost significant diseases and deprive human beings of the food. solution to put an end to this disaster is the use Potential impacts of global climate change of alternative energy sources. They include wind, onhuman healthGlobal warming is also affecting solar, bio mass, geothermal and hydro. The most animals. They need to move to cooler places in noteworthy point in using these sources is their order to survive. Thisprocess has been observed clean nature. They do not produce any sort of in various places, for instance, in the Alps, in pollution or toxic gases that can lead to global mountainous Queensland in Australia, and in the warming. They are environmentally friendly and misty forests of Costa Rica. Fish in the North pose no threat to ecological balance. However, Sea have been reported to move northwards their high installation and setup costs may drive too.The impacts on species are becoming energy companies away from them at first but noteworthyto such an extent that their in the long run they are surely beneficial for movements can be used as a sign of a warming everyone. Most importantly, fossil fuels will world. They are the silent witnesses of the swift deplete one day and sooner or later, we have to changes being inflicted on the Earth. Scientists turn to renewable energy sources for energy and researchers predict that global warming is production. Thus, the eventual solution to end gradually damaging the ecosystems of various global warming is to use alternative energy species and is playing a very unconstructive role sources depicts in a pictorial way that earth can in making them extinct. For instance Asia’s only be saved from the hazards of global warming if ape – the orang-utan – is in bottomless trouble. we utilise renewable energy sources.Save earth Its last remaining strongholds in the rainforests from global warming by using renewable energy of Indonesia are being endangered by a range sources to counteract the medical hazards of of pressures, including climate change, putting global warming, it is essential to turn to the animal at the menace of extinction within a renewable energy sources. Public, in general, few decades. With global warming continually should be responsible about their decisions on increasing the duration and frequency of energy conservation methods. This will ensure droughts, bushfires are occurring more often in a healthy atmosphere and stable climate for our these heavily logged forests, further future generations. Governments should devise fragmenting the orang-utan’s living domain. and pass policies which encourage the energy Similarly, in Africa, elephants face a series of companies and people, in general, to use threats including shrinking living space, which renewable energy instead of conventional brings them more regularly into divergence with energy, Nongovernmental organisations(NGOs) people. With this reduced living space, should distribute pamphlets to people elephants will be unable to escape any changes motivating them to use alternative sources of to their natural habitat caused by global energyand discourage them from using fossil warming, including more common and longer dry fuels. They should also explain to them the periods, placing further pressure on their hazards which the usage of fossil fuels will survival. cause. Many developed countries are already VII. Alternative Energy Sources: generating huge amounts of power usingrenewables. These countries should [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0112 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 extend their helping hand to developing degradation and deforestationmust be countries to combat the evil of global warming discouraged at government level. Nuclear power collectively. Using renewable energy isthe most is also a possible solution as this power results effective way to curtain the emission of gases in fewer emissions but this method should be which play a major role in global warming. used with care as it can lead to severe accidents VIII. Other Solutions: therefore, the major hurdle is to overcome the As elaborated earlier, toxic emissions are security, propagation, waste disposal and high a major cause of global warming, A likely costs of nuclear power if this method has to be solution to reduce harmful emissions is to cut made practical. the usage of vehicles which produce them. This IX. Conclusion: has not been met with much success as many The scientific and environmental people refuse to cut down their practice of using community is on the same page regarding the cars. No doubt, some people have started to use bitter reality of global warming and the bicycles and public transport, whereas some involvement of human factor in it. The paper other prefer to walk but these numbers are discussed here has only dented the surface of relatively small. It should be noted that fuel what is a very intricate line of scientific and economy and emission rates are chief factors engineering exploration. Global warming is a big to consider regarding the car choice. Hybrid cars hazard and appropriate measures must be taken have higher efficiency and lower emission rates. to tackle this serious problem.This problem is Keeping the tires inflated will help improve not only causing trouble to the human beings mileage and air filters should be frequently but also to animals and plants. Melting of polar replaced to cut down harmful emissions. People ice caps will lead to floods which can cause should share the ride with friends or co-workers mayhem everywhere. Rise of sea levels will to reduce the total number of vehicles on the devastate agricultural and fishing activities. To road. Print and social media can play an embark upon these problems, some remedial effective role in curbing the problem. It should steps must be timely taken which include but use the philosophy of automobile are not limited to the use of renewable sources advertisements to encourage drivers to of energy and stopping deforestation. Innovative conserve energy and reduce pollution. solutions must be brought forward to end this Awareness campaigns can be started using hazard once and forever. placards, posters and logos. They are a very References useful way to demonstrate that global warming [1] “The big melt-global warming”,http:// is not good for the planet. Recycling is also a www.bigmelt.com/introduction-to- good way to reduce global warming. People global-warming/, Accessed 23 May 2015. should use rechargeable batteries instead of [2] Marc L, “What is the greenhouse effect”, disposable ones. Quality products should be 28 January 2015, http:// bought that have a long life. Shopping should www.livescience.com/37743- be done from local markets which reduce greenhouse-effect.html, Accessed 23 transportation. Even small individual efforts like May 2015. lowering the thermostats in winter and using [3] “Hall universal wide greenhouse”, http:// compact fluorescent lamps instead of www.hallsgreenhouses.co.uk/ incandescent lamps can aid to address the issue halls_universal_12ftx8ft_wide_greenhouse.htm, of global warming. Reforestation schemes must Accessed 23 May 2015. be started to grow a large number of trees. Forest [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0113 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 [4] “Greenhouse effect”, http:// aboutcc/problems/impacts/species/, hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/ Accessed 29 May 2015. thermo/grnhse.html, Accessed 23 May [15] “Renewable energy resources”, https:// 2015. www.pinterest.com/pin/ [5] “Greenhouse gas emissions”,http:// 569494315354256951/, Accessed 29 www.epa.gov/climatechange/ May 2015. ghgemissions/, Accessed 23 May 2015. [16] “Our finite world”, http:// [6] ”Consequences of greenhouse effect ourfiniteworld.com/2013/03/20/ temperaturerises”, http:// renewables-good-for-some-things-not- www.bgs.ac.uk/discoveringGeology/ so-good-for-others/, Accessed 29 May climateChange/CCS/ 2015. consequencesOfTemperatureIncrease.html, [17] “Green energy industry”, http:// Accessed 23 May 2015. jatrogreentech.com/overview-2/, [7] Marc L, “Greenhouse gas emissions: Accessed 29 May 2015. causes and sources”, 10 February 2015, [18] “Global warming is so uncool”, http:// http://www.livescience.com/37821- kristian.bjornard.com/work/print/global- greenhouse-gases.html, Accessed 23 warming-so-uncool.html, Accessed 29 May 2015. May 2015. [8] ”Causesof Global Warming”. http:// [19] “25 superb Posters on Global Warming”, www.wmo.int/pages/themes/climate/ http://www.webgranth.com/25-superb- causesof_global_warming.php, posters-on-global-warming-a-sensitive- Accessed 29 May 2015. issue, Accessed 29 May 2015. [9] “Global Temperatures”, http:// [20] “Global warming awareness posters”, ete.cet.edu/gcc/?/globaltemp_ http://digitalmofo.com/36-global- teacherpage/, Accessed 29 May 2015. warming-awareness-posters-pics/, [10] Hoven R, 3 May 2012, “Global warming Accessed 29 May 2015. melts away”, http://www.american [21] Global warming: Causes, effects and thinker.com/articles/2012/05/global_ solutions by Umair Shahzad. warming_melts_away.html, Accessed 29 May 2015. [11] “Impacts of Global Warming”, http:// www.climatehotmap.org/global- warming-effects/health.html, Accessed 29 May 2015. [12] “Diseases spreading due to climate change”, http://www.weather.com/ health/news/diseases-spreading-due- climate-change-20140714#/1, Accessed 29 May 2015. [13] “Climate change and food safety”, https:/ /epianalysis.wordpress.com/2011/12/01/ climateandfood/, Accessed 29 May 2015. [14] “Species threatened by climate change”, http://wwf.panda.org/about_our_earth/ [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0114 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 of the world. Disasters cause loss of life and 24 property and various organizations at the national and global level are working to reduce The Role of Society in Disaster the disasters. As technology began to evolve, Management as their lifestyles have improved, humans have progressed, man has shrunk the natural system to make progress, thus increasing the interplay Prof. Balasaheb Raghunath Chakor between nature and human society. Asst.Prof. Department Of Geography. II. Disaster means: K.V.N.Naik Arts & Commerce College The original French word Disaster means Dindori. Tal. Dindori. Dist. Nashik. (M.S.) “bad” and aster meaning “star”, meaning the loss of animals, plants and human life due to ======***********======an adverse or unfortunate event in Marathi. A Abstract : - catastrophe is a sudden accident or natural There are three types of disasters, event that causes great loss or loss of natural disasters, manmade disasters and life.Disasters are disasters that cause a great biological disasters. Natural disasters includes deal of economic and social damage to a nation earthquakes, floods, droughts and man-made or society as well as its far-reaching effects on disasters includes accidents, congestion, fires that nation or society. and biological disasters. Disasters can lead to 1. Natural Disasters; - property damage, infrastructure and Nature on Earth is made up of many environmental degradation, and loss of essential organic and inorganic elements. All these services. This catastrophe threatens economic elements change due to different reasons. growth and sustainable development These changes happen very fast and slowly and worldwide.All these catastrophes cause huge many catastrophic events happen on the earth. loss of life and financial loss. Proper All these events are called natural disasters.A management of planning bound measures is natural disaster is a sudden occurrence in essential. Disaster management systems have nature. recently been introduced across the country to 2. Man-made disasters; - reduce or reduce the loss of life and property Man-made disasters are caused by the due to disasters. To avoid the damage caused sudden occurrence of many human economic by a disaster, to anticipate the disaster before processes due to human intervention, resulting it occurs. Disaster prevention measures and in huge loss of life and property. This is called disaster mitigation and taking appropriate man-made disasters.Disasters caused by human precautionary measures during disasters are intervention include man-made disasters important. Disaster management requires 3. Biological disaster; - different measures in the pre-disaster situation, Biological disasters are a part of the at the time of disaster and during times of natural conditions and the catastrophic disaster. conditions caused by micro-organisms such as Key Words: Disaster, calamity, precautions, bacteria and viruses are called biological management etc. disasters. I.INTRODUCTION: III. Research Objectives: Natural, man-made and biological 1. To study natural, biological and man-made disasters occur continuously in different parts disasters. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0115 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 2. To study the role of society in disaster 2. Disaster Stage; - Implementation is management. started as soon as the disaster strikes. It IV. Research study methods; - prioritizes relocating people to safer places. The information required for the Then the security of the property is taken into presented dissertation is compiled from consideration. In this phase of implementation, secondary sources. after trying to avoid loss of life and property, V.The Role of Society in Disaster Management: the disaster victims need to be properly assisted The need for disaster management: by getting proper information about the death Human beings are constantly struggling rate and the number of injured people and the for their development. This ongoing human destruction of the entire property. struggle is entirely in nature, so as human 3. Post-Disaster Stage; - Provides intervention in nature increases day by day, this financial assistance to the disaster victims and increasing interference has to deal with natural in some cases new settlements etc. In short, and man-made and biological disasters, decisions about permanent rehabilitation have including man-made disasters. to be made according to different circumstances. What is disaster management? Types of Disasters The next three types of Disaster management is a measure to disasters balance the environment. Disaster management 1. Natural Disasters — does not mean that it will not cause disasters, 1. Earthquake 2. Flood 3. Drought 4. Fire 5. but disaster management understands what to Tsunami 6.Hurricane7. Heat and cold waves 8. look for. Disaster management can help you Volcano 9. Himlot achieve many things in a planned way, such as 2. Man-made disasters — taking precautions, resisting disasters, rescuing 1. Accidents (road , railway, air , sea accidents), people from disasters, mitigating disasters, and 2. Crowd disaster, 3. Fire disaster, 4. Chemical so on. Disaster mitigation can be done through disaster, 5. Nuclear energy disaster, 6. Industrial the responsibility of the people, social disaster organizations, educational institutions and the 3. Biological Disasters —— government. And it can help the disaster victims 1. Diseases of Companions —— 1. Swine flu as much as possible. (H1N1). 2. Malaria,3. Dengue, 4. Chicken The three phases of disaster management guinea5. Corona (Covid 19)6. Diarrhea .7.T.B. 1. Pre-disaster phase 8. Chicken pox 2. Disaster Stage Natural Disasters – 3. Post Disaster Stage 1. Earthquakes; - An earthquake is a geological 1. Pre-Disaster Stage: - This stage is event that occurs beneath the surface of the called Preparedness. This stage is the most earthEarthquakes are considered to be natural important stage and if proper precautions are disasters and are considered to be catastrophic taken and implemented in this stage, it helps to natural disasters that occur accidentally. reduce the intensity. In the pre-disaster phase, Earthquakes are measured in Richter scale. the first step is to make an accurate estimate of 1. Definition; - how many people will be affected by the disaster 1. An earthquake is a sudden movement of the by making a scientific study. What action is earth’s surface back-and-forth or up-down due necessary to require after disaster and during to the company movement of the earth’s surface. the organization welfare work. 2. The causes of the earthquake are as follows; - [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0116 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 1. Misleading movements 6. The formation of serpentine turns in the river 2. Volcanic eruptions and eruptions path 3. Ground water vapor 4. Excavation What can we do for flood control? 4. Surface imbalance (The Role of Society in Disaster Management) 4. Changes in the structure of underground rocks. 1. Build dams on rivers What can we do about earthquake disaster? 2. Implementing river connection projects (The Role of Society in Disaster Management) 3 Planting and cultivating trees 1. There is a need to create awareness in the 4. Construction of Coast Guard Wall. society about this disaster. 5. Giving advance notice 2. If you are at home or in a room, you should 6. Turn off electricity and gas connections and take shelter of tables, beds,&furniture to protect take care not to leak gas. your head and face. 7. Go to a safe place as high as possible. 3. If you are sleeping on a bed at home, you 8. Stay away from drainage and groups need to use your pillow to protect your head. 9. Stay away from electrical accidents. 4. Earthquakes cause problems such as power 10. The elderly and children in the home need lines and fires. It is important to know exactly special care. what can happen. 11. Drink pure boiled water during this period. 5. Your vehicle should not stop at buildings, 4. Drought; - flyovers, trees, and electric poles as you travel This is a catastrophe that has been by road. recurring since ancient times and naturally 6. Use of modern technology or earthquake changes due to climate change, increase in resistant materials in the construction of temperature and decrease in rainfall, leading houses. to drought conditions. 7. Emergency first aid kits need to be kept with 1. Definition: - you. Drought occurs due to fluctuations in 2. Flood Disaster: - rainfall and lack of water. Irregular rainfall, This disaster has been a natural disaster prolonged dry period and high temperature cause since ancient times and occurs every year in the drought. In short, droughts are caused by food and river basins of the world. The disaster causes water shortages. extensive damage to trees, buildings, crops, roads, What can we do about drought? and bridges each year. The settlements along the (The Role of Society in Disaster Management) river are hit hard and there is a huge loss of life 1. Increasing forest cover on land and property. 2. Grain production on low water 1. Definition;: - 3. Safe storage of rain water 1. Extreme levels of flood danger were 4. Using modern irrigation methods for announced in at least two places. 2. When agriculture more water than usual flows to the rivers at 5. Impoundment of rain water dangerous levels here and there and the water 6. Determining crop composition according to spreads rapidly on both sides outside the river climate bed, it is called flood. 7. Taking mixed cropping methods 2 . The level of river water will increase andIt 8. To create awareness among the people about spreads over the river area and is called flood. drought 2. Causes of floods: 9. To reduce the adverse effects of drought, 1. Soil erosion 2. Burst burst3. the government’s water-rich shivar scheme, Excessive rainfall4. Cloudburst, 5. Melting ice, construction of nala building. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0117 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 10. Insert variables according to the slope 1. Strict adherence to the rules and restrictions 11. Advising farmers to cultivate drought imposed by the government. resistant crops and crops that require less water. 2. It is necessary to create public awareness 5. Fire Disaster: - by giving information about accidents through This is a natural and man-made disaster different media. and in a natural disaster fire causes a great deal 3. To survey and remedy the places where most of damage to the environment. Different accidents occur. species of plants and animals are destroyed. 4. To start medical and administrative service In man-made disasters, large-scale fires cause center in the accident affected area. natural loss of life and financial loss. In many 5. Relief work after an accident. There is a need cases, fires are caused by man-made disasters. to provide timely training to firefighters, NGOs It destroys plants and animals. and administrative staff. What can we do about this disaster? 3.. Biological Disasters; - (The Role of Society in Disaster Management) These disasters are caused by bacteria 1. Prohibit smoking in forest areas, industrial and viruses. Today, a deadly viral disease like areas and public places. corona is spreading all over the world and in 2. Handling for the production of flammable India. These natural biological disasters include and chemical substances should involve skilled various contagious diseases. Outbreaks appear labor. to be exacerbated during this time. E.g. 3. Phone numbers of fire brigade, police, Diseases such as swine flu, dengue, corona, hospitals etc. should be posted in public places. (covid 19) are caused by biological disasters 4. Disaster Prevention System Prevention 1. Diseases caused by mosquitoes; - These system should be equipped. include diseases like malaria, dengue, chicken 5. Keep calm don’t be afraid and don’t run. pox, swine flu, which cause loss of life and 6. Alarm bells ring and alert everyone in your property. yard. What can we do about it? 7. Take a safe exit. Don’t use the elevator. (The Role of Society in Disaster Management) 7. Do not enter a fire affected building under 1. The sun down sleeves down approach is to any circumstances for any reason wear clothes that cover the arms and legs after 8. Take care of everyone. sunset. 6. Accidents : 2. Avoid storing water on the land. Man-made disasters such as road 3. Empty the stored water container once in a accidents, railway accidents, plane crashes, sea week. accidents, etc., accidental calamities are caused 4. Drain the water from the cooler. due to unintentional mistakes made by human 5. Cover the safety tank. 6. Use a mosquito net. beings. It’s a disaster. 7. Use chemicals and medicines to repel 1. Defination: - When there is no fault of one’s mosquitoes. own, an incident which causes loss or injury to 8. Water should not be stored in the pit a person rarely leads to death. Such incidents anywhere are called accidents. 9. Hands should be kept clean. What can we do to reduce the risk of an 2. Corona (covid-19) disaster; - accident? For the last few days we have been facing a terrible biological crisis called Cora. This is the (The Role of Society in Disaster Management) biggest biological crisis in the history of the world. Today, the whole world and countries like India [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0118 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 are stuck in the cycle of Yamaha Mari. Outbreaks believed that very meticulous and localized appear to be exacerbated during this time, with planning or implementation to protect against epidemics of severe infectious viruses such as natural, biological and man-made catastrophic coronavirus causing economic, social, cultural and disasters will definitely help reduce aggression. biological damage. The corona virus is the VII. References; - Brahmastra that escaped mankind. The corona 1. Disaster Management: Pvt. R. Pa. virus is unique to Vishnu and is transmitted to Chaudhary, Prashant Publications Jalgaon humans through respiratory infections. To date, 2017 there is no definitive cure for this disease, so it is 2. Natural Disasters and Management: Dr. R. important to treat the symptoms according to the G. Patil, Om Sai Enterprises 2001 doctor’s advice. A person in critical condition 3. Disaster Management: Prof. Marathe, Prof. should use ventilator facilities VJ Godbole,Diamond Publications Pune What can we do to overcome this disaster? 5. Environmental Education XI Maharashtra (The Role of Society in Disaster Management) State Textbook Production and Curriculum 1. To clean hands, wash hands with soap and Research Board Pune water and use alcohol based sanitary. 6. Coppola Saman Introduction to 2. Cover nose and mouth with a handkerchief International Disaster Management. or tissue paper when coughing or sneezing. Oxfard.2015. 3. Use a certified triple layer surgical mask. 7. http / nirman.gov.in/en # IGNOUNew 4. Get plenty of sleep Manage stress Eat a Delhi nutritious diet. 8. Https; www google. comin. 5. Avoid smoking 6. In case of difficulty in breathing, seek medical advice immediately 7. Social distances should be at least three feet apart 8. Do not come into contact with the group. 9. Boost the immune system. 10. Hygiene etiquette should be followed. 11. Do not hide your illness Consult a doctor. 12. Avoid using air conditioning 13. Sanitizer all foods that come home 14. Stay at home and lose the corona 15. In short, stay home, stay safe and keep social distance. VI . Conclusion; - Taking adequate precautions can help prevent human and animal harms .Using them according to one’s needs will help reduce disasters. Self-reliance techniques for protection, social security and national interest will definitely reduce the severity of disasters to some extent. Therefore, our role should not be forgotten as the role of society can be important in disaster management. It is [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0119 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 resources, progress of development and 25 inevitable repercussion on place, economies, societies and environment. SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT OF Objectives: ECO-TOURISM IN NORTH BIHAR The present research paper aims to identify the environmental impact on the Dr. Mukul Kumar (Gold Medalist) development of sustainable Eco-tourism: M.A, Ph.D, Resource Person, 1. To identity the environmental impact on the Department of Geography distributional pattern of existing tourist L.S College, Muzaffarpur centers in North Bihar B.R.A. Bihar University, Muzaffarpur 2. To find out different types of tourist attractions. 3. To examine the responsible factors for the ======***********======existing low performance and also for their Eco-tourism : An Introduction : proper development in the coming future. Tourism concept without disturbing 4. To observe the environmental factor natural environment and habitats is known as pertaining to it. Eco-tourism. The concept of eco-tourism is a 5. To analyze the nature of occupation, newly emerged concept being started with 1980 food intake and social acceptance. decade and includes a tour that helps in Hypothesis: balancing the ecosystem. Eco-tourism is tourism As the hypothesis is an untested human to exotic or threatened eco-system to observe inference, the investigator may formulate the wild-life or to help in preserving nature. Eco- a few hypothesis regarding potentialities tourism is a travel to fragile, pristine and usually of tourism and sustainable development in protected areas that strives to be low impact. North Bihar. Eco-tourism is a responsible travel to natural · Tourism industry in North Bihar is not areas supporting to flora, fauna and local properly developed partly due to lack of economy. Tourism treated as a profitable industry infra-structural facility. in North Bihar has the immense potentialities to · Tourism industry can economically be much alleviate the extreme pauper economic scenario fruitful to the people of North Bihar. of the region and will provide a suitable path for · Tourism industry can mitigate the pitiable sustainable development. The environment is economic situations and precarious quite fundamental hence plays a vital role in the scenario of the region. development of sustainable tourism in the · Tourism industry can easily be performed different parts of North Bihar. The relationship on beneficial ground if the properly trained between the various forms of tourism and people are facilitated by the government. existing environment is mutually dependence · Tourism industry can provide employment between the two described as symbiotic. Tourism to the people. benefits from being located in a good quality Methodology: environment. Tourism has become one of the The Systematic analytical description of most significant forces for socio-economic the procured data and information has been change in the world today. It is considered as discussed. An objective point of view has been the worlds largest industry that prompts regular followed throughout the work. Statistics mass migration of people, exploitation of concerned has analytically and cartographically [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0120 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 been depicted. In order to boost up the idea of abandoned river courses known as Ox-bow lake sustainable development, a sample survey by (manes) or chours of varying dimensions. the investigator along with a few trained fellows Thousands of ponds and tanks in North Bihar has been conducted on socio economic status were excavated and remained part of the socio- of a few families at randomly selected existing economic and cultural scenario of the region for tourist places and the places having centuries and quite suitable to the view of potentialities for development. developing tourism. The natural vegetation has Geographical Personality of Study area: already been turned into agricultural fields. North Bihar is geographically located Table - 02 within 25015’ N. Lat to 27031’ N. latitude and North Bihar 83045’ E. Longitude to 87021’ E. Longitude. The Developed and to be developed tourist region extending on 55472 sq. km has been the centers playground of several rivers like Gandak, Budhi S. Divisions Places of Interests N. Gandak, Bagmati, Balan, Kamla, Adhwara group 1) Saran Chirand,Amarpur,Bhorey, Jiradei, Dighwara,Ekma, Domaigarh, Don, Siwan, Hathua, Marhowrah, Mirganj, Rfvelganj,Thawe, Tajpur, of rivers, Kosi and Mahananda river etc. Gopalganj.Goriakothi, Lakridargah, Maharajganj, Mairwa. 2) Tirhut Bagaha,Chakia,Bargaun, Kolhua, Bawangarhi, Bediban, Bettiahraj, delimited by Nepal and Shiwalik Himalayan Bhikhnathori,Chainpatia, Katra, Chankigarh,Lauria Nandangarh, foothill region from the north and west to Muzaffarpur, Bela, Sitamarhi, Bairagania, Sonpur,Jaintpur, Hazara Jandaha,Belsund,Charaut, Motipur, Mahnar,Sahebganj,Nanpur, eastward following Ganga river from the south Sheohar,Kanti,Parsauni , Vaishali, Konharaghat, Lalganj, 3) Darbhanga Madhubani, Darbhanga, Samastipur, Begusarai,Basopatti, Asurgarh, .West Bengal and Utter Pradesh states delimit Balrajpur, Bisfi, Hayaghat, Jale, Jainagar, Jhanjharpur, Rusera, Singhia, Vidyapatinagar, the North Bihar region from east and west 4) Kosi Saharsa, Supaul, Madhepura, Khagaria, Amritgarh, Chandika Asthan, direction respectively. The Region consists five Birpur, Singheswar Asthan, Mahisi, nirmali, Panchgachhia, 5) Purnea Purnea, Araria, Kishanganj and Katihar, Banailiraj, Bathnaha, (5) administrative divisions - Forbesganj, Jalalgarh, Jogbani, Kasba, Khagra, Kursela, Lalbalu, Manihari, Biratnagar, Nawabganj, Pirpahar, Palasi, Raja Birat, Sarsi. Table - 01 North Bihar The above mentioned table indicates the Administrative Set - up various centers of tourism which have already S. Divisions Districts been either developed or required for proper N. development in the future. The proper 1) Saran Saran, Siwan, Gopalganj. 2) Tirhut Paschimi Champaran, Purba Champaran, Muzaffarpur, Sitamarhi, development of tourism is primarily based of Sheohar and Vaishali infrastructural development. A few examples of 3) Darbhanga Madhubani, Darbhanga, Samastipur, Begusarai. 4) Kosi Saharsa, Supaul, Madhepura, Khagaria. tourism centers attracting the number of tourists 5) Purnea Purnea, Araria, Kishanganj and Katihar are as follows— Besides twenty one (21) districts, North Table - 3 Bihar has Navgachchiya sub-division of North Bihar Bhagalpur district. The region has 65398660 Tourist Centers and no. of tourists, 2017—18. persons as its total population in 2011 having (Figure in 000’) Centre of Jan. to Apr. to July to Oct to Tourists Total Percent 52928 sq. km. as its total geographical area with tourism Mar June Sept. Dec. 1236 persons per sq. km. as its average Raxaul National 35.30 28.50 30.00 41.00 134.80 5.48 Foreign 0.50 0.20 0.40 0.70 1.80 0.07 arithmetic density. North Bihar, a Vaishali National 18.8 100.7 93.5 20.9 233.90 9.51 geomorphological plain topography with Foreign 0.50 1.60 2.10 4.70 8.90 0.36 Muzaffarpur National 18.10 21.50 18.80 9.90 68.30 2.78 numerous flood plains formed by several rivers Foreign 1.50 1.10 0.90 0.30 3.80 0.15 Sonpur National 0.00 0.00 0.00 2008.30 2008.30 81.62 like Gandak, Burhi Gandak, Lakhandei, Kamla, Foreign 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.70 0.70 0.03 Total 74.70 153.60 145.70 2086.50 2460.50 100.00 Balan Kosi, Mahananda having numerous Percent 3.04 6.24 5.92 84.80 100.00 tributaries with khadar and banger fertile Source- Economic Survey, Govt. of Bihar, 2017- alluvial soils abounds in water bodies like 18, Feb. 2018, P.113 [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0121 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 The above mentioned table · Recognize and value the aesthetic appeal of clearly explains that 84.8% tourists reach during environment. October to December every year while 5% to · Follow ethical principles that respect local 16% during the periods of April to September cultures, livelihoods and customs. and the lowest number of tourists reach during · Involve and consult local people in January to March. Again Sonpur is a seasonal development process. tourist centre where tourists reach during only · Promote equity in the distribution of both the October to December while in other centers economic costs and the benefits of activity tourists reach more or less all the year round. In amongst tourism developers and hosts. these centre national tourists is above 90% while Tourist Attractions:- the percentage of foreign tourists are very less The term “tourist attraction” or below 10%.. Sonpur of Vaishali district, the generally brings to our mind a purpose built animal fair during October to December captures facilities designated to provide a blend. the highest percentage (81.65%) while Vaishali § Attraction - often the stimulus for a visit. captures 9.87%, Raxaul captures 5.55% and § Transportation- both to and within a Muzaffarpur captures only 2.93% of the total destination helps insure accessibility for incoming tourists. Again, the tourist coming from visitors. the country accounts 99.38% while that of abroad § Hospitality- the way in which tourist accounts only 0.62%. services are delivered to visitors. Sustainable Tourism:- § Infrastructure-the Skelton of road, railways, The concept of sustainability has been airways utility services etc around which tourist defined by the world commission on facilities are developed. environment and development as “Development § Accommodation- providing visitors with a that meets the needs of present without place to stay. compromising the ability of future generations § Facilities- extra services for visitors eg to meet their own needs is called sustainable guiding, shopping, information etc. of a fun, development.” entertainment, activity, stimulation, or Sustainable tourism is an industry with education. Attractions that spring to mind easily a high level of dependence upon “environment” include Konhara Ghat on the confluence of river as a basic source of attraction but also one we Ganga and Gandak, industrial center of Barauni, see with a considerable capacity implicitly center of Maithili culture and handicraft, pilgrim recognizes that there are basic human need (e.g. center of Kishanganj, Madhubani painting, litchi food, clothing, shelter) that processes of orchard and Garib Asthan of Muzaffarpur, development must match and that these need Buddhist center of Kesaria and Vaishali, Pilgrim one to be set alongside aspiration (e.g. to high center related to Sita‘s birth place at Sitamarhi living standard, security and access to etc. discretionary elements such as tourism) that it Heritage Attraction: would be desirable to match. Sustainable tourism The word “Heritage “is often used to needs to — describe a particular type of tourist attraction · Ensure that renewable resources are not that aims to depict what life was at a particular consumed at a rate that is faster than rates of point of time in the past. Many villages, towns natural replacement. and cities have attached the word: heritage” to · Maintain biological diversity. their existing museums as a way of promoting [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0122 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 themselves more widely and increasing their tourist bungalows, aerial ropeways chairlift, visitor numbers. accommodation facilities, Cafeteria,, Yatri niwas, Cultural Attractions:- youth hostels to tourists etc. Some destination attracts visitors because Suggestions for improvement: of their cultural diversity or association with music, In order to improve the conditions of Tourism the art of famous people. The birth place of Development in North Bihar following suggestions Ramdhari Singh Dinkar, Madan Mishra, Deshratna are made- Dr. Rajendra Prasad, and Jai Prakash Narayan is a 1. To create and expand the infra-structural magnet for visitors from all over the country and development properly particularly the road abroad. communication and transport, railway transport, Theme Parks:- cafeteria, restaurants, entertainment and shopping A theme park is a visitor attraction offering facility,. permanent entertainment in a themed setting or 2. To develop the operating agencies, tourist range of setting providing something for the whole guides from the pool of well-trained people etc., family. Most theme parks charge one price for 3. A comprehensive survey of such centers having unlimited access to all attractions in a fun tourism potentials. environment. 4. Planning for the development of religious spots Historic monument:- in order to develop as pilgrimage tourism. Monuments have a great appeal to 5. To maintain law and order in the region of visitors. Darbhanga palace, Jaintpur palace, tourism. Bettiah Raj and other such palaces or castles etc. 6. A comprehensive tourism policy for the state. can provide a particular feature of attraction for 7. Tourism should be designated as separate visitors. discipline at graduate and post-graduate level. Entertainment:- 8. Adequate publicity of tourism facility at each Facilities such as nightclub, theatres, and every level. arenas etc all provide entertainment opportunities Conclusion: for visitor to an area. The bigger the venue, the The case study and examples of tourism greater the attractions which will be the attraction centres in North Bihar developed mostly on from wide catchments areas. Smaller towns and traditional pattern indicates to provide the new kasba will also attract day visitors from their own dimensions to the tourism development. Their locality to enjoy. Swimming pool, cycling Centre, distributional pattern along with their performance facilities of hockey, tennis, badminton, football, shows the development in a lethargic manner. cricket, Carom, and other indoor games etc will be Many forms of tourism are dependent upon the the best sport entertainment for local people and environment to provide both a context and a focus visitors. for tourist activity, yet those activities have marked Role of Bihar State Tourism Development capacity to devalue and, occasionally, destroy the Corporation: environmental resources upon which tourism is Bihar State Tourism Development based. Environmental effects of tourism are broadly Corporation (BSTDC) has started functioning since experienced in impacts upon ecosystems, 1981 after its establishment in 1961 of which landscapes and the built environment, although headquarter is located at Tourist Bhawan, Patna. specific impacts vary spatially - reflecting The Corporation has took several works to initiate differences in the nature of the places that tourist for the development of tourism in the state with a visit, the levels and intensity of development, and priority of commercial activities of tourism like the skills and expertise of resource managers. As [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0123 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 the environmental problems associated with tourism have become more apparent, greater 26 attention has been focused upon ways of producing sustainable patterns of development and Environment and Protection alternative forms of tourism that produce fewer detrimental effects upon the tourist environment. of the Environment However, truly sustainable tourism has often proven to be elusive, whilst there are evident risks Prof. Vishnu Jaybhaye that alternative tourism, in time, develops into mass LGM Arts College, Mandangad form of travel, with all the attendant problems that Dist. Ratnagiri-415203. such practices tend to produce. Process of physical economic development is the most visible ways ======***********======in which tourism affects host areas. These vary Youth power in the country is the wealth from place to place depending upon levels of of the nation as the entire vehicle of the nation economic development but it includes a range of is driven by the power of the youth. The role of impacts upon levels balance of accounts, youth in the economic, social and all kinds of economic growth, creation of employment etc. processes is very important in the country. REFERENCES : Courage, preseverance, stubbornness are 1. World Tourism Organization (1994): Aviation and immense in youth are able to fulfill the Tourism Policies, London, Routledge., Pp-25-61. responsibility of environment protection as well i. —(1994) National and Regional Tourism so you are ! Planning, Pp.-12-25. ii. —(1995) Compendium of The Sumerian culture in Mesopotamia Tourist Statistics, 1989-1993, Madrid,WTO.P.9. was the first civilization in the world to be 2. Hunter, C. and Green, H (1995), “ Tourism and destroyed nearly 4,000 years ago for biological the Environment: A sustainable relationship” reasons. This may sound a shock. You might London, Routledge Pp.-36-85. think that a natural disaster destroyed the 3. Inskeep, E. (1991), “Tourism Planning: An Sumerian culture. But the reality is different. It Integrated and Sustainable Development was mostly a man-made disaster. Historical Approach” Newyork,Van Nostrand Reinhold Pp.- evidence shows that these environmental 63-98. factors played an important role is destroying 4. Gratton,C. & Vander S. (1994), “ The many ancient human cultures, such as the Indus, environmental Impact of Tourism in Europe” Greek, Phoenician, Roman and Maine. Today, the London, Velhaven. Pp.-147-161. responsibility of history repeated itself is 5. Williams, Stephen (1998) “Tourism Geography” intimidating to the last one. Considering the 11 New Fetter lane, London Pp.-100-125. issue of environment and sustainable 6. Youell, Ray (1996), “Travel and Tourism” development, we realize that the scale of Longman press, Harlow, Pp.241-274. artificial change in nature by humans is 7. Murphy, P.E. (1994), “Tourism and Sustainable immense and the pace of change is shocking. Development” London, Routledge Pp.-274- Such is the metaphysics of the great 290. philosopher Era. Shumakar was of the opinion :- 8. Lawrence, K. (1994), “Sustainable Tourism You must realize the integrity of your faith Development” London, Routledge Pp.-274- and the interrelationship between all brings 290. on the earth. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0124 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 The time has ware for you to be “vbuntu”, so Save biodiversity from share and tsunami I am need to accept this Philosophy. along the cost. When traveling, where is the last tourist to The speed of nesting today is a thousand remember that there is no liter of garbage ? times higher than that of human existence In other words, why is it that the razor of on the earth. As it did 65 million years ago, polythene or packets of chips does not appear dinosaurs were nested. There fore as human to have been shattered on the side of the colonies grow, diversity, numbers and road ? habitant will suffer. The topic of management has become so In source countries of today’s worlds, 75 serious. The area, which is so essential percent of pests are destroyed. Not only are tourist places, at the same places the healthy pests pollinating, but many are helping to atmosphere doesn’t remain for the tourists. control the waste. Garbage was decomposing Even the environment has become a serious pest. threat. It is no longer necessary for the world to make Plastic is the most polluting and non- progress in the country like Bhutan by setting destructive element on the earlap. the standard of GDEP. Every minute a truck is dumped into the sea. Almost 300 mammals are on their way to nest More than 80 million tones of plastic goes through smuggling and trafficking. E.g. into the sea every year, according to the data chimpanzee, rhinoceros, seaweed etc. are released by the united nations. destroying the habitant of many fish like The definition of biodiversity can be done in dolphins due to pollution in the sea. simple word like. “The natural system which 81 percent of freshwater sources in the world fulfill our breath thirst and hunger by are polluted. So the loss of biodiversity is more providing all the required the biodiversity dangerous than climate change. E.g. If the regarding ourselves. pollution in our rivers, seas and many Now that same biodiversity is at stake seabirds continue to increase, we will have because of us. to suffer the consequence within the next 5- If you want to increase your future, you will 10 years. need to address the crisis. Everyone shelled Due to the increasing industrialization and prove it through action. urbanization, the large amount of pollution The highest biodiversity on the planet is our leaving the contaminated water in the future. 1985, he has been constantly reservoir without any processing to overcome researching and found that biodiversity in the this, 17 would be mandatory to release 100 world is rapidly eroding and on the other hand percent polluted water from the industrial parallel crises are facing us. E.g. climate area. change. The emission of greenhouse Gas has Easily speaking chromosomes, species food increased enormously due to the chains etc. depend on our food and our breath technological and technological development and our biological diversity. adopted by the world over the post two and There is no oxygen without plants. a half years. Fruits and seeds to be not created in spite By 2050, the average world temperature is of the migration of pollen begins done by set to rise 40c. honey-bees. Due to this warming changes is climate and conventional age are beginning to take place. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0125 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 In India, since the beginning of the 21st Sundarbans Babuguna. The masses fasted in century, the extended periods have begun to the Himalayan Nandadevi reservoir to stop experience a great deal. The agricultural the dispute etc. in Kerala. Movements cycle has begun to collapse. important similarly, NGOs are trying to raise Groundwater level have dropped drastically awareness about the environment in India. in the past 25 years. References In the August 2009 issue of the nature 1) Environmental Education _ Dr. K . M. magazine, the US NASA’s space research Bhandarkar Institute conducted a satellite survey in the 2) The world Health Organization ) May 2012 northwest of India. Report. The underground irrigation water in the under 3) Environmental Science - Prof. V. R. Ahirrao. irrigated agricultural fields of Punjab and 4) Environmental Studies - Dr. Suresh Phule. Haryana is in danger of falling into disrepair. 5) Introduction of Environment Science - Dr. The Genetic basin in India is very wide Jaykumar Magar. evaporation due to temperature rise in this 6) Environmental Science - Vitthal Gharpure. valley is also increasing. The valley has a 7) Lokrajya - June 2018. population of 50 million people. Most of them are dependent on agriculture. Due to the seasonal change, glacier have melt in Ganga valley As a result, the water level in the Bay of Bengal is increasing at 3.14 meter per years. His attack seems to be happening in Sundarbans. There are 102 island Sundarbans in this region, and are third of them are in India and the rest in Bangladesh. In the last 10 years, Bedford, sohchar, kabasgadi, subhashbhin the is land sank in the Sundarbans in India is border, leaving 6000 thousand families homeless. Due to the massive exploitation of natures by humans, the forest and its rainfall have been reduced, Nature will never forgive human beings unless ecosystem is made. Therefore in order to understand the social and national work of environmental conservation, the youth should lift the bow of environmental conservation by offering their body, mind and money. Environment awareness in India has had a big boost. It started with the chipko agitation. Started in 1973. The contribution of women in the village of Areni is very important. This movement was inspired by the beautiful [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0126 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Employability is that set of attributes that 27 makes a graduate worth employing. The definition comprises of three elements. The first Need for Employability is knowledge, the teaching of which is higher education’s speciality. The second is social Smt. ASHWINI S capital, which include attributes such as gender, Assistant Professor, Dept of Mathematics class, age, ethnicity, accent and appearance. SSS Government First Grade College, Mudalagi The third element is skills which plays an important role in an individual. ======***********======Focus on employability: Definition: “Our work is the presentation of our Employability refers to a person’s capabilities” –Goethe. capability of gaining initial employment The proposed metric for employability maintaining employment and obtaining new focuses on a scoring mechanism for the diverse employment if required (Hillage and Pollard, skill sets that different courses can develop. 1998).Employability is the ability of the graduate Above all, it is the racing of student’s self- to get a satisfying job (Harvey, 2001). awareness about employability that develops it. Employability is having a set of skills, As it is a form of personal development, helping knowledge, understanding and personal students to understand the various ways that attributes that make a person more likely to have benefited should be a feature of any choose and secure occupations in which they course, whatever the student’s initial reasons can be satisfied and successful (Pool and Sewell, for studying it.In particular, Students should have 2007). Employability is the ability of the clarity about what degree-based courses are graduate to get a satisfying job. (Harvey, 2001) needed to be studied that will lead to particular Introduction: career rather not being enough jobs in the Education is the most important aspect sectors to go around. in an individual’s life. “It is the most powerful Raising awareness helps academics to weapon which you can use to change the world” engage with employability. Having a simple and - Nelson Mandela. The goal of education is not common language to describe employability will to increase the amount of knowledge but to help them better embed the development of create different possibilities for a child to invent relevant skills, attitudes and behaviours into and discover new things. It is the movement their program design without forcing anyone to which paves way from darkness to light. The change their course content. Higher education foundation of every state is the education of its should have a program of embedding youth. employability into the curriculum. By Educating an individual, the values Encouragement of higher education among youth of liberty, justice and equality can be inculcated. is necessary for the success of our collective Higher education plays a pivotal role in future. developing student’s hard (Job-specific) and soft Employability Skills: (transferable) skills. Its aim is to broaden Employability skills are those that apply perspectives.Innovative ideas are needed to be across a variety of jobs and life contexts, encouraged that may give parents better including paid employment and formal alternatives to prepare children for higher education. They are a set of social skills that education and for the jobs of the future. we use to facilitate socially situated activities [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0127 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 such as work, leisure and learning. They are Employers’ overview: acquired and developed throughout an Innumerable studies have evaluated individual’s career and life and differ quite about what exactly employers are looking for in dramatically from technical or the ‘doing’ skills their employees. The assessment of employer both in nature and the way they are developed. satisfaction in employee graduating institute of The concept of employability skills can higher education is very important. It provides sometimes be referred to as basic skills or the evidence of the quality of education that career and employability skills. There are soft students have received and its relevance to the skills that allow you to work well with others, workplace. What different skills are desired by apply knowledge to solve problems and fit into employers? Are these the same skills that are any work environment. They also include the being taught in academic classroom? professional skills that enable you to be Employability skill gaps: successful in the workplace. These are also seen The employability skill gap scarcity has as transferable skills because you can apply its origin in the higher education. One of the them to a job in any industry. biggest reasons is students’ dropout in primary Soft skills are the personal attributes, and secondary level of schooling and deprived personality traits, inherent social cues and admission levels in higher education. Students communication abilities needed for success on especially in rural areas find difficult in pursuing the job. They characterize how a person interacts higher education due to lack of communication in his or her relationships with others. They are skills, poverty and non accessibility of different interpersonal skills whereas hard skills are the courses in their places. More than 50% students skills that one gains through education, training lack in logical and reasoning which hinders them programs, certifications and job training. Hybrid to get placed in reputed places. Students’ desires skills are soft skills that include combination of to work in IT companies, colleges, administrative technical and non-technical skills. offices become a dream. Analytical and problem Basic skills are developed during our solving skills plays a vital role while getting primary education. Higher-order skills (Cognitive selected for a job. Few students fail to qualify skills) are very important in a person’s life that selection rounds due lack of English helps in moulding his or her career in the future. communication. Personal skills play a vital role in the competitive Suggestions on employability skills: world. Employability skills can be trained both in Table 1: List of Employability skills schools and at work place. Faculty Student ratio Basic skills Cognitive skills Personal skills need to be 1:10 to enhance their vocabulary, Reading Reasoning Self control analytical skills. Innovative ideas, programs, Writing Creative Self confidence Maths thinking Honest workshops, field visits can be conducted to ensure Listening Decision Social skills Learning making Responsible students participation in large numbers which will Oral Communication Problem solving Adaptability Perception Have integrity improve their overall personality development. Good work attitude cooperative The primary role of higher education is to Self motivated train students by enhancing their knowledge, skills, Team spirit Punctuality attitudes and abilities and to empower them as Efficiency Negotiability lifelong critical and reflective learners. It is Group discussion essential that any changes to the curriculum are owned by the staff delivering the modules, if they are to be successfully implemented. It is important [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0128 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 to work with the traditions and values of the students become less. institution and of higher education itself. A culture 2. Student’s background- More than 75% students get that strives to improve the learning environment admitted from rural areas. Their communication skills for the benefit of students and staff is essential are poor; they do not qualify in competitive exams. for the successful implementation of change (Atlay, 3. Awareness of campus selection- Most of the 2000 ). Employability is about graduates institutes conduct aptitude test for employment possessing an appropriate level of skills and selection. Student with poor vocabulary and aptitude attributes, and being able to use them to gain and fail to clear the test rounds and do not get placed in remain in appropriate employment. any companies. The different skills required for Conclusion: employability should be well inculcated in students “Ensuring quality education is one of the most during their higher education. Students should be important things we can do for the future”-Ron Lewis. allowed to take initiatives for organising seminars, There are a lot of issues that are acting as group talks which can boost their confidence hindrances to impart employability skills in the youths levels. They should be taught to develop, as discussed in the paper. The nation as a whole has leadership qualities. suffered with the lack of required skills. It is time for There is a huge responsibility that needs to be us to introspect ourselves with regard to the quality ensured that every individual has the opportunity of employability skills. Measures are to be taken to to receive a high-quality education right from pre- provide solutions for the same and impart quality kindergarten to technical and higher education. It which will go in a long way in strengthening the nation should be based on quality not quantity, receive by strengthening the youth with employability skills. merit-based funding, be free of unnecessary References: bureaucracy. 1. Harvey, L. (2001). Defining and measuring Employability opportunities: employability. 97-109. There are lot of job opportunities for 2. Knight, P and Yorke, M (2002, p.16) Skills: students after completion of higher education. Employability through the curriculum (June 2002 Students with good communication skills, problem edition). A paper prepared for Skills Project. solving techniques get placed in I.T companies, 3. Lankard, B. A. (1990). Employability—the fifth banks. Students who clear competitive exams are basic skill. ERIC Digest No. 104. Columbus: the luckiest ones; they become IAS, KAS officers. Center on Education and Training for Self employment also plays a vital role among Employment. The Ohio State University. (ED students. Usually in rural areas, after higher 325659) education graduates implement their knowledge 4. Learning and Skills Council (2003), , LSC (research in starting small factories and develop them by Institute for Fiscal Studies and University of largely. Many are placed in Government sectors Warwick Institute for Employment Research). by their mental ability skills by clearing entrance 5. Aamodt, P. O. and Havnes, A. 2008. ‘Factors exams and cracking interviews. affecting professional job mastery: Quality of Low employability quotient: There are many factors study or work experience?’. Quality in Higher that hinder low employability quotient in India. Few Education, 14(3): 233–248. of them are follows:- 6. Green, F., McIntosh, S. and Vignoles, 1. College admission process- it plays a vital role. Most A. 2002. ‘The utilisation of education & skills: educational institutes have more number of seats Evidence from Britain’. The Manchester School, than the number of interested candidates. Sometimes 70(6): 792–811. fees are paid partially to get admissions. Merit based [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0129 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 know how important the neem is to our life. 28 Neem is a wonder tree for solving global problem ie, natural, ecofriendly, economical and a Azadirachta Indica(Neem)- miracle. A Promising Tree for Neem is tolerant to most soil types including dry, stony, shallow soils, lateritic Pollution Control crusts, highly leached sands and clays. With an extensive and deep root system , the hardy neem Shweta Singh can grow and flourish even in marginal and (Research Scholar, Dept. of Home Science), leached soils. It is one of the very few shade- Jiwaji University Gwalior M. P. giving trees that thrive in the drought prone area. The trees are not at all delicate about the Dr. Sunita Sharma water quality and thrive on the merest trickle of (Professor, Dept. of Home Science) , water. Jiwaji University Gwalior M. P. For the women, neem is the mainstay of herbal beauty tradition. It was also a source of ======***********======medicine to treat more than a 100 health Introduction: problems. Neem is currently one of the world’s Due to various medicinal value in neem most researched tree. Neem or Margosa is a tree, the central government plants to grow more botanical cousin of mahogany. It belongs to the than 20 million neem trees across the country family meliaceace. The Latinized name of especially at the proposed smart cities in day Neem-Azadirachta Indica – is derived from the to come,saidsudershankumar, senior principal Persian. scientist at National Botanical Research Azad= Free Institute, Lucknow. Dirakht=Tree In the proposed smart city concept in i-Hind= of Indian origin 100 cities, neem saplings will be planted on which literally means ‘The free tree of roadsides.UP will have at least a lakh of them, India’. Neem is an attractive broad leaved , followed by Karnataka and tamilnadu. For the evergreen tree which can grow up to 30m tall past 3 year china has been showing greater and 2.5m in girth .It’s trunk usually straight is interest in neemplantation. 30-80 cm in diameter. It’s spreading branches Aims and Objectives- To know the role of neem from a rounded crown of deep- green leaves and tree for pollution control. honey-scented flowers as much as 20m across. Material and methods- The whole study is The neem tree normally starts fruiting based on the literary material collected from after 3-5years. In about 10 year it becomes fully books,magazine and internet sources. productive. It can produce up to 50kg of fruits Neem and Environment-The role of neem tree annually, after attaining tenth years and in controlling water air and land pollution is onwards(Kumar and Gupta,2002) . wonderful. Neem is a natural resource to keep In India, Neem has been a very popular the environment clean and healthy. It exhals out o and keeps the o level in the atmosphere tree for nearly thousands of years. In olden day 2 2 everyone was aware of the usage and utility of balanced. neem in day to day life. It is time that we should Burning neem leaves in the compound prevent insects, mosquitoes,germs etc. this is [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0130 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 the only tree which can be used for resting during night-time as the tree gives out o2 during night 29 –time also. Extract of neem is used along with DDT as it helps to purify the polluted air. STUDY OF MINERALS IN Neem is also useful in case of water SINDHUDURG DISTRICT : pollution.Roots of neem tree go deep inside the GEOGRAPHICAL PERSPECTIVE soil and purify the water sources and if these tress are present along the side of a river, lake Dr. Shivram Thakur, or well, they prevent water pollution. Head Dept. of Geography, Greening India with Neem Programming- S.P.K. College Sawantwadi, In india , greening india with neem is a Dist: Sindhudurg (MS) INDIA long term environmental programme aimed at providing one neem tree for every 10 Indians, Dr. Rajaram Patil, so that Indians can use it freely for health and Head Dept. of Geography, hygiene as well as for organic agriculture and Arts And Commerce College, all others known uses. Phondaghat, Dist :Sindhudurg (MS) Conclusion- The neem tree is the de-facto national tree of India. It is one of the most promising of ======***********======all plants and the fact is that it may eventually Abstract benefit every person on this planet. It is the The land of Culture and Natural beauty. grand old tree of the Indian countryside and can Sihdhudurg is famous for it’s natural beauty like make a cleaner, greener and more fertile India Beache’s, Backwater, Waterfalls and Pilgrimage a reality considering the vertile nature, uses and centers. The major attraction here is the long growing global importance of neem the United and narrow stretch of beaches. Sindhudurg Nations declared it as the “Tree of the twenty District is situated along the west coast and the first centuary.” south part of the Kokan. The Sindhudurg District Bibliography- covers an area about 5207 sq.km. Administrative · Kumar,R.V. and Gupta, V.K. 2002 Thrust on district is sub-divided into eight Talukas. The neem is need of today.In: Employment news district has a coast-line of about 121 km. · Neem: A tree for solving global problem- Physiographical thick area is very rugged and Indian journal of applied research volume:3 complex on. Sindhudurg is one of the important issue:10 oct2013 ISSN-2249-55x maritime districts in Maharashtra.The important · Role of medicinal plant in controlling fishery centers in the district are Vengurla, environment pollution-International Malwan and Devgad. Most of the district area Ayurvedic Medical Journal volume:1 Issue:5 covered by dense rain forest. District area is ISSN-23205091 most suitable habitat for wild animals like · Times of India,7 Jan 2016 · Neem foundation:-http// leopard, wild cats, rabbits, wild hen & sometimes www.neemfoundation.org/. wild buffalo also appears in winter season. All · www.wikipedia.com the districts in Konkan Division, Sindhudurg district seems to be favorably placed with regard to the availability of some of the important minerals. Iron, Magnesium, Silica sand, Silica stone, Granite Laterite & Boxite is found in the [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0131 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 district. Distribution of minerals is uneven in the the annual reports, District census Hand Book district. These minerals are located in the middle Sindhudurg, Socio-Economic Review and District belt of the district. Sawantwadi & Dodamarg Statistical Abstract of Sindhudurg. and other talukas are covering maximum area of minerals. Programme summery etc. For this research Keywords- Resources, Minerals, Biodiversity, collected data has been tabulated & for its environment interpretation various quantitative techniques Introduction - has been used. Data has been shown with the A Natural Resource anything that people help of various cartographic techniques. can use which comes from nature. People do The Study Region- not make natural recourses, but gather them from Sindhudurg District is one of the districts the earth. Natural resources occur naturally of the South Maharashtra situated along the within environments that exist relatively west coast and the part of the Kokan. Sindhudurg undisturbed by humanity, in a natural form. A district was earlier a part of the Ratnagiri natural resource is often characterized by district. For administrative convenience and amounts of biodiversity & geo diversity existent industrial and agricultural development in various ecosystems. Natural resources are Ratnagiri district was divided into Ratnagiri and derived from the environment. Natural Sindhudurg with effect from 1st May,1981.The resources are the gift from the God to us. Sindhudurg District lies between 150 372 North Natural resources are naturally occurrence to 160 40’ North latitude and 730 192 East to 740 substances that are consider valuable in their 132 East longitude covers an.area about 5207 relatively unmodified form. A natural resources sq.km. There are 748 inhabited villages and 8 value rests in the amount of the material towns having Population density 163 persons available & the demand for it. The latter is per sq.km. Administrative district is sub-divided determining by its usefulness to production. A into eight Talukas. The district has a coast-line commodity is generally considering a natural of about 121 km. The stream which Flow from resource when the primary activities associated the Sahyadri towards the sea have formed basins with it are extraction & purification, as opposed at place between the hill ranges and on the to creation. Sindhudurg district is one of the coastal plains. The height of the region is varies district which having many Verities of natural from sea level up to 1300 mt. resources. It is famous for its natural beauty, Discussion and Result- Numerous coasts, waterfalls, backwaters. It is Importance of Resources- very rich for dense forest, fisheries, wild animals In the initial stage of development man & verities of valuable minerals Sindhudurg was dominated by the environment. With the natural resource are part of the large biodiversity development in science and technology man of western Ghat. The area is one of the worlds was able to understand reasoning behind the “Hottest biodiversity hotspots” natural phenomenon in science. Thus he Objectives- formulated laws which govern these - To study the importance of Resources phenomenon. Then man developed technology - To focus on various types of Minerals for using natural forces for his benefit e.g. - To study the Talukawise distribution of Minerals principles of magnetism and electricity are used Data base and Methodology- in the preparation fan. Thus there was The data and information for the proposed emergence of the concept of Natural Resource; study will be collected from various secondary Resource means anything which is useful to sources. Secondary information’s collected from man. If the resource is derived from the nature [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0132 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 it is termed as the Natural Resource. e.g. Soil, found in this district, can be used in the Vegetation, Water, Minerals, Sunshine, light, manufacture of potteries. Other minor minerals temperature etc. Resources which are created found in the district are mica, mineral pigments by man by modifying natural resources are such as clay, asbestos, building, stones, glass termed as Man-made or cultural resources. e.g. sand, copper, salt, limestone etc. Radioactive Buildings, Roads, Factories, Canals etc. Even minerals like Uranium oxide are also found in human qualities are also considered as human some parts of the district. resources. The use of natural resources has Sindhudurg District having 5207 km2 increased tremendously due to increase in (a) area. In this area 13797.07 he. area under the Population (b) development in science and various types of minerals. Iron is found in technology. 9212.41 he. area i.e.66.76%. Remaining 33.24% Minerals- area is under the other minerals. These areas Among all the districts in Bombay as 1418.72 he. area under the Silika sand, division, Sindhudurg district seems to be 1371.16 he. Is Granite mineral. Silika stone favorably placed in regard to the supply of some &magnisse is found under the 857.4 he. & of the important minerals. Magenese ore occurs 638.75 he. Area respectively. Laterite is found almost side with the belts of iron are in this under the 298.99 he. district. The southern part of the coastline, Kudal Talukawise distribution of Mineral area and Kankavli tahsils have important deposits of in Sindhudurg District in Hectore minerals. Iron ores found at Vengurla, Dodamarg Minerals Sawantwadi Vengurla Dodamarg Kudal Kankavali Malvan Vaibhavwadi Devgad & Sawantwadi tahsil. The proportion of ore Iron 4363.5 115.9 4733.01 Iron & carrying between 58-60 percent of iron is found Mg 377.66 261.09 Silica particularly in the district. Bauxite and limenite sand 497.74 102.18 355.37 141.87 273.95 47.61 Silica stone 783.29 73.75 are found at a few places along the coast near Granite 25.68 1295.1 50.38 Vijaydurg, Devgad and at Amboli of Sawantwadi tahsil. The reserves of lavish chromite are found Laterite 92 12.25 17.74 80 15 82 Total 4858.84 1658.02 6028.11 164.81 446.86 221.87 288.95 129.61 in Kankavli tahsil. Kankavli tahsil is also blessed with deposits of silica sand and annually (Fig No 2) thousands of tons of silica sand is being dispatched to places like Mumbai, Pune, Kolhapur, Belgaum, Ichalkaranji etc. Manganese is found in the district at Phondye, Sasoli, Netarde and Dingne. Feldspar, a minor mineral Figure No. 01 & 02 shows that In the Sawantwadi taluka 4 types of minerals are found i.e. Iron, Iron & manganese, Granite & Laterite stone. It is the second one largest area of Sindhudurg district under the minerals. Maximum 4363.50.50 he. Area i.e. 89.81% area Iron is found in this taluka. This area is located at the east & [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0133 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 south east part of the taluka which is under the Sahyadri hills. Iron& Mg area is 377.66.00 he, 30 Granite found in 25.68.09 he. Area& Laterite is found in nearby 92 he.In the taluka Vengurla also Panchaganga River Pollution: found 4 types of minerals. Iron & Manganese is found at the south part of Vengurla which is near A Geographical Study the costal line. Large amount of Silika & silica stone is found in middle of the Vengurla. Total Prof. Sanjaykumar A. Menashi area under the minerals nearly 76% area is under Head Department of Geography the silica sand & silica stone. Dodamarg is the highest area under the minerals in District Gopal Krishna Gokhale Collage, Kolhapur Sindhudurg. Large quantity of Iron is found in Dodamarg taluka i.e.4733.01.43 he. Area (78%), ======***********======which is located at the eastern belt of Dodamarg. Introduction In the 1295.10.50 he.Area Granite stone is found Kolhapur city is known as Karveer Nagari. in this taluka. In Kudal taluka silica sand is found Kolhapur is located on the Sahayadri mountain in 102.18.76 he. Area. Very few quantities of Granite & Laterite are also found in this area, which range and south western part of the Maharashtra is 15.38 & 12.25 he. Respectively. In Kankavali state. Kolhapur city is situated on the bank of taluka 355.37.39 he.area is under the Silica sand. Perennial river Panchaganga on the adjoining Conclusion- hill named as Bramhapuri. During the historic 1. Sindhudurg district is rich for natural resources. period from first century B.C to ninth century The area is one of the worlds “Hottest AD, Kolhapur was situated on the Brahmpuri biodiversity hotspots” hills. Adjacent to this high hill the settlements 2. Distribution of natural resources is uneven in like Kesapur, Kholkhandoba, Rankala, and Sindhudurg district. Padmala which are as old as Bramhapuri were 3. In Sindhudurg district verity of minerals are found in 13797.07 hector area. located. Kolhapur city is established on the bank 4. Maximum area under the minerals is found in of perennial river Panchaganga. The river is Dodamarg taluka & minimum area is in the getting polluted due to discharge of large Devgad taluka. amount of sewage carried out by four major 5. In all the minerals Iron ore is found in maximum sewers in the city such as Jayanti nullah, Dudhali area i.e. 9212.41 hector. nullah, Line Bazaar nullah and Bapat Camp 6. Minerals are located in middle belt of the nullah. Since most of the sewage is untreated, district, means it is not found in ‘Khalati & it increases the organic load of the river water. Walati’ area. Kolhapur is blessed with the presence of Reference Panchaganga river travelling along the city. 1) District Census Hand Book Sindhudurg. 2) Socio-Economic review and district statistical However, water quality and quantity in the river abstract of Sindhudurg. is more cause of concern than pride. The river 3) Gazetteer of the Bombay Presidency. Volume is getting polluted due to Mixing of untreated X Ratnagiri & Sawantwadi domestic sewage, Disposal of industrial effluent, 4) Ziaur RA, Rao LAK, Sameer S. Effect of Geology Biomedical Sewage, Agrochemicals used in the and Geomorphology on Land use/Land cover field, Mixing of Crematorium ash, Religious in Himalayan foothills, Deharadun, Journal of activities, Other sources like Hotels, Geological Society of India 2013; 81:827-834. Restaurants, etc. 5) The Konkan Geographer Journal Volume The present study deals with no.14,15. Panchganga river water quality due to growing [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0134 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 incidence of domestic, agricultural and Bapat Camp nullah. Since most of the sewage Industrial pollution which is causing is untreated, it increases the organic load of the environmental degradation in the river basin. river water. The river water becomes highly Waterborne diseases, and associated health polluted due to toxicants, bacterial hazards among the population in Panchganga contamination, plastic litters, solid waste, etc. Total population of Waste water without Basin have been reported for some time. Kolhapur City (2011 W ater Use (per d ay) Panchaganga River treatment (per day) cen sus) Therefore by using Water Quality Index (WQI) 5.4 9 lakhs 120 M illion Litres 100 Million Litres that relates the health survey of the people in the study area along the banks of river Disposal of industrial effluent Panchganga. This paper presents water quality The industrial effluent coming from data of river Panchganga during the period 2010 different small industrial units, foundries spray to 2012 and a health survey conducted in the painting units in Udyamnagar and Tanneries study area to understand relationship between from Jawahar Nagar alters the quality of river river water quality and water borne diseases in water. The ground water quality also changes the study area. due to the industrial effluent. Total waste water without Objectives Total No of Industries Panchaganga River Basin treatment 1. To identified causes of Panchanganga River 2953 1859302 million litre per day Pollution. Source: Panchganga Basin Pollution study 2. To suggest recommendations for minimize of report, 2009 Panchanganga River Pollution. Sewage from different hospitals, pathological Study Area laboratories: The study area is in the northern part of There are total 498 hospitals and Kolhapur district, located at 15043’ and 170 17’ dispensaries (governmental, semi North latitude and 73040’ and 74042’ East governmental and private) and 31 pathological longitude. The western part i.e. 2/3 of the district laboratories in Kolhapur city. Only one hospital is located in the Western Ghats and all the five i.e. Chhtrapati. Pramilaraje Hospital is planning major tributaries of river Panchganga originate for STP whereas none of the hospitals in in the Sahyadri mountain range to the west, the Kolhapur city treat its waste water. The untreated area of the district is 7746 sq. km. and catchment sewage about 1,00,000 litres per day mixes in of Panchganga river is 2099.63 sq. km. length to the river through nullahs which is highly of Panchganga river is 81 Km including the dangerous to the riverine ecosystem. tributaries the Panchganga river is 338 km. As Effluent from other sources: per 2011 census Kolhapur had a population of There are about 49 servicing stations in 38, 74,015 (Kolhapur District Tourism Plan, the city which generates 49,000 litres of waste 2012). There are 9 K.T. weirs, across the river water. The quality of water alters due to oil and Radhanagari major and some medium and minor grease content, various petrochemicals colours, dams make it a perennial river. etc. The waste water coming from slaughter Result and Discussion houses and fish markets are having high organic Discharge of large amount of untreated load which is directly discharged into the nearby domestic sewage from the city: sewer which finally ends into the river through The river is getting polluted due to nullahs. The sources like hotels, restaurants, discharge of large amount of sewage carried out hawkers, etc. also contribute for water pollution. by four major sewers in the city such as Jayanti nullah, Dudhali nullah, Line Bazaar nullah and [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0135 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Total amount of waste river also get affected as well as the aesthetic Sources Total No generated beauty of the site decreases. Servicing Stations 41 200000 litres Hotels, restaurants and hawkers 1044 149400 litres / day Religious activities: Slaughter houses waste 02 800 Kg / day Various religious activities during Meat shops and fish markets waste 76 1000 Kg / day festivals produce solid waste in the form of Agrochemicals used in the field: nirmalya and idols. The idols made up of Plaster Large quantities of agrochemicals are of Paris changes the physicochemical used in the agricultural sector in the upstream composition of water body. There are 12 sites as well as in surrounding areas of the river. The in the city where the Nirmanlya and idols are residues of these chemicals mix in to the river disposed. The idols are made up of Plaster of due to excess use, flooding, heavy rainfall, Paris or Shadoo and coloured with chemicals. excess irrigation, etc. Many pesticides and When these idols immersed in water the chemicals when dissolved in the river water chemicals dissolve in water body altering water enter in the food chain. Studies have shown that quality. The paints are having heavy metals such many vegetables and fruits contain harmful as copper, zinc, lead, chromium and iron. The residue of agrochemicals. other constituents of the idol like bamboo, Sr.No Type of agrochemical Solid state (per year) Liquid State (per year) flowers, cotton, clothes and other pollutants 1 Chemical fertilisers 78244 Tonnes - 2 Pesticides 141764 Tonnes 22068 litres such as eatables like prasad, coir, plastic, etc 3 Weedicides 34995 Tonnes 21664 litres increase the nutrients in the lake and lead to 4 Fungicides 6771 Tonnes 1828 litres eutrophication. The water column is disturbed Source: Panchganga Basin Pollution Study MPCB completely during idol immersion. report, 2009 Discharge of nullahs in the river basin: Crematorium ash: There are four nullahs in the city viz. Crematorium ash is becoming one of the Jayanti Nullah, Dudhali Nullah, Line Bazaar reasons of water pollution. There are about four nullah and Bapat Camp Nullah. Jayanti nullah crematorium sites present in the city. Each year starts flowing from eastern part of the city. approximately 130 tonnes of crematorium ash During its course through the heart of the city, pollutes the river water. The crematorium which it receives waste water from tanneries from is most affecting the quality of river water is Jawahar Nagar, domestic waste from the city, Vaishvadham Crematorium located near Prince effluent from fabrication units, spray painting Shivaji Bridge and Bapat Camp crematorium. units and foundries from Udyamnagar. Jayanti After burning of the dead bodies, as a ritual, nullah basin covers 2357 ha of the city. The pH the ash is disposed in the river water, which of all the nullahs shows slightly acidic trend. forms a layer on water surface. It traps the The nullahs carry sewage with high organic load, sunlight and prevents mixing of oxygen into the generated during domestic as well as industrial water. There is change in the physicochemical activities in the city. As the temperature parameters of the water body. The amount of increases due to seasonal changes, the oxygen total solids, total dissolved solids, toxic heavy dissolved in water decreases. At the same time, metals, phosphate and nitrate level increases. the Biochemical Oxygen Demand increases. The At the same time, amount of dissolved oxygen BOD is the amount of oxygen required to oxidise decreases. The aquatic ecosystem gets harmed the organic load by the micro organisms in any as well as water becomes unsuitable for aquatic body. The increased level of BOD is an drinking purpose. The downstream areas of the indicator of organic pollution. The Chemical Oxygen Demand also measures the organic [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0136 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 matter with chemical oxidation. In the rainy 3. Garg, M. (2012). Water pollution in India: season, all the values except the solids shows causes and remedies. International decreasing trend due to dilution. The total solids, Journal of Physical and Social Sciences, dissolved and suspended solids shows increased 2 (6), 556. values due to mixing of mud. In comparison with 4. Health Department, Ichalkarnji Municipal Line bazaar and Bapat camp nullahs, Jayanti Corporation. (2012). Epidemics in nullah and Dudhali nullahs are the highly Ichalkarnji city. • Health department, polluted. Kolhapur Municipal Corporation. (2012). Conclusion Epidemics in Kolhapur city. Ø Wastewater and sewage line should be 5. Health Department, Zilha Parishad, underground in all area. Sewage Kolhapur. (2013). Epidemics in Kolhapur treatment plant should be provided for District during years October 2008 to treatment of domestic wastewater. April 2013. Ø Industries causing water pollution 6. Keith Alcocks Javascript Webmaster. should consist of effluent treatment webmaster@ alcock.vip. best.com. plant or common effluent treatment (2008). accessed from http://www.water- plant. research.net/watrqualindex/water Ø Hospitals should consist of effluent quality index.htm 09/03/2013. treatment plant in their premises. 7. Kolhapur District Tourism Plan, (2012), Ø Wastewater should be treated separately Collector, Kolhapur District. (DEWATS) that is wastewater in Kolhapur city should be treated at different location. Ø There should be ban on washing clothes, vehicles, animals and disposal of crematorium ash in river water. Ø Improve public participation for avoid pollution from ganapati visarjan in Panchaganga river. Ø Continuous flow is required to reduce pollution level in Panchaganga River to some extent. References 1. American Public Health Association (APHA). (1998). Standard Methods for the Examination of Water & Waste water, 20th edition, Port city press, Baltimore, Maryland, USA. 2. Barik, B. C. (2000). Resource Management and Contours of Development Reflections through Macro- Micro Narratives, Rawat Publication, Jaipur and New Delhi. 123-124. Census (2011). Kolhapur District. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0137 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 cheaper recycled products. Paper and plastic 31 recycling have been especially growing due to continuously increasing consumption levels of Garbage Disposal in Dharwad both the commodities. City: An Environmental Issue Composting-aerobic and anaerobic, both the options are available to the country for scientific disposal of waste in future. However, country Dr. I. A. Mulla also needs something in terms of policy and Associate Professor guidelines to enable the municipal corporations HOD Dept. of Geography to run the waste services efficiently. Anjuman Arts, Science, Commerce college Keywords: Municipal solid waste; Disposal; and PG Centre Dharwad Recycling; Plastic; India Introduction ======***********======Solid waste management issue is the Abstract biggest challenge to the authorities of both Disposal of solid wastes is a stinging and small and large cities’ in developing countries. widespread problem in both urban and rural This is mainly due to the increasing generation areas in many developed and developing of such solid waste and the burden posed on countries. Municipal solid waste (MSW) the municipal budget. Everyday each person collection and disposal is one of the major produces at least 500 gms f waste. In problems of urban environment in most industrialized countries, the average output can countries worldwide today. MSW management be as high as four kilograms per person. This is solutions must be financially sustainable, a throwaway society. Every year nearly 400 technically feasible, socially, legally acceptable million tonnes of garbage is thrown away all and environmentally friendly. Solid waste over the world. It consists of different types of management issue is the biggest challenge to materials, like mounds of food, scrap, the authorities of both small and large cities. commercial junks, plastic bottles and bags, old In India, the collection, transportation tyres and household trash. We cannot feel CFC and disposal ofMunicipal solid waste are and acid rain but can touch, see and smell unscientific and chaotic. Uncontrolled dumping garbage. Garbage is threatening human health of wastes on outskirts of towns and cities has worldwide. Garbage can be categorized into four created overflowing landfills, which are not only types, namely, combustibles, non-combustibles, impossible to reclaim because of the haphazard recyclables and hazardous waste. One method manner of dumping, but also have serious of disposing f garbage is by dumping it in low- environmental implications in terms of ground lying areas. Ideally, the rubbish is spread in water pollution and contribution to global layers of about two meters thick and is often warming. Burning of waste leads to air pollution covered with about 30 cms of soil. When carried in terms of increasedemissions, which is out properly this technique can result in the equivalent to vehicular emissions at times. reclaiming of useful land. But the dumping place In the absence of waste segregation may attract flies and rats and pollute the water practices, recycling has remained to be an and the surroundings. Plastic materials are not informal sector working on outdated technology, easily decomposed. Fifty different types of but nevertheless thriving owing to waste plastics are in use today. Many of them are made material availability and market demand of with a variety of toxic dyes and chemicals. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0138 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Solid wastes arise generally from the The secondary data, and information was domestic functions which create garbage, from collected from the Government offices such as agricultural activities residues, pesticides and Statistical Office Dharwad, District Industrial fertilizers, from construction sites debris ad Center, Dharwad. P.W.D. Office, Dharwad, and unused material, from power stations fly ash, Municipal Corporation Dharwad. from industry-toxic wastes such as pesticides, Thus, the primary information and data asbestos, polish, paints, fluorescent lights, oils is being supplemented with the secondary data. and solvents etc, radioactive wastes from The data has been analyzed with the help of nuclear installations, mining and quarrying maps, charts diagrams, and simple statistical wastes, sewage sludge and bio-medical wastes methods along with computer applications. etc. which have polluted air, water and land. The Location and Area of Study hazardous wastes are toxic to plant and animals, Dharwad city, the head quarter of the inflammable, explosive and corrosive or highly district located in Belgaum division. The city has reactive chemically. The ecological effects of also been widened in area with inclusion of new these solids waste on human life and other areas into corporation limits. The city has a total organisms has been felt in many ways area of 49.60 sq.km. Hence the Dharwad city particularly in urban centres. The disposal, has been selected as study region. treatment and proper management these Results and Discussion wastes have become a greatest task for any Many scholars and experts on solid government and other agencies. waste management have suggested a large Objectives number of methods to overcome or minimize the The present study covers the following problems of waste management. The objectives; researcher would like to suggest the following · To know the quantity waste generation consolidated methods which help in treatment in Dharwad city. of waste and its management. · To Analyze the types of waste generation 1. Minimum production of wastes: in Dharwad city. § Consumption patterns and waste production · To Analyze the source of waste are linked as also the life style. If consumption generation in Dharwad city. is more (and unsustainable) production will · To Assess the waste disposal methods. increase resulting in increased waste · To suggest some effective measures to production. manage the waste disposal. § Besides consumption patterns, the waste · To suggest remedial measures. production can be minimized by adopting Methodology suitable technology in production process. The present work is carried out largely § A waste minimization policy should be on the basis of collection of primary information formulated which is possible if there is in the field work as per the questionnaire mechanism to quantify the waste production. prepared in this connection.The researcher had 2. Maximizing waste reuse and recycling: undertaken the survey/field work during March- Reuse of wastes has become very May 2007. Interview with the concerned officials important not only in view of the fact that wastes of the agro-based industries and the farmers, pose a threat to environment but also due to shop owners was conducted, and the required the fact that waste disposal has become very information was collected. expansive. Time now has come to formulate a [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0139 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 national programme for waste reuse and The sanitary landfills scientifically serve as recycling. large sites for decomposing biodegradable materials. 3. Reusing: They are managed in such a way that garbage and The reuse of product means using same other wastes should be spread out evenly and product over and in its original form. Glass bottles covered with soil on daily basis. Ideally landfills or Cola bottles instead of cans are used again and should be constructed in such a way that they are covered with plastic sheets all around or again. Why not use glass material for beverages semipermeable soil/clay/sand/gravel to prevent instead of containers of plastic material for ground water pollution from leaching. beverages instead of cans or cardboard cartons. 6. Composting: Similarly, it is good practice to carry lunch in steel Municipal solid wastes, garbage from boxes instead of containers of plastic material kitchens, food processing industry and degradable which is not biodegradable and reusable. wastes from slaughterhouse can be composted To encourage the use of recyclables, a composing plants and sold as fertilizer. Household system of refund/deposit be introduced. Human garbage can be composted at backyard to serve as Resource Development efforts should be useful nutrient material of vegetation. intensified to train the people in various 7. Incineration: organizations to reorient current waste Incineration is another method of disposal especially of garbage. It is disposal of waste through management practices to include waste reuse and burning. It can reduce both the volume and the recycling. weight of the wastes. It can render toxic wastes into 4. Promoting environmentally sound waste disposal: less toxic substances. The case of Japan using Despite the fact that waste production is incinerators is mentioned above Impacts of minimized and wastes are reused and recycled, some incineration include release of fumes and harmful wastes still remain. Even after treatment, wastes substances unless it is carried out at very high still remain and have impact on environment. temperatures and equipped with pollution control Treatment of municipal wastes like garbage and fecal devices. People usually don’t like incinerators near material should be given priority their homes unless they meet high standards of Various options for waste disposal are: performance and maintenance. i) Recyclying and reuse ii) Landfills. As a result of incineration about 25% of waste residue iii) Composting. iv) Incineration. is left as an ash and it is usually disposed off by 5. Landfills: depositing it in landfills. If the landfills are not Earlier almost all the wastes were dumped sanitary landfills made in accordance with standard at so called landfills and burnt releasing smoke and procedures, the residues of incinerators would cause foul smell. These landfills are source of soil and water soil and water pollution. pollution. This dumping of waste in this way is not 8. Extending wastes services environment friendly. 9. Municipal solid wastes (management and Like other issues of environmental concerns, handling) rules should be followed adverse effects of landfills on environment are the 10. Management of biomedical wastes externalities that do not figure in our practice of Conclusion costing. No monetary value is placed on these Disposal of waste and its management is external costs. Market mechanism would therefore, will favor landfill use. To correct this market failure, a major task of governments and their agencies economics favor the use of taxes on polluting or organizations. The waste particularly in urban activities of landfills as a means of ensuring that the centers generates from a large number of sources polluter takes account of the external effects of their such as domestic, agricultural construction sites, operations. power stations, industries, nuclear installations, mining/quarrying, sewage sludge and biomedical [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0140 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 wastes. In Dharwad City 91 tons of waste generates everyday excluding the waste 32 generating from industries and construction sites. With increase in population and urbanization on URBAN GROWTH: ISSUES AND rise, the waste generation in Dharwad city has CHALLENGES IN MARGAO TOWN been increasing. The major contributor of waste OF GOA; PEOPLES PERSPECTIVE in Dharwad city is that of the domestic source or households. Adrian Ferro Reference Assistant Professor, Department of Geography 1. Environmental Studies: 172-176. L.N. Agarwal Publ. Agra , Awasthi, N.M. and Pande, P.R. (2007) & Research Center, Parvatibai Chowgule 2. Hazardous Biomedical Waste in Hubli-Dharwad College, Twin Cities. Serial Pbul. New Delhi by Biradar. S.I. Margao-Goa and Kotyal, M.N. (2006) 3. Environmental Geography: Hazardous Waste Dr. Nandkumar Sawant Production and Disposal. 161-170. GNOSIS Publ. Principal & Associate Professor, Delhi by Biswas, B.C. (2006) Department of Geography & Research Center, 4. Geotechnical Practice for waste Disposal. London by Daniel David E. (1993) Parvatibai Chowgule College, Margao-Goa 5. Recycling and Incineration, Environmental Defense Fund. Island Press, Washington, DC by ======***********======Denison, R.A. and Ruston (eds) (1990) Abstract 6. Biological Waste Treatment. Pergaman Press. Today, along with globalisation, Oxford by Eckenfelder, W.W. and Conner, DJO (1961) industrialisation and modernisation another 7. Municipal and Rural Surface. McGraw Hill Publ. change that is largely occurring is urbanization. New York. P.111-112, 131-132 by Ehlers and Steel Urban areas are growing at a fast pace due to (1955) multiple facilities and amenities they offer. 8. Municipal and Waste Sanitation: McGraw Hill Book According to the 2011 Census, presently, 62.17 Company. New York. P. 103 by Ehlers and Steel percent of Goa’s population is residing in urban (1955) areas and this number will further see a 9. Solid waste Pollution and Its Management. Sarup and sons Publ. by Gagur, G. (1997). phenomenal growth. Urban growth though seen 10. Solid Waste Management in India. 20th WEDC. as a determinant of development comes with Conf. Columbo. Sri Lanka by Jain, A.P. (1994) its own set of issues and challenges like traffic 11. Urban Solid Waste Management. Assoc. Publ. by congestion, garbage disposal, pressure on land Jaysheela and Soukat Ali, M. (2006) and resources. Hence, this research is directed 12. Environmental Pollution: Solid Waste Pollution, towards understanding the traffic and garbage Anmol Publ. New Delhi. Pp. 122-159 by Katyal T management issues and challenges in Comba and Satke M. (1998) 13. Environmental Issues of Development: Solid Waste and Fatorda (both suburbs of Margao town of Management (ed.) Urbanization and Solid Waste Goa). The methodology comprises of both Management in Bangalore. The Associated Publ. primary as well as secondary data. A survey was pp. 225-315 by Kawadia G. Keshava, S.R. and conducted of 276 respondents. Descriptive and Ahuja, K. (2006) analytical data has been interpreted to attain 14. Hospital Solid Waste Management in Indore City. the findings. Ranking method has been used to The Assoc. Publ. by Kawadia Ganesh and othes reveal the variance in opinion of the (2006) respondents. As per the findings, garbage [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0141 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 management and traffic congestion is a ground and analytical data has been interpreted to attain reality that has to be paid heed to rapidly. the findings and determine the perception on Key words: Urban area, urban growth, traffic and the issues and challenges faced. garbage management. Study area: Goa, Margao, Comba and Fatorda Introduction: Goa nestled in the Sayadhris on the Urban growth can refer to any type of Western Coast of India covers an area of 3,702 growth of the urban environment. For example: sq. kms. Administratively, the state is divided Population, land area and intensive land use into two districts i.e. North Goa District and South (Burdett, 2018). Today, 55 per cent of the world’s Goa District comprising of 12 talukas with 443 population lives in urban areas, a proportion that villages and 70 towns (Census of Goa, 2011). is expected to increase to 68 per cent by 2050 In South Goa, the two most urbanized talukas (United Nations, 2018). As population increases, are Mormugao (85.6 percent) and Salcete (72.2 pressure on the available resources also percent). Among the towns of Salcete taluka, increases paving way for a load of problems like Margao town is the largest urban settlement. garbage disposal, traffic congestion, crime and According to the 2011 Census, Margao is an scarcity of resources. Therefore, in the said Urban Agglomeration with the total population research paper effort has been made to identify of 87,650. Comba and Fatorda have rich cultural the local issues pertaining to urbanization in and architectural heritage. Comba is located in Margao and suggestions have been offered. the core of the town and is a home to 2002 Objective: people while Fatorda is located in the suburbs. The objective of the research is to As per the voter list of 2017, there are 28985 understand the traffic and garbage management electorates in this suburb. issues and challenges in Comba and Fatorda Discussion: according to people’s perspective. The following discussion is divided into Database and Methodology: three sections. The first section focuses on the The following research is a product of both major problems faced. The second section primary as well as secondary data. Primary data comprises of traffic management issues and in focused on field based study, using survey the third section, garbage management issues method where, 276 respondents were surveyed are discussed. from two different wards of Margao. The sample Margao is a commercial center and has size of the study area are; Comba (111) and good connectivity, which has resulted in large Fatorda (165). A questionnaire was prepared to scale in-migration from all over India. According study and understand the perception of the to the Census, in the year 2001 the population population based on traffic and garbage was 78,382 whereas there is a sudden increase management issues and challenges faced. The of population in 2011 by 87,650, this may be questionnaire focused on ranking method in due to the growing job opportunities which not order to gauge the variance and perceptions of only provided opportunities for Goans but also the population. attracted migrants from other States like Secondary data sources consisted of Karnataka, Bihar, Uttar Pradesh etc. published newspaper articles, Government I. Major problems faced in Comba and Fatorda: reports, Official Gazetteer, Electoral roll of 2012 Suburban regions are expanding in terms published by the Election Commission of Goa of settlement and population. The accelerated Government, Census of Goa 2011, published rate of increasing population needs to be books, projects, articles, journals. Descriptive [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0142 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 controlled to improve the standard of living and Traffic management issues in the protect the habitat. suburbs are caused due to increase in Table no. 1: Major problems faced in Comba population and vehicles leading to traffic and Fatorda congestion on a regular basis. a. Causes of traffic congestion in Comba and Major problems faced in Ranks Major problems faced in Ranks Comba Fatorda Fatorda: Crime 1 Garbage 1 Garbage 2 Lack of employment 2 Lack of employment 3 Crime 3 Poor access to health 4 Poor access to health 4 Source: Primary Survey, 2018-19 With the commencement of door to door collection of domestic waste by the municipality, the problem of garbage is ranked second in Fig. 1: Causes of traffics congestion in Comba and first in Fatorda. Even after the Comba and Fatorda collection of domestic waste, garbage is seen Source: Primary Survey, 2018-19 dumped along the road side, into drains and The traffic congestion in Comba mostly occurs open spaces. A major fire broke out at the due to the road routes, as they are narrow and garbage dump near the Solid Waste the parking of vehicles (53 per cent) besides the Management plant at Sonsodo on 27th May, roads leading to traffic congestion, followed by 2019. The garbage from Margao town is too many vehicles (45 per cent). This is mainly dumped at this plant. Due to the fire incident, because Comba is located at the core of Margao garbage was not collected from residences which is the only route connecting to the offices, leading, stench overflowing from garbage bins schools and colleges. Parking of vehicles is a and trash being piled up. Unemployment among major concern as parking slots are made the locals is ranked third in Comba and second available besides roads leading to decrease in in Fatorda mainly because of the influx of inter the space for vehicular movement. and intra state migrants. The purpose of these With respect to Fatorda, 55 per cent of migrants is to avail good source of income and the respondents feel that the usage of too many possess facilities which are not available to vehicles is a major problem of traffic congestion. them at their original place of stay. During peak hours, the traffic is too dense such Despite having police stations in these that it delays the flow of network of the users. areas, crime is another problem faced by the The main Margao bus stand, fish market, people and this is mainly because of robberies commercial offices, stadium, theatre, shopping which includes burglary of residences, shops, centers are all located at Fatorda which is the motor vehicles mainly bikes, assaulting and major reason for the increase in flow of traffic. attempt to murder and desecrating crosses. People from other villages too come to this place Increase in rate of unemployment, idleness and to purchase daily essentials. People from joblessness lead to increasing problem of crime. Margao who work at Panjim have to commute With regards to access to health, Comba has everyday on National Highway number 66, and relatively more number of health facilities than have to pass through Fatorda which again leads Fatorda, hence people prefer visiting the core to heavy flow of traffic. 27 percent respondents area where there are more specialized health opined that infrastructural development along centers. the roads reduced the road efficiency. 18 percent II. Traffic Management issues: of people responded that the interior roads’ [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0143 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 connecting the main junction causes traffic Population growth, rapid urbanization, congestion. booming economy and the increase in the b. Problems of public transport services: standards of living in a community have substantially enhanced the rate of municipal solid waste generation in developing countries (Minghua et al., 2009). Disposal of garbage by households: Fig. 2: Problems of Public Transport Services in Comba and Fatorda Source: Primary Survey, 2018-19 The major problem faced by the locals Fig. 3: Disposal of garbage by households in is over-crowding of public transport. This is Comba and Fatorda basically due to the small size of the buses, and Source: Primary Survey, 2018-19 despite the traffic regulations, buses continue The issue of garbage in Margao is a huge to go packed beyond the permissible limit. problem as garbage is still seen dumped along People don’t prefer travelling by rickshaws and the roadsides despite having started door to door taxis to a short distance because the fares are waste collection exercise. In Comba, it is noticed unaffordable. The second problem is absence that 49 percent of the respondents burn the of ‘night services’; the respondents face this waste in their backyard as these people live in problem as some of them finish their work late, houses, which mostly consist of plastic and for example; people working in hospitals. paper. In Fatorda, 47 percent burn the dry waste The respondents feel that the public along with dry leaves as in when they clean their transport services are unsafe to travel especially backyards. the buses which are in bad condition. They are also unhappy by the time schedule that is not followed by the public transport especially the buses, because they do not leave until the entire bus is accommodated with passengers and also, the buses move at a slower pace and make unscheduled stops. Residents also feel that the bus stops are far away and not maintained. Also the motorcycle taxi pilots or rickshaws are not available nearby as they have their depot Fig. 4: Margao: Waste Management located at bus stands, railway station making it Source: Compiled by Researcher inconvenient. Dumping of garbage in the waste bins here III. Garbage Management issues in Comba and refers to door to door garbage collection which Fatorda: is then disposed off by the worker in-charge. 48 percent respondents of Comba and 45 percent [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0144 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 of Fatorda dispose their garbage through door passing by. Many a times paper and plastic to door collection. With the garbage collection waste is blown off from the garbage truck as it contractor resigning, the door to door garbage is not covered which then lies besides the road collection had stopped in many wards of Margao leading to pollution. including Comba and Fatorda which led to Suggestions: increase in waste in the open and stray dogs The respondents have put forth some creating mess with the garbage bags which were suggestions to resolve the above mentioned not collected. The respondents have said that issues. they dispose the garbage in the open and also 1. Broadening the roads wherever possible at the garbage collection stations because to curtail traffic congestion making it convenient collection of garbage was stopped and the waste for the public. was not collected for many days raising stink. 2. Multi-storey parking facility for free flow The respondents have also said that there are of traffic. 3. Signals at places where there is heavy flow people from other places coming and dumping of traffic especially during peak hours. waste at the garbage collection stations at night 4. Stricter implementation of traffic rules. as the municipality have failed to collect their 5. The Municipality needs to upgrade the waste. garbage trucks with proper covering. a. Method used to cover the garbage carried by 6. Installation of surveillance cameras at the the Municipal Vehicle: sites prone to frequent dumping. 7. Public transport should be made affordable and efficient. 8. With reference to crime, authorities concerned should be vigilant and there should be police patrolling even during day time. Conclusion From the current study, it is evident that urban growth has its own set of issues and challenges, for instance, garbage disposal and traffic congestion. Inconvenience caused by Fig. 5: Method used to cover the garbage these two set of issues cannot be overlooked carried by the Municipal Vehicle which demand swift actions. Judicious planning Source: Primary Survey, 2018-19 and enforcement of rules and regulations can Every garbage truck has a covering so bring about positive change. that the waste is not visible and the garbage References from the vehicle is not fluttered off or on public Burdett, Matt. “Urban growth and moving on the road. In Comba, 47 percent of urbanization”. “Geography Case the respondents have said that garbage trucks Study.com”, Blog at Wordpress.com, 28th have a covering. Sometimes the garbage is May 2018, https:// covered with a tarpal so that it is not visible. 53 geographycasestudysite.wordpress.com/ percent (Comba) and 93 percent (Fatorda) of the urban-growth-and-urbanization/ respondents have said that the garbage 1. Census of Goa (2011): “Primary Census collected by the Municipal vehicle is visible to Abstract, Goa state”, Registrar General of the public. The trucks carrying garbage are not India, New-Delhi. maintained as leachate leaks all the way leading to foul smell and causing menace to the public [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0145 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 2. District Environmental Plan for South Goa District, (2020), District Planning 33 Committee, Goa. 3. Gomes Adrel, (2018), Metamorphosis of STRATEGIES FOR THE PROMOTION Suburban Landscape: A Case study of Fatorda, Dissertation work submitted to OF HERITAGE TOURISM the Department of Geography, Parvatibai Chowgule College, (Autonomous) Vishnupriya, Margao.Minghua, Z., Xiumin, F., Rovetta, A., MPhil Scholar, Dept. of Geography, Quichang, H., Vicentini, F., Bingkai, L., SSUS, Kalady Guisti, A., Yi, L., 2009.Municipal Solid Waste Dr. Lancelet.T.S Professor, Management in Pudong New Area, China. Dept. of Geography, SSUS, Kalady Journal of Waste Management 29, 1227- 1233. 4. Raikar Kamini, (2018), Occupational ======***********======Dynamics, Social Adjustability, Issues and Abstract: Challenges in Urban Core: A Study of Tourism is an important means of Margao, Goa, Dissertation work submitted promoting cultural exchanges and international to the Department of Geography, Parvatibai cooperation. Cultural Tourism is a wing of Chowgule College, (Autonomous) Margao. tourism which is not physical in character, but it 5. Solid Waste management Rules, 2016 in the is associated with social and cultural geography. state of Goa, Goa State Pollution Control The coast of Kerala had a great significance in Board, Saligao, Bardez-Goa, October, 2019. United Nations, 2018, 68% of the world its culture. The port Muziris was one of the population projected to live in urban areas oldest and busiest ports on the west coast of by 2050, says UN, https://www.un.org/ India. The Jews and Europeans had come through development/desa/en/news/population/ this port. It results the arrival of foreign traders 2018-revision-of-world-urbanization- and their settlements in central part of Kerala. prospects.html It helped to have cultural relations with the Zohoori, Mahmood & Ghani, Ali. (2017). outside world in early days. Still the contributions “Municipal Solid Waste Management of foreigners can be seen in the form of palaces, Challenges and Problems for cities in Low- religious centers, museums, forts or other Income and Developing Countries”. ancient buildings. The main aim of the study is International Journal of Sciences and to identify different types of heritage sites and Engineering Applications. the promotion strategies of heritage tourist centers. The data collection methods like Field observation, GPS survey, and interviews have helped to complete the study. The geospatial techniques using Arc GIS has been used for the fulfillment of maps. Key Words: Heritage Tourism, Foreign Traders, Cultural Relations Introduction: Tourism geography is the study of travel and tourism, as an industry and as a social and cultural activity. The word Heritage is associated [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0146 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 in the context of cultural tourism. People The study area lies between the lat long preserve their valuable objects as their heritage. extensions of 10°6’0" N and 76°14’0"E. The study According to Melville (1974) is: “culture is the area comes under two municipalities namely man-made part of the environment. “Cultural North Paravur in Ernakulam district and tourism satisfies the visitors to make understand Kodungalloor in Thrissur district. Panchayaths among the old properties, in terms of art, culture, are Chendamangalam, Vadakkekkara, history and architecture. The areas of present Pallippuram, Chittattukara, Methala and Kodungalloor and North Paravur belong to the Eriyad.The study area is low land has an average districts of Ernakulam and Thrissur in central elevation of 13 mtrs from msl. Kerala is an apt destination for heritage tourism. The famous port Muziris was situated somewhere in present Kodungalloor determined the trade in middle Kerala. Kerala had a great connection with the Jews where they vanished from their hometown. In associated with the trade they had settled at Kodungalloor, North Paravur and the adjoining areas. They have contributed many remnants. Churches established when St.Thomas landed in Kerala and flourished markets of spices began to Map No: 1 expand and attracted many countries to reach Source: On the basis of M.Phil dissertation, Kerala. The history of Kerala is well reflected in December2019 the monuments like forts, palaces, museums, Previous Empirical Reviews:- temples etc. The combination of all these The book entitled “Heritage Conservation structures led significant role in heritage tourism Preservation and Restoration of Monuments”by in Kerala .The evidences to believe that Kerala N.L Batra (1997)describes in his book is about had attracted traders for over 2000 years. various conservation measures as well as the Objectives: - The objectives of the study are challenges still confronting to preserve and following: Conservation measures, remedies , Ø To understand the distribution of Preservatives and consolidates (Page 137- different types of heritage sites in the study area 160).Another book “Cultural History of Kerala” Ø To identify the promotion strategies of (Vol.1) by Rajan Gurukkal and M.R heritage tourist sites in the study area RaghavaVarior, Dept. Of Cultural Publications Methodology: Govt.of Kerala TVM, (Year 1999) reveals in The present study is based on primary chapter 2, the Environment, climate, & rainfall, and secondary data. Primary data collection Formation of Kodungalloor coast and is based on GPS Survey, Field observation, Development of Coast Page (31-50).The book Interviews etc.Cartographic analysis was “Monuments of Kerala” (Published by The done with the help of geospatial techniques Director General ASI New Delhi 1992) by H.Sarkar using Arc GIS software. The secondary data reveals in his book that the origin of Christianity, have been collected from books, reports, synagogues and also the monuments. The book articles, and newspapers. “Religious Tourism in India”written by Lavkush Location Aspect of the study area : Mishra had explained that, In India pilgrim tourism has an important role in domestic [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0147 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 tourism. In this book he emphasized on different Map No: 2 religions and major religious centers and its origin. Source: On the basis of M.Phil dissertation, Museum Guide”Kerala Lifestyle Museum December 2019 PaliamNalukettu”described about the famous Ø CLASSIFICATION OF HERITAGE SITES Paliam museum at Chendamangalam. This book All these diversified cultural products are says the peculiarities of the Nalukettu and Dutch considered as the heritage of our state. We palace constructed by the Dutch. should take care of all these rare pieces for our Findings and discussion:- future generations because past is reflected Ø Spatial Distribution of Heritage Sites through these heritage sites. Below table shows All the heritage sites under this study are different types of heritage sites in the study interrelated with its historical background. Due to area. the arrival of Jews, synagogues had constructed Religious Sites Cultural Sites Commercial/Administrative Natural Sites Mookambika Temple Jews Synagogue Paravur Market Thattukadavu as a worship centre. In associated with a street Kannankulangara Temple Jews street Boat Jetty Kottakkavu Church Jews Cemetery Kottappuram Market and cemetery called Jews cemetery and Jews Manjumatha Church Paliam palace Gothuruth Kottayilkovilakom PaliamNalukettu Kacheri Compound (Admin) CheramanJumaMazjid Vypeekotta seminary Kottappuram Street emerged.St.Thomas established church in Marthoma Church Pallippuram Fort ferry Kodungalloor Bhagavathi Kottappuram Fort the study area and still it is functioning. In North Temple CheramanParambu Thiruvanchikulam SahodaranAyyappan Paravur municipality several heritage spots are Mahadeva Temple Museum Pattanam site located very closely. Cheraman Juma Mazjid is located nearby Kodungalloor, and is considered as the first mosque in India. Cheraman Parambu is associated with it. Excavations conducted here in Table No: 1 1944 and 1945 by Govt. of Kerala. Most of the Source: Computed by the investigators valuable things had discovered during the time of Ø All the religious sites are functioning in excavation.Paliam place and Nalukettu is situated proper manner except synagogues very closely. It reveals the history of Paliath Achans. Ø Kottappuram and North Paravur markets are Gothuruth is an island with major natural scenic the combination of many lifestyles of different people who did trade with Kerala. Now the market attraction in the study area. Chavittunadakam is a has changed the old form due to latest development folk dance and art form by Latin Christians is still in the town. performing in Gothuruth. There was a cultural Ø Natural sites are conducting ferry services transmission through the dance.Kottyailkovilakam to connect different heritage sites in the study area. have been promoted many form of art for the Synagogues: - cultural harmony of the local people. Except It is the oldest heritage monuments in Kerala. Jews came in Kerala since 1st BC and their synagogue other three worship centers are communities were settled around present functioning. These four worship centers are Kodungalloor region. They had established situated inside a fort and it is historically synagogues as their worship centre. Cochin Jews interrelated. The below map shows distribution of or Malabari Jews are the oldest group of Jews in all heritage sites in the study area (Map No: 2). India. There are eight known synagogues located in Kochi neighboring Ernakulam, North Paravur, Chendamangalam and Mala in Kerala. North Paravur synagogue is the oldest and largest in Kerala, and second largest in India. Typical style of Kerala architecture is evident here. Jews came to Kerala for trade and became settled near by the coastal area and they made a place (market) for trade.Paravur market is associated [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0148 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 with this synagogue. After the formation of Israel Ø It creates job opportunities to the local Jews from Kerala migrated to their homeland and community and generating income for left their worship place. household The average number of tourists in Cochin Ø Flooding would promote the growth of fungi synagogue is around 1500 per day. But in North and it will affect the manuscripts, artifacts of Paravur and Chendamangalam are visited by low organic origin which needs more scientific number of tourists due to the lack of road conservation methods. transportation facilities. Due to the demand of Ø In order to save flood affected materials or tourists Cochin synagogue is more attracted with paining on the walls and doors need advices ancient objects in different styles like lights, lamps, from conservators. floor etc.There are lack of good guides to explain Ø Support water proofing walls and roofs to all the characteristics or importance of the prevent damage from floods and heavy rainfall synagogue is the problems associated with this especially on palaces. site. In attached with this they have kept the Jews Ø Forewarn water level indicators of flood should cemetery in proper manner. If it is maintain properly help to reach the people in a safe place. it will be a good site to preserve as the past relic. Ø Keep micro film copies of manuscripts and Palaces: - cultural reports in a separate location may be Paliam palace in the study area tells the recommended. history of Cochin kingdom and its relation with Ø Develop a mitigation plan for repairing and other countries. Paliam is actually the name of a restoring process through major strategies and family. ‘Paliath Achan’ is the name given to the tactics for immediate evacuation. eldest male surviving member of Paliam family Ø Finally it can be gained by communication of .This palace was the reward of Dutch to the Paliath plans to all employees in the associated Achans.The architecture includes Kerala style as institutions using model posters and banners. well as Dutch contributions.The palace is under Ø Educate the visitors about the importance of the power of private trust by the Paliam with Govt.of heritage properties. Kerala.The palace was affected by recent flood References:- (2018 &2019). Ancient valuable things like 1. Lavkush Mishra.1999.Cultural Tourism in India. manuscripts, artefacts, were damaged. All these New Delhi.Mohit Publications were kept in the ground floor of the palace. This 2. Lavkush Mishra.2000.Religious Tourism in India. floor was totally under water and about 50 lakh New Delhi. Mohit Publications loss happened. The water level was 5ft. in 2018 3. Melville (1974).Current Trends in Cultural and flood. Heritage Tourism (pdf) Shodhganga. Conclusion & Suggestions inflibnet.ac.in>bitstream A good number of above mentioned 4. M R Raghava Varier.2013.History of cultural sites were destroyed during the conflict Kodungalloor (first edition in malayalam). between the ancient rulers. Few of them are still Director, Kerala State Institute of remains and still functioning well. Historic Children’sLiterature.Thiruvananthapuram. buildings were subjected to damage due to many 5. Museum guide Kerala Lifestyle Museum Paliam reasons. Recent flood adversely affected on these Nalukettu.Muziris International Convension & spots. Therefore primary focus is made of proper Research Centre.Muziris Heritage Project. planning and cultural preservation of all historical Kerala (first edition 2015) attractions. The following suggestions have put 6. Navina Jafa. (2012)Performing Heritage Art of forward for the conservation Exhibit Walks. New Delhi. SAGE Publication Ø Conservation of heritage monuments through India Pvt Ltd. cultural tourism will be generated to the 7. S. Raimon. (2006). Cultural Heritage and Disaster economy of the state Management. Thiruvananthapuram. Kerala. Ø It is more profitable and efficient to preserve Kerala State Archives Department old buildings than new buildings [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0149 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 anthropogenic activities are also responsible for 34 the destruction of cliff. Temporal changes of cliff destruction from 2003 to 2019. With the help of GEOMORPHIC INFLUENCES OF photographs the main difference between the THE CLIFF FORMATION AND cliffs, destruction of cliff could be identified. DESTRUCTION IN VARKALA COAST, Keywords: cliff, destruction, physical activities, geologic, geomorphic actions. KERALA Introduction Geomorphology is defined as the science Athulya R.V, of landforms with an emphasis on their origin, Research Scholar, evolution, form and distribution across the Dept. of Geography, SSUS, Kalady physical landscape. Geomorphologic features are coast, shore, and cliff which are constantly Dr. Lancelet T.S, shaping by geographic process. Coastal Professor, Dept. of Geography, geomorphology is the study of the morphological SSUS, Kalady development and evolution of the coast as it acts under the influence of winds, waves, ======***********======currents and sea level changes. Abstract: The cliff is the most important erosional Coastal geomorphology is the study of feature of the coast and coastline is eroded to the morphological development and evolution form a cliff. Sea cliffs are formed by the erosional of the coast as it acts under the influence of process of coast. The most widespread winds, waves, currents and sea level changes. landforms of erosional coasts are sea cliffs. The cliff is the most important erosional feature These very steep to vertical bedrock cliffs range of the coast and coastline is eroded to form a from only a few meters high to hundreds of cliff. Sea cliffs are formed by the erosional meters above sea level. Their vertical nature is process of coast. The most widespread the result of wave induced erosion near sea level landforms of erosional coasts are sea cliffs. and the subsequent collapse of rocks at higher Varkala is a major commercial, tourism region elevation. Many coastal locations, there is a thin, in Thiruvananthapuram district. Varkala is narrow form of sediments forming a beach along located between 8° 43' 59.88" N and 76° 43' the base of sea cliffs. Cenozoic sedimentary 0.12" E. The main objectives of the study are to formation cliffs are a unique geological feature analyse the formation of Varkala cliff and to on the flat Kerala coast. identify the main reasons for cliff destruction Location of the study area in Varkala coast. Both primary and secondary Varkala is a major commercial, tourism data are used for conducting the study. This region in Thiruvananthapuram district. It is study mainly focuses on the formation and located between 8° 43' 59.88" N and 76° 43' destruction of cliff in Varkala coast. Warkalli 0.12" E. Varkala is a coastal town and elevation formation is mainly based on the geology, and is 191m. then geographically, hydrologically cliff formation is based on the geographical factors and geomorphologic factors. Physical actions are mainly affecting the formation and destruction of varkala cliff and besides the [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual RefereedSource: prepared Journal byImpact the investigator Factor 3.102 7.041 (On (IIJIF) basis ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0150 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 · To analyze the geomorphic influence for · Formation and Destruction of Varkala cliff the formation of Varkala cliff. The formation of the cliff is mainly in · To identify the main reasons for cliff three forms. These are geologically, destruction in Varkala coast. geomorphologically and hydrologically. All three · To measure the changes of cliff are interconnected and inter linked. destruction from 2000-2019. Methods and Techniques Primary and secondary data are used for the study. Primary data includes toposheet - for base map preparation (1:25000, 1:50000), satellite images - Landsat 4 to 8 series for analysing the shoreline changes. Questionnaire survey was carried out for analyzing the problems and population pressure on cliff destruction. Secondary data such as census, Source: Prepared by the investigator (On the technical reports and other statistical data are basis of the Mphil dissertation 2018-2019.) used for interpreting the study. The Cliff is unique Geomorphological Characteristics of the study area: feature and the formation is based on the Varkala is the only place in Kerala where Geology. Varkala and adjacent areas form a part cliffs are found adjacent to the Arabian Sea. Cliff of Kerala Khondolite Belt of the Southern are a unique geological feature on the flat Kerala Granulite Terrain of India. Three geological coast, are known among geologists as Varkala formations are formed in the tertiary periods. Formation and a national geological monument Main formations are Vaikom formation, Quilon as declared by the Geological Survey of India formation and Warkalli formations. The Tertiary for their protection, maintenance, promotion and sedimentary formations of Kerala basin enhancement of ecotourism. Varkala is an uncomfortably cover the Precambrians. The important place as far as Kerala Geology is name Kerala Basin denotes the southernmost concerned as it exposes sedimentary rocks division of a great sedimentary zone spread over belonging to the Cenozoic age, popularly known a major part of the western continental margin in the Geological literature as the Warkalli of the Peninsula. formation. Varkala has a moderate humid Constructive waves and Destructive waves climate. It has heavy rains during June to August are regularly formed in the Varkala coast. The due to a south-west monsoon. In summer, the name indicated that the Constructive waves are temperature rises to a maximum of 32°C and constructing many land forms and Destructive 31°C in the winter time. The Varkala Municipality waves destructing the landforms. Destructive has population of 40,048 of which 18,312 are waves are common in Varkala, because males while 21,736 are females. The cliff is erosional action is high in waves. Destructive located at the papanasam beach side and is waves are formed the cliff, because the adjacent to the north to south portion of the destructive waves are creating the erosional varkala beach. landform. It is the most important problem is Results and Discussion affected into the cliffs. As the waves move and Mainly the formation and destruction of break against the cliffs, some features are cliff are due to physical activities, especially formed and the landform is wave-cut-notch and geologic, geographic and hydrologic activities. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0151 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 it is the base of the cliff. Wave action is mainly and the soft rocks are eroded and the base rock affected the formation of coast and its is consisting the remaining portion. landforms. The water of the oceans is in · Waves Action constant motion. The gravitational pull of the Wave action is related to hydrologic sun and moon oscillates the surface of the activity and mainly Varkala beach is affected by Oceans twice a day while the wind agitates it destructive and constructive waves. Destructive into waves. Coastal currents are generally joined waves are high frequency waves and erosional to winds, waves and land formations. Wind is action is high in the coastal areas. The Varkala the most powerful agent; it forms currents, tides beach has high waves, due to strong winds. High and waves. Currents and tides are the most tides are affecting the cliff area and slowly important agents of the cliff formation. strongest eroding periodically. Then the soft rocks are winds creates the currents and the currents suddenly moving to the sea. create the tides and waves. These things are · Rainfall mostly affect the coast and forming the Rainfall is the major geographical action landforms. Tidal currents happen to stronger of the destruction of cliff, because the laterite near the coast and play and more and more soil is suddenly subjected to leaching and significant role in narrow movement. Mainly moving. The average annual rainfall is 1900mm trade winds or easterlies are affecting the Kerala and in some instances the area experiences coast and the after effects are landform more than 2500mm of rainfall. The south east formation and landforms destruction in slowly. and north east monsoon is highly influenced in Physical Activities the cliff structure and shape. Carbonaceous clay Cliff is a physical feature and natural one. and laterite soil are highly leached soils and Cliff is formed by the some physical activities rigorous erosion is happened in the cliff. like currents, tides, waves and wind. These · Slope activities are mainly affected the formation and Slope gradient is a critical factor destruction of Varkala cliff. Especially controlling the distribution of cliff destruction geological, geographical and hydrologic actions and failure occurs only on slopes exceeding the are due to the formation and destruction of cliff. critical angle for the materials to be moved. Many physical activities are affecting the Varkala cliff is nearly in vertical shape and destruction of cliff are given below; formed due to west coast faulting. Weathering · Geology is mainly attacks the gently slopes and the With the presence of warkalli formation affected area become weaker and weaker. in area is capped by hard laterites. These are · Ground water formed during the second laterisation cycle Ground water is the hydrological action observed in Kerala. North cliff exposed to wildly for cliff destruction. The most significant wave action. North cliff exposes carbonaceous attraction of Varkala cliff is a natural mineral clay witness in Kerala. This soft sandstone is spring. Water springs are naturally occurred in distant eroded by seawater and creation the top the cliff and cliff is a hill, therefore, ground water laterite overhangs the cliff face. Varkala cliff is contact between the laterite and faces the tension cracks enlarge in the surface carbonaceous clay; this is the main reason for which eventually leads to erosion. Sometimes the destruction of cliff. geological tension cracks leads to landslide. · Soil erosion Geology of the cliff plays a significant role in Soil is mainly eroded due to the action formation the cliff. The rock is highly weathered of waves, rainfall, and weathering. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0152 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Geographically weathering is affected by the soil and soil erosion is suddenly happened by erosion. Temporal changes of cliff destruction from 2000-2019 Temporal change refers to the time period activities. This means the interval between the time to time changes. Temporal Image: Old and new photographs of varkala cliff maps and photographs of the different periods, (On the basis of Mphil dissertation 2018-2019.) helps to identify the changes occurred. The map The above map indicates the major shows the time difference from 2000 to 2019. changes occurred in the cliff from 2003 to 2019. There have been many changes identified from Shops, resorts and constructional works are each year. As mentioned the changes of Varkala found between the gap of the cliff. Physical and cliff are mainly due to the physical activities and anthropogenic activities are responsible for the anthropogenic activities. changes in the cliff. During this, the area under Analysis of Temporal changes through maps cliff was decreased and beach area increased. The following table and map shows the Minute changes can be shown in 2003 and 2009 temporal changes of the Varkala cliff from 2003- but in 2015 and 2019, the bulged portion of cliff 2019. This map has prepared to show the in the southern area was broken down to narrow temporal changes of Varkala cliff for 2003, 2009, strip along the coast. 2013 and 2019. Every year several changes is Conclusion occur the cliff. In 2003 the total area of the cliff This paper deals with the geomorphic was 0.042884sq.km. Minute changes are influences are affecting the formation and identified the cliff area. It is considered as the destruction of varkala cliff. This study mainly actual area of the cliff. Destruction of the cliff focuses on the formation and destruction of cliff is due to physical as well as anthropogenic in Varkala coast. Warkali formation is mainly activities. In the cliff erosional activity is high based on the geology, and then geographically, due to the destructive waves. hydrologically cliff formation is based on the Table:1.1 Temporal change in cliff area (Sq.km) geographical factors and geomorphological Year Actual area of Cliff(Sq.km) Change of Cliff area(Sq.km) factors. Physical factors and anthropogenic 2003 0.042884 Sq.km _ activities are responsible for the destruction of 2009 0.042752 Sq.km 0.000132 Sq.km cliff. Cliff formation is the very slowly process, 2015 0.042504 Sq.km 0.000248 Sq.km but destruction is the much hidden process. 2019 0.042481 Sq.km 0.000023 Sq.km Population pressure is the severe problem on the cliff and constructional works in the Source: Computed and calculated by the surroundings of the cliff area. Important investigators (On the basis of the Mphil constructional activities are resorts, stairs and dissertation 2018-2019) shops. Besides of the above reasons are the anthropogenic influences. These affect the destruction and damage of the cliff. Physical activities and anthropogenic activities are equally affecting the Varkala cliff destruction. From 2003 to 2019, there is a change in the cliff [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0153 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 but temporal change map shows that in 2003 cliff area was 0.042884 sq km. In 2019, the cliff 35 area is getting reduced to 0.042481 sq km. With the help of photographs the main difference SOCIAL SECURITY LAWS FOR between the cliffs, destruction of cliff could be identified. ORGANISED SECTOR IN INDIA: AN Reference OVERVIEW · Agarwal, Amitha. 2000. Indian Ocean and World Peace. New Delhi. Kanishka MUNDARGI. M.B publishers distributors.Pp.1-41. Assistant Professor of Social Work · Dr:N.Balakrishnan. 1994. Kadal Oru Department of Social Work, Government Adbhutham. Thiruvananthapuram. The First Grade College, State Institute of Languages.Pp. MUDHOL, Bagalkot (Dist) Karnataka · Dr.A.N.P. Ummarkutty, Kuryan.K.K, Ramachandran.K.K, Thomas.K.V, ======***********======Sreedharan.C.R.2000.Samudrashasthram. ABSTRACT Thiruvananthapuram. The State Institute of Social security is a government program Languages.Pp-1-6. designed to provide for basic economic security · Sharma.R.C, Vatal.M. 2001. Oceanography and welfare of individuals and their dependants. for Geographers. Allahabad. Jain for The concept of social security is based on human Chaithanya Publishing House.Pp.1-11,190- dignity and ideals of socio-economic justice. The 215. primary object of the international labour · Hastlet.K.Simon.2009.Coastal organization is promoting social justice and Systems.London and Newyork. Routledge improving the living and working conditions of Introduction to Environment Series. workers throughout the world. It emphasized the · Singh,Surender. 2011. Geography. New importance of comprehensive social security Delhi. Tata Mc Graw Hill Education pvt measures in the preamble to its constitution, in ltd.Pp-4.1-4.37. which it promised, “protection of employment · Craghan Michael. 2003. Physical injury and disease and workers against stress, Geography: A Self Teaching Guide. Canada. the protection of children, young person and John wiley and sons. women, provision for old age and injury. The · Smithson peter, Addison Ken, Atkinson Ken. major aims of social security are: Compensation, 2008. Fundamentals of the Physical Restoration, and Prevention. Social security is Environment. USA and Canada. Routledge of two types, Social Assistance and Social Publishers. Pp.229-248,400-4 Insurance. The organized sector includes workers employed by the government, state-owned enterprises and private sector enterprises. Based on the survey carried out by the National Sample Survey Organization (NSSO) in the year 2011-12, the total employment in both organized and unorganised sector in the country was of the order of 47 crores. Out of this, about 8 crore were in the organized sector and the balance of 39 crore in the unorganized sector. The present [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0154 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 study tries to put lights on how the social security people etc.) from general revenues of the state, schemes have been started, what are the it is non-contributory.2. Social Insurance: a different laws available to the workers of this method to provide benefits to person through sector. Descriptive study methodology has been contributions of beneficiaries with contribution/ adopted and the relevant secondary data have subsidies from employer and state. The primary been gathered. object of the international labour organisation Key words: Social Security, organized sector, is promoting social justice and improving the Schemes and Employment. living and working conditions of workers INTRODUCTION throughout the world. It emphasized the The concept of social security has been importance of comprehensive social security playing a significant role in developed as well measures in the preamble to its constitution, in as developing economies. Like other countries, which it promised, “protection of employment India also has enacted different types of social injury and disease and workers against stress, security measures for the benefit of its citizens. the protection of children, young person and Several studies have been conducted on social women, provision for old age and injury. security measures in India and abroad. Social METHODOLOGY OF THE STUDY. security is a government program designed to The present study tries to put lights on provide for basic economic security and welfare how the social security schemes have been of individuals and their dependants. The concept started, what are the different schemes of social security is based on human dignity and available to the workers of this sector. ideals of socio-economic justice. The primary Descriptive study methodology has been object of the international labour organisation adopted and the relevant secondary data have is promoting social justice and improving the been gathered from various books, journals, and living and working conditions of workers reports of Government agencies, commission throughout the world. It emphasized the and Non-governmental organizations. importance of comprehensive social security OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY measures in the preamble to its constitution, in a) To understand the concept, historical which it promised, “protection of employment background and changing trend of Social security injury and disease and workers against stress, and unorgnised sector. the protection of children, young person and b) To analyze the social security measures women, provision for old age and injury. The prevailed to organized workers of India. major aims of social security are:1) A BRIEF LITERATURE REVIEW Compensation, which takes care of income Some research work has been done in during emergency or old age. It provides for this area from various perspectives. “Social upkeep of worker and his family to protect security is the protection that a society provides redoubles loss. 2) Restoration, which enables to individuals and households to ensure access the workers to get back to normalcy so as to to health care and to guarantee income security, lead a normal working and private life.3) particularly in cases of old age, unemployment, Prevention, which tackles obsolescence as well sickness, invalidity, work injury, maternity or loss as further loss of capability. of a breadwinner”.(1) Social security is the Social security is of two types 1. Social protection furnished by society to its members Assistance: A method to provide benefits to through a series of public measures against persons usually for the vulnerable groups of social and economic distresses such as community (Children, mothers, disabled, old age unemployment, under employment, destitution [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0155 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 , social disability, old age, employment injury, (a) First Phase (1919-1941): After First sickness, maternity and so on. World War, the world turned to peace by ending “Social security is a programme of hostility. The policy of reconstruction protection provided society against those established International Labour Organisation contingencies of modern life- sickness, (ILO) by adopting 17 Conventions which was unemployment, old age dependency, Industrial later increased to 28. The Minimum Standard of accidents and invalidism against which the Social Security (Convention No. 102) is a individual can’t be expected to protect oneself comprehensive instrument covering many branch and family by his/her own ability or foresight.” of social security against contingencies of (2) Social security may be defined as any sickness, unemployment, oldage, death, mandatory arrangement that provides employment injury, invalidity etc. Government individuals with a degree of income security of India ratified Workmen s Compensation when faced with the contingencies of old age, (Accident) Convention 1925 (No 17), Workmen survivorship, incapacity, disability, s Compensation (Occupational Disease) unemployment or rearing child. It may also offer Convention 1925 (No. 18), Workmen s access to curative or preventive medical care. Compensation (Occupational Disease) According to Saxena (1974), social Convention (Revised) 1934 (No 42), Equality of security was a dynamic conception, considered Treatment (Accident) Convention 1925 (No. 19) in all advanced countries of the world as an and in 1962, The equality of Treatment (Social indispensable chapter of the national Security) Convention. programme to strike at the root of poverty, (b) Second Phase (After 1920): Trade unemployment and disease. Unionism emerged in India when workers started The organized sector includes workers employed organizing themselves to redress their by the government, state-owned enterprises and grievances as per Trade Union Act 1926. The private sector enterprises. (3) Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 eliminate HISTORICAL BACKGROUND OF SOCIAL the hardship of employees due to accidents by SECURITY ensuring benefits with minimum legal formality. History of social security is divided into The government of India enacted the Provident two phases namely, during colonial India and Fund Act, 1925for Railways and Government Independent India. After the establishment of Industrial Establishments. In 1929, Royal Cotton Mills in 1851 and Jute Mills in 1855 the Commission on Labour investigated the working government felt the need for social security to conditions of Industrial labours recommending the working class due to the prevalence of Maternity, welfare and old age benefits. Upon unhuman working environment in factories due its recommendation, The Government of Bombay to more working hours, neglect of welfare, lack adopted The Maternity Benefit Act in 1929 and of holidays and absence of medical care. The The Central Provinces Act in 1930. The following lack of safety provisions at workplace, increased provincial legislations relating to Maternity accidents to result in labour unrest. The Fatal Benefit was passed in Ajmer Merwar (1934), Accidents Act, 1855 enacted by the British Delhi (1937), Madras and United Province (1938) Government was inadequate restricting and central legislation for Mines Maternity dependents like brother, sisters from claiming Benefit Act (1941). By abrogating the doctrine compensation and awarding inadequate rate of of common employment Employers Liability Act compensation. was passed in 1938. It also reviewed the process of Payment of Gratuity to Railway Employees [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0156 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 by modifying 15 years of service which was the (e) Fifth Phase (After 1950’s): After India eligibility for the gratuity on retirement or became republic on 26th Jan, 1950 it emphasized resignation. It also recommended including upon various provisions to stress socio economic voluntary withdrawal from service with previous security through Indian Constitution. Indian notice. constitution being the law of the land aims (c) Third Phase (After 1942): The towards Justice, Equality, Liberty and Fraternity Beveridge Report of British Social Insurance and to all. It emphasized social security of the people Allied Services in England, Wagmur-Murray, by granting the right to equality before law under Diongal Bill in USA and Marsh Plan (Report on (Article 14) as a Fundamental Rights. It also Social Security) in Canada compelled colonial ensured that the state should direct its policy Indian Government to enact meaningful towards securing the right of adequate means legislative measures for social security. of livelihood (Article 39(a)), Equal pay for equal Agarwala A. N. (1960) in India Social Security work (Article 39(d)), secure public assistance in started with the third Labour Ministers case of unemployment, old-age, sickness, conference 1942 proposing schemes for disablement and other cases of undeserved sickness insurance through the advancement of wants (Art 41), securing just and humane loan to run the schemes in cotton, jute, textile conditions of work and for maternity relief and heavy engineering industries. In 1943, The (Article 42), secure all workers with living wage, Government of India appointed a committee conditions of work and decent standard of life presided by Prof. Adarkar B.P to formulate a (Art 43). The Five Year Plans emphasized a better scheme of health insurance for Industrial standard of life and social justice to all. Under workers. This scheme was examined and Third Five Year Plan special welfare funds has endorsed by experts of International Labour been constituted for financing welfare measures. Organisation Mr. Mistach and R.Rao in 1945 (4) with the modification of separation of Table.1 Work force distribution in India % in Organized % in un-organized administration of medical and cash benefits, Year integration of maternity benefits with workmen’s Sector Sector compensation and extension of the scheme in 1971 9.6 90.4 1981 9.3 90.7 all perennial factories to cover non manual 1993 8.7 91.3 workers. 2001 7.5 92.5 (d) Fourth Phase (Free India after 2011 17.3 82.7 1946): India became independent on 15th Majority of the worker of unorganized sector August, 1947. The interim government engaged in agriculture sector where as one formulated five year programme for the welfare fourth of the total work force are engaged in of the labour class including Health Insurance non –agricultural sector (NSS Survey, 2011-12) scheme for factory workers, Revision of and Figures are in per cent share. Workmen’s compensation act, a central law for Table 1, Trends in Formal- Informal maternity benefits which is based on the report Employment of National Commission on Labour (1969) and 2004-05 Organised Unorganised Total extension of right to sickness allowance to other Formal 32.06 (52) 1.3 (0.3) 33.41 (7.3) Informal 29.54 (48) 396.66 (99.7) 426.20 (92.7) class of workers within specific limits. The Total 61.61 (13) 398.01 (87) 459.61 (100) 2011-12 enactment of Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 Organised Unorganised Total Formal 37.18 (45.4) 1.39 (0.4) 38.56 (8.1) entitled the industrial workers to gratuity as a Informal 44.74 (54.6) 390.92 (99.6) 435.66 (91.9) Total 81.92 (17.3) 392.31 (82.7) 474.23 (100) legal right. Figures in Million and Percent share [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0157 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Figures in Million and Percent share an increase in employment across both the The composition of employment in the organised and unorganised sector as well as in organised vs un-organised sector was in the the formal and informal sector, though the share proportion 13:87 in 2004-05 and 17:83 in 2011- of informal employment was higher. The same 12 (Table-1) indicating an increase in or-ganised trend was observed in the services sector also. sector employment from 13 per cent in 2004-05 SOCIAL SECURITY MEASURES IN INDIA to 17 per cent in 2011-12. But this increase in Given the importance and the size of the organised sector employment was informal in work force both in organized and unorganized nature (48 per cent in 2004-05 increased to 55 sector, the government has notified/enacted per cent in 2011-12) while the share of organised several schemes to provide social security for formal employment decreased (52 per cent in the workers and deliberate importance is given 2004-05 decreased to 45 per cent in 2011-12). to the unorganized sector. These schemes are But in the unorganised sector the share of formal discussed below. employment marginally increased from 0.3 to THE PRINCIPAL SOCIAL SECURTY LAWS FOR 0.4 per cent and that of informal employment ORGANIZED SECTOR declined marginally from 99.7 to 99.6 per cent. The Employees’ Compensation Act, 1923 On the whole the number of formally employed In case of death 50% of the monthly increased from 33.41 million in 2004-05 to 38.56 wages multiplied by the relevant factor or an million in 2011-12 , while informally employed amount of Rs.1,20,000/-, whichever is more is increased from 426.20 million to 435.66 million paid. In case of permanent total disablement during this period. 60% of the monthly wages multiplied by the relevant factor or an amount of Rs.1,40,000/-, whichever is more is paid lifelong. A sum of Rs. 5000/- is paid as funeral expenses. (5) Employees State Insurance Act, 1948 The Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948 applies to factories employing 10 or more persons. State Governments have extended the provisions of the Act to shops, hotels, restaurants, cinemas including preview theatres, road motor transport undertakings, and In agriculture sector, which is a main newspaper establishments, educational and contributor of employment, nearly 97 per cent medical institutions employing 10 or more of the employment is informal in nature (Table- employees. Employees in receipt of daily 2). But the share of agriculture in total average wage upto rate Rs. 70/- are exempted employment has decreased from 58.50 per cent from contributions. The benefits provided under in 2004-05 to 48.90 per cent in 2011-12 which this act are Sickness benefit, extended sickness is indicatives of the structural transformation benefit, and enhanced sickness benefit. of the sector. In manufacturing sector the Disablement benefit, Dependants’ benefit increase in share of employment was accounted Maternity benefit, medical benefit, Confinement for by the organised sector which showed an expenses, Funeral expenses, vocational increase in both formal and informal rehabilitation, Physical rehabilitation, (6) employment. In non-manufacturing which Unemployment allowance. comprises of the construction sector there was [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0158 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 The Employees’ Provident funds & publication/wcms_067588.pdf.[last Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952 accessed 2nd November 2018] Presently, the Act is applicable to 187 2) Prof. Friedlander: in “sociology” by specified industries/classes of establishments shankarrao C. N. published by S.chand and in which 20 or more person are employed, company ltd, New Delhi (2007) page no cinema and theatres 5 or more. There are 3 876. schemes under this act Employees’ Provident 3) Economic Survey 2010-11.MoF Fund Scheme, Employees Deposit Linked 4) The Schedule II of the Act consists of The Insurance Scheme, 1976 (EDLI), Employees’ Employees’ Compensation Act, 1923; The Pension Scheme. Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948; The Maternity Benefit Act, 1961 The Industrial Disputes Act, 1947; The The Act regulates the employment of Employees’ Provident Fund and women in factories, mines, the circus industry, Miscellaneous Provisions Act 1952; The plantation units and shops or establishments Maternity Benefit Act, 1961 and The employing 10 or more persons except the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972. employees covered under the Employees State 5) NSAP, Ministry of rural development. Insurance (ESI) Act, 1948 T. Maximum period for Available from http://nsap.nic.in/. [Last which a woman can get maternity benefit is 12 accessed 6th November 2108] weeks. A medical bonus of Rs.3,500/- is being 6) Atal Pension Yojana. Available from http:/ provided from 19.12.2011 under the Act. (7) /financialservices.gov.in/APY.asp. [Last The Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 accessed 7th November 2108] Under this act after completion of min. 7) Indira Gandhi Matritva Sahyog Yojana. 5 yrs of service, for every completed year of Available from http://wcd.nic.in/ service or part thereof in excess of six months, SchemeIgmsy/scheme_igmsy.htm. [Last the employer pays gratuity to an employee at accessed 7th November 2018]. the rate of 15 days’ wages based on the rate of 8) Annual Report 2017-18 page No 92, wages last drawn.(8) Ministry of Labour & Employment Conclusively, the government and other Government of India, Website: http:// agencies have made genuine efforts to provide www.labour.nic.in last accessed 3rd various Social Security benefits to workers. The November 2018 concept of Social Security has arrived in India practically and its need has been fully realized. However, in spite of massive efforts, there exists a lacuna in the intentions and their fulfillment which should enable the workers in unorganized sector to leave a decent life. The idea is also to enable them reap the fruits of social and economic development while protecting them from the contingencies of modern life. References: 1) Facts on social security, international labor organization. available from http:// www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/ dgreports/dcomm/documents/ [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0159 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 OBJECTIVIES: 36 1. To identify the nature of change in the structure of land holding size in Karnataka. FRAGMENTATION OF LAND 2. To examine the factors behind the changes in HOLDING SIZE IN KARNATAKA the structure of land holding size. METHODOLOGY: A Spatio-Temporal analysis Any research work should follow a systematic methodology with regard to collection Dr. Hema Chandra. P N of data and analysis of collected data. To meet Assistant Professor Post-Graduate the above framed objectives, it is attempted in Department Of Geography, this study to make use of different, well-known Maharani’s Arts College techniques and methods which are available in For Women, Mysore. Karnataka the field of social science particularly in Cartography. This study is an attempt to analyze geographically, the structural changes in the ======***********======landholding size of Karnataka based on secondary Introduction data collected at national, state, and district and Size of operational (cultivated) land taluk levels. After the collection of data the same holdings is a basic factor affecting agricultural was processed and tabulated according to the production, especially in absence of advanced requirement of the study.. The GIS soft wares like cultivation technologies. In India as a whole, Arc view and map info were used to prepare the marginal holdings of less than 1 hectare (ha) thematic maps. STUDY AREA: accounted for 60% of all holdings but only 20% The state of Karnataka extends roughly of total cultivated area in 2001-02. On the other from 11°35' North latitude to 18°30' North hand, holdings above 2 hectares accounted for latitude and 74°5' East longitudes to 78°35' East only around 20% of all holdings but 60% of longitudes. The state is situated on table land cultivated area, with holdings above 10 hectares where the western and Eastern Ghats range accounting for just 1% of holdings, but 12% of converge into the Nilgiri hill complex. It is area.(Agriculture census 2015) located in the western part of the deccan Size of the land holdings has got a vital peninsular region of India. The state extends role to play in enhancement of agricultural about 760 Km from north to south and about development. Moreover size of land holding 400 Km from east to west. determines the status of cultivators in the rural Fig: 1. Location of Karnataka State areas. Further the size of land holding also determine the level of modernization of agriculture, use of modern methods of cultivation, mechanization of agriculture etc. Agricultural development of any region depends upon mainly the man-land ratio. The higher man-land ratio allows mechanization of agriculture and better yield. The man-land ratio in case of agricultural economy is normally determined by the extent average land holding size (Shivalingappa B. N, 2008). [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0160 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 FRAGMENTATION OF LAND HOLDING SIZE IN The main reason for the fragmentation KARNATAKA — State level analysis and subdivision of land holdings in the state is With the number of operational land reforms act of 1974. This legislation agricultural land holdings in Karnataka included legal abolition of tenancy and putting increasing sharply over the years as elsewhere a ceiling on the size of land holding owned by a in the country, the average size of holdings is peasant family. Both these policies were by and gradually decreasing, making agriculture large implemented reasonably well from the uneconomical. The smaller size of land holdings point of social justice and equality but the long would mean increased input costs and term economic impact of this legislation has decreased scope for mechanisation. been disastrous.Because this has led in to Karnataka’s agriculture is facing several subdivision and fragmentation of land holding structural problems and first and the foremost in a planned platform. problem are increasing sub division and SPATIAL PATTERNS OFCHANGING LAND fragmentation of the land holdings. This has HOLDINGS — District level analysis resulted in the increase of proportion of In Karnataka sub division and uneconomic holdings substantially fragmentation of land holdings, due to law of (G.Thimmaiah 1999). The land tenure in inheritance, land reforms and break down of Karnataka has been mostly ofRyotwari system joint family system is a common problem. This under which the actual cultivators owns the land has increased the proportion of un-economic and pay the land revenue to the government. land holding subsequently preventing scientific But the law of in heritance has made the cultivation in the state. In the previous part average size of land holdings to decrease different categories of land holding size in three steadily during the past 35 years. points of time was discussed and here Table:1Changing structure of land distribution and size of average land holdings holding size in Karnataka is discussed at district level in three points of Land holding size 1970-71 1985-86 2015-16 time. (in hectors) Average holdings 3.2 2.41 1.63 Table: 2. Distribution of average land holdings Marginal (0-1) 0.51 0.48 0.45 Small (1-2) 1.45 1.46 1.43 (in hectors) Semi medium (2-4) 2.79 2.78 2.71 1956 1975 2015 Medium (4-10) 6.09 6.01 5.79 Average landNo. of percentage No. of percentage No. of percentage Large 10 and above 16.44 15.45 14.89 holding sizedistricts of districts districts of districts districts of districts Source: CMIE, Profiles of State, Mumbai, and < 1 1 5.25 1 5.25 4 14.81 1 – 2 1 5.25 6 31.59 11 40.74 Karnataka statistical reports 2 -3 4 21.05 4 21.05 11 40.74 3 – 4 3 15.77 4 21.05 1 3.7 The data in the above table throw light > 4 10 52.63 4 21.05 - - on changes in the landholding size of Karnataka Total 19 100 19 100 27 100 over the reference period. It is observed from Source: Hand book of Karnataka 1975 and the table that average size of land holdings in Suvarna Karnataka the state which was 3.2 hectors in 1970-71 ( Observation of the above table clearly before the land reform legislation was reveals that fragmentation and subdivision of implemented) was declined to 2.41 hectors in land holding is continuously taking place in the 1985-86 and further to 1.63 hectors 2015-16. state since 1956-57. The districts having Only in case of large land holdings the changes average land holdings of less than 1 hector was are very negligible i.e. slightly declined from Mandya (1956-57 & 1975-76) and it is continued 16.44 hectors in 1970-71 to 14.89 hectorsin2015- to stand in the same position even in 2015-16. 16. But more number of districts was added to this [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0161 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 (less than 1) category since 1956. In 2015-16 Source: District at a glance of 1975 & 2015. the districts in the category of 1-2 & 2– 3 have In contrast there were 84 taluks in the almost tripled over the period of 60 years and category ofof less than 4000 marginal land number of districts have been increased from holdings in 1975 and number decreased to 12 one (1956-57) to 11 districts (2015-16) and 4 taluks in 2015. Hence it can be easily said that districts (1956-57) to 11districts (2015-16) more number of marginal land holders are respectively. tremendously increasing over the period of 40 Spatial patterns of average land holdings years. Similarly number of land holdings in the havealso been changing over a period of 60 category of 12000 to 16000 was doubled in the years. The average land holding size of more reference period. than 4 hectors was seen in 10 districts (1956- The below figure abundantly makes it 57) particularly in north and central part of the clear that it is in the southern part of the state state and it is declined to nil (0) in 2015-16. where more fragmentations of land holdings has Fig: 2, Spatial distribution of average land taken place due to law of inheritance, high holdings (in hectors) population growth and due to land reforms act. In north Karnataka the pace of the subdivisions although high but not on par withtaluks of southern part. However the size of land holdings in northern taluks is fairly large since ancient times. In coastal Karnataka also marginal land holders have increased. Further, land utilization SPATIAL PATTERNS OF LAND HOLDINGS — for commercial activity is more in these taluks TALUK LEVEL ANALYSIS of the state . Similarly in southern taluks of the Marginal land holdings:The trend of state population as well as density is very high spatial pattern of land holding at taluk level is and land value is also very high. similar like that of district level. The below table Fig 3, Spatial Distribution of number of clearly demonstrates that number of marginal marginal land holdings (below 1 hector) land holdings (below one hector) at taluk level are increasing and they are multiplied in some of the taluks over a period of 30 years. There were only 9 taluks in the category of more than 16000 marginal land holdings in 1975 and the number increased to 84 taluks in 2015. It is almost nine and half times more than the previous number Table 3. Distribution of number of marginal land holdings to total land holdings(below 1 hector) No.of marginal land holdings No. of Taluks in No. of Taluks in Law of inheritance in the society has % % (below1hector) 1975 2015 virtually converted large land holdings into <4000 84 48.00 12 6.86 uneconomic piece of land. In addition where 4000-8000 43 24.57 27 15.43 ever population is high the sub division of land 8000-12000 25 14.29 24 13.71 12000-16000 14 8.00 28 16.00 holdings is also high. Hence fragmentation and >16000 9 5.14 84 48.00 sub division of land holding is common in these Total 175 100 175 100 parts of the state. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0162 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Large land holdings: This clearly indicates that sub-division In Karnataka the distribution of large and fragmentation of large land holdings have land holdings (above 10 hectors) is much taken place in the state during the reference localized i.e. almost 90 percent of large land period. However even northern part of the state holdings are concentrated in northern taluks of which had large size land holdings since ancient the state. Moreover the number of large land times also registered subdivision due to law of holdings has sharply decreased in recent years. in heritance and land reforms act. The below table throw a flood lights on changing CONCLUSION nature of land holding size in the last 35 years. Creation of economic land holdings and Table: 4. Distribution of number of large land prevention of subdivision of land holdings should holdings to total land holdings. (Above 10 be the immediate attention of the hectors) government.Present analysis at state, district No. of large land No. of Taluks in No. of Taluks in holdings % % and taluk level proves beyond doubt that there 1975 2015 (above10hectors) is disintegration of land holdings to a great <600 91 52.00 112 64.00 600-1000 27 15.43 34 19.42 extent which may affect total agricultural 1000-1600 11 6.29 16 9.14 output. Secondly farmers should be encouraged 1600-2000 14 8.00 09 5.14 to practice cooperative farming thereby enabling >2000 84 48.00 04 2.28 Total 175 100 175 100 them to adopt scientific cultivation with modern equipment. Source: District at a glance of 1975 &2015. Bibliography Large land holders in the state particularly in - Abani.K.Bhagabathi&M.M.Das (1991) the range of less than 600 category are Structural constrains of Agricultural increased from 91 taluks in 1975 to 112taluks development in Assam-Vol 9 No.2 Annals in 2016. This change can be noticed in almost of Nagi all taluks of the state except some taluks in - Arunkumar, K.S. &Ramanna, R. (1998): Bijapur. (Fig 4) Similarly in the range of 600 – “Structural changes in Karnataka 1000 category there were 27 taluks in 1975 1960-1997”, Intellectual publishing house, which are increased to 34taluks in 2015. In New Delhi. contrast in the category of more than 2000 - Aziz, Abdul (1989): ‘Social and economic which had 84 taluks in 1975 has decreased to change in a Karnataka village’, Pondy only 4taluks in 2015. papers in social science, No. 3, Pondicherry. Fig 4. Spatial Distribution of large land holdings - Sharma T.C. (1998) changing patterns of (above 10 hectors) crop land use in Karnataka. Vol-18 No.1 &2 Annals of NAGI. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0163 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 which can be publicly owned banks (Like Bank 37 of Baroda, SBI, etc) or privately owned banks (Like Axis bank, HDFC bank, ICICI bank, etc), it LOSS OF CONFIDENCE : also consist of Non banking financial SUSTAINABILITY OF INDIAN institutions (Like Bajaj Finance Limited, Shriram PRIVATE SECTOR BANKING Transport Finance Company Limited), these NBFI institutions do not have a banking license so they are not allowed to accept deposits, but they VARUN JASHNANI can lend money for various purposes. Indian Department of Economics & Business banking sector also consists of Co-operative Economics, Smt. banks (Kalyan Janata Sahakari Bank Ltd, Thane Chandibai Himathmal Mansukhani College, Bharat Sahakari Bank Ltd, etc), such banks are Mumbai University. with aim to provide support to rural sector where large banks are not paying much attention. ======***********======Banking sector is the necessary intermediary in ABSTRACT between the supply of loanable funds which is Indian Banking sector is one of the largest done by households through their savings and in the world, it provides services to one of the demand for loanable funds which is made by largest populations in the world, thus investors who wish to take loans to make sustainability of the system is of prime investments. importance. The sector comprises both publicly OBJECTIVES OF THE RESEARCH : owned and privately owned banks. Sustainability The objective of the research is to of both public sector banking and private sector understand whether the loss in confidence of banking is important. Recently one of the largest depositors who have an account in the private private banks was put under moratorium by the sector banks lead to shift of their accounts in Reserve Bank of India due to fraudulent public sector banks due to fraudulent activities activities and increased non performing assets of a particular private bank which has led itself which ultimately led the bank to fall down. Such into crises. Public sector banks are backed by events lead to fall in confidence of the government so there is usually a conception that depositors, the paper’s aim is to analyse whether public sector banks will never go bankrupt, thus fraudulent activities of a particular private bank any crises in the private sector banks may urge which has led itself into crises lead to loss in the depositors to shift their accounts to public confidence of depositors in the whole private sector banks and thus this will lead to decline sector banking system, and shift to public sector in the already small share of private sector bank banking system as there is a general conception in the Indian economy. that public sector banks never fail as they are METHODOLOGY: being backed by the Government of India, Data collection process Survey, In person & Web based approach. thereby affecting the sustainability of private Population Individuals (Depositors) having an account sector banking system.Keywords: Private in a crisis hit private bank. banking crises, Sustainability of banking Sample size 30 system. INTRODUCTION: Primary data collection is done using a simple Banking sector is the backbone of Indian random sampling method. Depositors of private economy. It consists of various organizations bank (that is presently in crises) were randomly [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0164 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 selected and were asked to fill a survey. Main increased to 32.42% in 2018(1). Government of question of interest in the survey was whether India & LIC infused nearly 9000 Crores in IDBI the customer would shift to another private bank in September 2019 and did not let the bank sector bank or a public sector bank. fail. IMPORTANCE OF BANKING SECTOR IN INDIAN IL&FS Infrastructure Leasing & Finance ECONOMY: Services, a NBFI Behemoth went into crisis in Banking sector provides the necessary September 2018 after defaulting on payment fuel to the economy. It enhances the investment obligations to banks and failing to meet capacities of individuals, it increases commercial paper redemption obligations on consumption capacities of consumers. Growth September 14th of 2018. The IL&FS group was of an economy depends upon the GDP of that known to be sitting on a debt pile of around economy. GDP is the total production of goods 91,000 crore(2). IL&FS crises sent shockwaves and services in a particular economy in a around the Indian economy due to its sheer size particular period. To increase this production of and its support to various infrastructure projects. goods and services, capital is required for PMC Punjab & Maharashtra co operative making investments which is provided by the bank ran into crises in September 2019. Bank banking sector. Increased production of goods had given loads of 6,500 crore, or over 73 per and services lead to increased employment, as cent of all of the bank’s advances to a single higher people get employed, disposable group called HDIL group (Housing Development incomes in the hands of people increase which and Infrastructure Limited) via various fraudulent ultimately gets spent on various goods and accounts thereby violating the RBI lending services leading to increased standards of living norms. HDIL defaulted on loan obligations to of the people. So the Banking sector has a great PMC bank which led to bank failure(3). deal of indirect effect on the economy. Banking Yes bank crises became public when RBI sector itself is an employer of millions of people put Yes bank under moratorium on 5th March and is indirectly contributing to employment of 2020 and announced that it was superseding more millions of people. Yes bank board of directors for 30 days. The BANKING SECTOR IN PAIN: reason behind the crises was substandard loans In the past 3 years we have seen crises that were given to various companies. The bank in Indian banking sector, crisis has hit each type has been on a loan lending spree since 2014. It of bank, a public sector bank, a private sector would also lend to firms those who have been bank, a cooperative bank or a non banking rejected by other banks. This led to an increase financial corporation. IDBI Bank, a publicly in NPA for the bank leading to decline in owned bank would have failed and shut, if the profitability and ultimately failure of the bank support was not provided by the government of when the debt obligations were not being met India through LIC (Life insurance corporation). by many of its borrowers(4). IDBI bank was facing NPA (Non performing ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION: assets) problem due to substandard lending by Out of a sample of 30, 17 said that they the bank, gross bad loans of the bank stood at would shift to public sector banks as they feel 55,588.26 crores in March 2018 which had that public sector banks are safer, as they are increased from 44,752.59 crore in March 2017. backed by the government. 56.67% i.e 17 are in Bank had reportedly shown loss for seven favor of shifting to a public sector bank, 40% i.e consecutive times in a row. The Gross NPA ratio 12 are in favor of private sector banking and of IDBI bank was 2.71% in 2005, which [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0165 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 will stick to private sector banks, 3.33% i.e 1 inefficient, improvements in technology would did not answer the question. become very slow. Customer satisfaction was the main point of differentiation of private sector banks, as public sector banks never aimed for customer satisfaction before privatization of banks, if the share of private sector banking declines then customer satisfaction would become a thing of the past. In 2018-19, private banks gave a total of ¹ 7.3 trillion in loans, while public sector banks gave ¹ 2.3 trillion in loans(5), decline in private sector banking would also lead to decline in advancement of loans, which means slowdown in the economic growth. CONCLUSION: After the crises in the particular private bank we can understand that 56.67% of the sample Failure of one particular private bank would like to shift to any of the public sector leads to decline in confidence of the depositors banks, whereas before the crises 100% of the in the private sector banking, thus the whole sample was banking in the private sector private sector banking system could suffer due banking, this number reduced to 43.33%. We can to the fraudulent activities of one private bank. find that there is definitely loss of confidence The customers would shift their deposits to in private sector banking among the depositors. public sector banks, this leads to decline in the REFERENCES : credit flow for private sector banks making them 1) https://www.academia.edu/38018848/ weaker. This shift of depositors from private NPA_CRISIS_IN_IDBI_BANK_-AN_ANALYSIS sector banking to public sector banking is not 2) https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/ good for banking system in the long run as industry/banking/finance/banking/ private sector banking plays a very vital role in everything-about-the-ilfs-crisis-that-has- Indian economy, it encourages healthy india-in-panic-mode/articleshow/ competition, it encourages use of new 66026024.cms technology, it leads to overall increased 3) https://www.business-standard.com/ efficiency in the banking sector, it encourages about/what-is-pmc-bank-crisis research and development in banking 4) https://www.thehindu.com/business/yes- technology, it also helps to access foreign capital bank-crisis-explained/article31030273.ece markets. 5) https://www.livemint.com/industry/ The market share of public sector banks banking/how-private-banks-are-taking- is 63.1% and private sector banks hold share of over-indian-banking-1560706195840.html 28.7% only(5), with already small market share in the banking industry further fall in this share would lead to decline in the private banking market and thus public sector banks would only emerge as a option for any individual who desires banking services. In absence of the private sector, public sector banks would render [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0166 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 change”. The climate of our world is undergoing 38 a dramatic change. Global warming is increasing rapidly and there is widespread consensus that GLOBAL WARMING AND ITS the current trend is caused by increased EFFECT ON AGRICULTURE emissions of various greenhouse gases such as carbon dioxide, hydrofluorocarbons, per Dr. Pramod M. Wsake fluorocarbons, sulphur hexafluoride, methane Assistant Professor, and nitrous oxide. Greenhouse gases allow Head Department of Geography short-wave solar radiation to pass into the Shree ShivajiCollege , earth’s atmosphere. They absorb some of the Rajura Dist. Chandrapur (M.S.) long wave thermal radiation that is otherwise emitted back out to space, which results ======***********======warming effect on our atmosphere. The emission of greenhouse gases into the Abstract: atmosphere comes with industrialization, Agriculture is the backbone of Indian through deforestation, shifting cultivation and economy which in turn relies on the monsoon the expansion of intensive agriculture. season. The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate The present day agriculture is no more Change (IPCC) projected that the global mean sustainable in most parts of the country, cannot surface temperature will likely rise and may forbid relying on chemical fertilizers and result into uneven climatic changes such as pesticides for the sake of susceptibility as irregular rainfall patterns, increased surface defined by the west. The powerful message that temperature and elevated CO2 content in the distills from all thoughts and dialogues is the atmosphere. Research studies indicate that move towards Fukuoka’s natural farming and weathering parameters influence strongly (67%) VinobaBhave’sSarvodaya method of ‘Rishi compared to other factors like soil and nutrient Kheti’. The logic to these naturalists is aimed at management (33%) during the cropping season. reduced dependency on non-renewable Researchers have confirmed that crop yield falls resources, purchased inputs and population by 3-5% for every 1°F increase in the control to achieve higher efficiency of inputs and temperature. Present study shows that the crop economic maximization of yield along with production is dependent on temperature and environmental safety. shows a funnel shape for all the seasons. At Biological agriculture can be defined as lower temperature both the properties are a system that attempt to provide a balanced almost linearly correlated, whereas at higher environment, in which the maintenance of soil temperatures, it increases but with large fertility and the control of pests and diseases scattering. The findings may be helpful to study are achieved by the enhancement of natural the effect of climate change on the crop processes and cycles, with moderate inputs of production. energy resources, while maintaining an optimum Key words: Global Warming, IPCC, Climate productivity. The chemical agricultural change, Greenhouse effect, Agriculture. (conventional agriculture) techniques have Introduction: resulted in great increase in productivity; Organic agricultural a synonymous for however, it has greater negative impacts that biological agriculture, seems to be the feasible include soil erosion or degradation, effects of solution to the most debated topic “Climate [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0167 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 pesticides, detention of soil health and For the present research paper the environment, environmental pollution etc. primary and secondary sources have been used. The soils of India under different Eco Materials from various libraries have been zones have lost a significant amount of C and, collected. Internet sources have also been therefore, offer a great potential for explored and at the same time various rehabilitating these areas. Our result clearly concerning laboratories have also been visited. showed that improvements in farming systems The article regarding to it have been read and use of organic material/compost could add thoroughly. The reports of the national and C to soils. Results also clearly demonstrated that international conferences have also been taken organic management of land definitely increase under consideration. After having collected the carbon stock and concurrently enhance plant various material and explored the internet productivity and prevent erosion and sources, all the available material have been desertification especially under arid and semi- analyzed. The descriptive and analytical arid eco systems. research method has been used for this research Plant residues provide a renewable paper. resource for incorporation into soil organic Effects of Global Warming: matter. Production of plant residues in Each year, scientists learn more about ecosystems at steady-state will be balanced by the consequences of global warming, and many the return of dead plant material to the soil. In agree that environmental, economic, and health agricultural systems, it was estimated only about consequences are likely to occur if current trends 20% of production will an average be continue. Here’s just a smattering of what we accumulated into the soil organic fraction. can look forward to Furthermore, in some farming systems, all above · Melting glaciers, early snowmelt, and ground production may be harvested, leaving severe droughts will cause more dramatic water only the root biomass. The actual quantities of shortages and increase the risk of wildfires in residue returned to the soil will depend on the the American West. crop, the growing conditions and the agricultural · During last two decades there has been practices. For example, for a soybean-wheat tremendous growth of the industries in the system in our sub-humid areas, the annual world. contribution of C from above ground biomass · These industries release toxic gases, was about 22% for soybean and 32% for wheat. chemicals and effluents in huge quantities in This resulted in 18% of the annual gross carbon the environment creating air, water, soil input being incorporated into the soil organic pollution. carbon. The positive influence on microbial · Rising sea levels will lead to coastal biomass, microbial and enzyme activities, carbon flooding on the Eastern Seaboard, especially in sequestration, water holding capacity, carbon Florida, and in other areas such as the Gulf of stock and build up under organic farming than Mexico. conventional agriculture would definitely boost · Forests, farms, and cities will face to migrate climate change under different Eco troublesome new pests, heat waves, heavy zones of India. The following tables show some downpours, and increased flooding. All those of the advantages of organic agriculture over factors will damage or destroy agriculture and chemical agriculture. fisheries. Methodology: [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0168 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 · Disruption of habitats such as coral reefs 1. Change in production area and Yield and Alpine meadows could drive many plant and Reduction : animal species to extinction. Global warming climate change can · Allergies, asthma, and infectious affect agriculture in a variety of ways. It reduced disease outbreaks will become more common crop quantity and quality due to the reduced due to increased growth of pollen-producing growth period following high level of ragweed, higher levels of air pollution, and temperature rise, reduce sugar content, bad the spread of conditions favorable to coloration and reduced storage stability in fruits; pathogens and mosquitoes. increase of weeds, blight and harmful insect in Causes of Global Warming: agriculture crops; reduced land fertility due to Global warming occurs when carbon the accelerated decomposition of organic dioxide (CO2) and other air pollutants and substances. In addition because of global greenhouse gases collect in the atmosphere and warming and climate change the main area of absorb sunlight and solar radiation that have production area also change as a crop requires bounced off the earth’s surface. Normally, this different climate and environmental condition radiation would escape into space but these to grow, which will be altered because of pollutants, which can last for years to centuries temperature rise. Thus the main areas of in the atmosphere, trap the heat and cause the production change the boundary and suitable planet to get hotter. That’s what’s known as the areas for cultivation move towards different greenhouse effect. area. Further beyond a certain range of In the United States, the burning of fossil temperature, warming tends to reduce yields fuels to make electricity is the largest source of because crops speed through their development, heat-trapping pollution, producing about two producing less grain in the process. billion tons of CO2 every year. Coal-burning 2. Higher Temperature : power plants are by far the biggest polluters. Consumption of fossil fuels (e.g. oil and The country’s second-largest source of carbon coal) is one of the reasons responsible for global pollution is the transportation sector, which warming. It is anticipate that, the average generates about 1.7 billion tons of CO2 temperature of the earth will rise by up to 6.4% st emissions a year. by the end of the 21 century (2001~ 2100) and Curbing dangerous climate sea leval will rise by 59cm. In fact the average change requires very deep cuts in emissions, as temperature of the earth has risen 0.74% over well as the use of alternatives to fossil fuels the past 100 years (1906~2005). Thus the global worldwide. The good news is that we’ve started warming not only causes a change in average a turnaround: CO2 emissions in the United temperature and precipitation but also increases States actually decreased from 2005 to 2018, the frequency of floods, droughts, heat waves, thanks in part to new, energy-efficient and the intensity of typhoons and hurricanes technology and the use of cleaner fuels. And following the change in temperature and scientists continue to develop new ways to precipitation patterns. Increase in temperature modernize power plants, generate cleaner lead to climate change, which will show impact electricity, and burn less gasoline while we in various other forms throughout the world, drive. The challenge is to be sure these solutions including the rise of sea level, decrease in are put to use and widely adopted. glaciers, northward movement of plant habitats, Effect of Global Warming on Agriculture: change in animal habitats, rise of ocean temperature, shortened winter and early arrival [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0169 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 of spring. Further higher temperature also however much he possesses, becomes a slave interferes with the ability of plants to get and to his desires….. The use moisture. Evaporation from the soil incessant search for material comforts and their accelerates when temperatures rise and plants multiplication is an increase transpiration that is, lose more evil. I make bold to say that the Europeans will moisture from their leaves (Evapotranspiration). have to remodel their 3. Increase Rainfall : outlook, if they are not to perish under the Due to the expected increase in weight of the comforts to atmospheric moisture, as CO2 continuingly rising which they are becoming slaves…”. because of green house effects that generally Mahatma Gandhi was so peeved of the western responsible for more rainfall. Increasing rainfall culture and civilization brings devastating droughts and floods for that he wrote ‘if India followed the western resident living in low lying area. The likely to model of development she would increase in rainfall have impact on water require more than one planet to achieve the availability as there will be race between higher progress they had attained’. evapotranspiration and higher precipitation. The Nicolas Stern Committee Report on Typically, that race is won by higher Global Warming and Global Economy also evapotranspiration. On the contrary climate underlined the Gandhian philosophy when it change carbon emissions can also help observed that at the current rate of consumption agriculture by enhancing photosynthesis in of resources and energy of the planet, mankind many important, so - called C3, crops (such as would require more than one planet for survival. Rice, wheat, and soybeans). The Stern Committee Report, therefore, stressed The Gandhian Approach towards on reduction of greenhouse gas emissions by Sustainable Development: remodelinglife style and by transiting from a Mahatma Gandhi, an ardent champion carbon economy to a non-carbon economy. We of sustainable development, advocated need to remodel our outlook and achieve the harmonious existence of mankind with nature goal of sustainable development. By adopting and ecology based on equity and justice. He said a combination of factors which include the long ago in 1924, “Earth provides enough to adoption of clean technologies, equitable satisfy every man’s need, but not any man’s distribution of resources and addressing the greed”.56 With this world view, Mahatma issues of equity and justice, we can make our Gandhi was engaged in criticizing the colonial developmental process more harmonious with modernity which went beyond the carrying nature. capacity of the planet earth and exploited Conclusion: people and resources across the planet. The climate change, as realized through Therefore, our freedom struggle under his trends of temperature rise and increased CO2 leadership was in a way the first ever struggle concentration, is a major concern. The number in history for sustainable development. of studies for assessing its impact on agriculture Gandhiji’s ideal life was an enlightened unselfish has increased. Crop growth models have been ethical life of plain living and high thinking. He modified and tested for various important crops wrote in 1938: of this region under different climate change “Man’s happiness really lies in contentment. He scenarios. But most of the results happen to be who is discontented, region specific and with certain assumptions. Enhancing carbon stock in different areas could [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0170 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 have direct environmental, economic and soil 9. Coping with Climate Change: GautamDutt benefits for local people. It could increase and FabiinaGaioli (Economic & Political benefits for farmers as well as mitigate global Weekly, 20 Oct., 2007). warming, at least in the coming decades until 10. Effect of Global Warming on Crop alternative energy sources are developed. Productivity, Y.S. Shivay and AnshuRahal Though climate change poses a variety (Kurukshetra, July 2008) of challenges, the present paper would 11. Franklin Cudjoe and Bright Simons, ‘UN specifically focus on the issues viz. agriculture climate change plans and world’s poor’, The and food security, water stress and water Pioneer, 9 September 2008. insecurity, rising sea levels, biodiversity and 12. N.K. Singh, Preferential Trade Agreements: human health, which have immense relevance Stumbling Blocks or Building Blocks, The from the perspective of developing countries in Indian Express, April 24, 2005. general and India in particular.Accuracy in 13. M.S. Swaminathan, For an Action Plan for assessing the magnitude of the climate change Bihar, The Hindu, 5 September, 2008 on higher spatial and temporal resolution scale 14. P.P.Sangal, India’s Climate Change Action is the prime requirement for accurate estimates Plan, The Economic Times, New Delhi, 29 of the impact. Indian agriculture is likely to suffer July, 2008. losses due to heat, erratic weather and 15. G. Ananthapadmanabhan, What should be decreased irrigation availability. Adaption India’s stand at Bali climate meet?, The strategies can help minimize negative impacts. Economic Times, 20 November 2007. References: 16. An Assessment of the Intergovernmental 1. Collected Works of Mahatma Gandhi, vol.29. Panel on Climate Change: Climate Change 2. Eric Neumayer, Greening Trade and 2007: Synthesis Report. Investment: Environmental Protection 17. Carbon Market: Emerging Sectors and Trends, Without Protectionism, Earthscan ASSOCHAM, 2008. Publications Ltd., 2001. 18. Climate Change 2007: Synthesis Report, 3. Bruce E. Johansen, Global Warming in the IPCC, Geneva, 2007. 21st century: Plants and Animals in Peril 19. Climate Change 2007: Impacts, Adaptation (www.greenwood.com). and Vulnerability (Working Group II 4. Jeffrey D. Sachs, ‘Common Wealth: Contribution to the Fourth Assessment Economics for a Crowded Planet’, Allen Lane, Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on 2008. Climate Change). 5. Herbert Girardet (ed.), Surviving the Century, 20. Energy Subsidies: Their Magnitude, How they Earthscan, London, 2007. Affect Energy Investment and Greenhouse 6. N.K.Singh, ‘The Politics of Change: A Gas Emissions, and Prospects for Reform, Ringside View’, New Delhi: Penguine Viking, Final Report, UNFCCC Secretariat,10 2007. 21. Aggrawal P.K. 2003, ‘Impact of climate 7. The Day After Tomorrow: Impact of Climate change on Indian agriculture’ Change on the World’s Water, Dr. 3.3 Effect of Temperature Rise on Kharif Crops PradiptoGhosh (Terragreen, 2008) in India 8. ChandrashekharDasgupta, ‘Shifts on The dependency of temperature on Climate Change’, The Telegraph, Calcutta, kharif crops shows funnel like structure in Figure 2 September, 2008. 3, which is as similar as in Figure 2. At initial stage, [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0171 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 tail portion is not observed which signifies that kharif production 39 may not get affected at low temperature. After that, at high temperature, scattering in the DYNAMICS OF CROPPING PATTERN data points was observed. Hence, this makes AND STATUS OF GROUND WATER the prediction difficult at high temperature range. The production for the year 1991-1992, A BLOCK LEVEL ANALYSIS OF 1995-1996, 2002-2003 and 2008-2009 has not SONIPAT DISTRICT, HARYANA been placed within the funnel like structure as during these years, several weather events took Sunena place in India. Junior Lecturer in Geography, During the year 1991-1992, production fell Department of School Education, Haryana by 5.3% compared to the previous year due to unpredictable behavior of south-west ======***********======monsoon. Several depressions arose during Abstract the year 1995 which caused heavy to very This paper is an attempt to analyze the heavy rainfall over Bihar plateau and Gangetic changes in cropping pattern during 2000-02 to West Bengal. Such situation leads to flood 2015-17 and status of ground water in Sonipat and damage to crops was also reported (IMD, district at block level. The study is based on 1995). The year 2002 was declared as one of secondary data sources. The study reveals that the severe drought in India (Mahdi et al., 2015). the district has recorded some drastic changes Due to this drought, production especially kharif in cropping pattern. It has been noted that within crops got badly affected at large extent (Ministry the increase in total cropped area, the area of Finance, 1991-1992). Overall deficit of 23% under wheat and rice has been increased rainfall during the south west monsoon, in the drastically while the area under some crops such year 2009-2010, adversely affected kharif as sugarcane, cotton gram has declined. production (Aggarwal et al., 2010). Hence due Cultivation of gram has totally disappeared. The to such weather events, kharif production gets increase in rice cultivation has becoming the affected in India cause of rapidly declined in ground water. Introduction Agricultural activities are being the one of fundamental work of people.Forthelastsix to seven thousand years,agriculture hasbeentheelementaryactivity for the survival and the development of mankind.In the early primitive period of his life, human being wandered in the search of food. They earned their livelihoods by hunting, gathering and fishing etc. They leaded a nomadic life.With the passage of time, human beings had started to growing crops and toestablish permanent settlement nearby the source of water in river valleys. “Agricultural practices enabled people to establish permanent settlements and expand [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0172 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 urban based societies. Domestication of plants changes have been more clearly identified in and animals transformed the profession of the north Indian plain more specifically in Haryana, early humans from hunting and gathering to Punjab and UP. Apart from this, the agricultural selective hunting, herding and settled sector of the country has experienced agriculture, (Gupta,2004)”. When human beings remarkable changes in recent past. These would start to grow the seeds of different crops changes have been noticed in terms of area on available cultivable land, perhaps it was the under agriculture, cropping pattern, productivity emergent of first cropping pattern. and use of new technology etc. (Majhi The Cropping pattern of any region or andKumar, 2018). area represent the proportion of area under The state of Haryana is located in great various crops during an agricultural year. plain of India which has also known as Indo- Cropping pattern of any region is combined result Gangetic plain. This plain have rich and highly of many factors. It depends on the selectionand fertile alluvial soil. It is one of the highly fertile allocation of land todifferent cropsand onnumber plains of the world, where cropping intensity is of decisions taken by individual found very high. The state of Haryana is known farmersbasedon physical, economic and for its surplus food production and major sociological factors, (Sridharan and contributor to Indian economy.”It is the second Radhakrishnan, 1978). Cropping pattern of any largest contributor off oodgraininIndia region does not remain statics it changes with (Ahlawat and Renu, 2016:41)”. And it is the passage of time according to the demands. possible due to high productivity of land. Whole “Basically, cropping pattern is determines the state has been divided into two agro-climate through various factors viz., land size, climatic zones i.e. eastern zone and western zone and conditions, financial credits, technological cropping. The Sonipat located in eastern zone advantages and in last seeds, fertilizers that are which is just adjacent to Yamuna River. So, the used by the farmers(Singh,2015)”. availability of surface and ground water provides As it is well known that agriculture plays it good agricultural conditions. an important role in the Indian economy and Study area more than fifty percent of its population has Sonipat is one of the very famous engaged in agriculture and allied sector. Being districts of Haryana having an area of 2260 a large country, itcomprises with a large number square kilometers which is a little more than of agro-climatic regions. Each and every agro- five percent of total area of the state. The district climatic region has some different and specific is located in middle east part of the state. The characteristics. Being a wide range of climatic Sonipat city is the district headquarters of the conditions, it leads different cropping seasons. district. It is just adjacent to national capital of Every agroclimatic region has a wide range of Delhi anda part of NCR. The district is cultivated crops. So, the cropping pattern differs surrounded by National Capital, Delhi in east, from one agro-climatic region to another region. Rohtak and Jhajjar district in west, Panipat and Some time it also differs within the region. Jinddistrict in North while the eastern part it Cause being that at micro level the surface shares its border with Uttar Pradesh. Being nature doesn’t similar, it varies flattish to located in Gangetic plain the soil of the district undulating and water availabilities does not is well fertile and suitable for almost all crops. equally spread.It has been noted that after the Objectives: ‘green revolution’ famers have inclined towards The study is an attempt to examine the cultivation of food crops wheat and rice. These cropping pattern of Sonipat district at block level, [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0173 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 change in cropping pattern during recent past In Rai and Ganaur blocks area under these two and impact of cropping pattern to the status of crops was highest while in Gohana and Kathura ground water. blocks the area under wheat and rice was Database and Methodology comparatively low. In 2015-17 the area under The present study is based on secondary both the crops has increased in all blocks of the data which has been collected from Department district. Kathura, Gohana and Sonipat blocks of Agriculture government of Haryana and have noted maximum change in the area under Statistical Abstract of Haryana. Block wise area these crops. It has increased nearly 13 to 17 under each crop has been collected from percent. While Rai and Ganaurblocks has Department of Agriculture Haryana while some recorded minimum changes. Reason being that data related status of underground water has in these blocks area under wheat and rice is been takenCentral GroundWaterBoard Report.To already high than to other blocks which blocks find out the cropping pattern triennial data has have noted maximum changes. If overview at been used. district level it has been noticed that in 2000- Cropping Pattern and Changes in Cropping 02, wheat and rice was cultivated on an area of Pattern 85 percent of total cropped area while in 2015- Table No. 1, present the area under some 17 it covers an area of more than 95 percent. important cropsin Sonipat district at block level Table 1. Sonipat District Block wise Area under during 2000-02 to 2015-17. The table reveals major Crops 2000-02&2015-17 (Area in that during a period of sixteen to seventeen Hectares) B l o c k s Y e a r s W h e a t R i c e Sugarcane B a j r a Mustard Cotton Barley Maize Gram Gross Cropp ed a rea years the gross cropped area in all blocks has 2000-02 2 7 3 3 3 16550 3 2 3 3 5 3 3 1 1 0 0 3 3 3 3 2 0 0 1 6 7 5 0 5 2 4 9 9 S o n i p a t 2015-17 2 9 9 8 8 23691 1 1 7 8 6 0 1 0 2 2 1 4 5 1 1 6 0 5 5 8 4 0 2000-02 1 8 7 0 0 9 3 5 0 4 3 3 4 0 0 4 3 3 5 0 2 0 0 1 6 7 3 7 2 9 7 7 0 increased with different growth. The Kathura R a i 2015-17 2 1 2 7 8 13047 8 8 9 5 4 6 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 3 5 9 6 0 2000-02 1 6 6 3 3 5 2 3 3 1 4 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 4 2 2 5 7 9 9 block has recoded maximum increase in cross Kharkhoda 2015-17 1 9 5 3 3 9 6 1 9 3 0 1 1 9 5 2 0 3 2 8 1 1 9 4 8 0 3 1 9 0 0 2000-02 1 8 8 6 7 6 5 0 0 3 5 6 7 1 2 6 6 1 0 0 0 6 6 7 1 0 0 3 7 1 0 0 3 2 1 0 4 cropped area i.e.12582 hectares and followed G o h a n a 2015-17 1 9 6 9 7 17099 1 3 8 3 1 3 8 7 4 9 2 1 8 4 8 0 0 3 9 8 8 1 2000-02 1 0 4 6 7 2 7 0 0 2 1 6 7 6 3 3 8 0 0 3 6 7 1 0 0 4 1 3 8 1 7 3 1 3 by Gohana Rai and Kharkhoda blocks while K a t h u r a 2015-17 1 6 0 4 2 11867 1 0 1 9 6 7 6 0 2 9 1 0 0 0 2 9 8 9 5 2000-02 2 0 6 0 0 7 2 3 3 3 1 0 0 1 2 0 0 9 0 0 6 3 3 6 6 3 3 2 7 3 3 7 6 5 Mundlana Ganaur block has recorded minimum increase. 2015-17 2 2 0 1 3 13384 2 0 7 9 8 1 4 0 2 1 2 0 0 0 3 8 5 0 2 2000-02 2 1 0 3 3 13800 1 9 3 3 3 6 6 5 6 6 5 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 2 9 3 7 9 7 7 G a n a u r At district level this gross cropped has gained 2015-17 1 7 8 6 5 19045 9 7 1 3 0 1 0 1 1 4 0 0 0 3 8 2 9 6 2000-02 1 3 3 63 3 61366 1 5 8 3 3 5 4 9 8 5 9 3 2 5 2 0 0 8 6 6 6 4 5 3 2 3 22 927 6 District total nearly 18 percent i. e. nearly 41000 hectares in 2015-17 1 4 6 41 6 107752 7 8 2 0 6 2 7 7 4 9 1 5 8 4 2 1 2 1 6 4 0 27 027 4 comparison 2000-02 to 2015-17.This increase Source: Based on Data collected from in gross cropped area shows that expansion of Department of Agriculture,Haryana agriculture in the district has reaching towards Table 2. Sonipat District Block wise cropping high cropping intensity. It has been possible due Pattern 2000-02 & 2015-17 (Area in%) to favourable conditions for the development of B l o c k s Y e a r s Wh eat R i c e Sugarcane Bajr a Mustard cotton B ar ley Maize G r am To t al S o n i p a t 2 000-02 5 2 . 0 6 3 1.52 6 . 1 6 1 . 0 2 2 . 1 0 6 . 3 5 0 . 3 8 0 . 3 2 0 . 1 0 100.00 agriculture. Being good fertile alluvial soil and 2 015-17 5 3 . 7 0 4 2.43 2 . 1 1 1 . 0 8 0 0 . 4 0 0 . 0 8 1 0 . 2 1 0 100.00 R a i 2 000-02 6 2 . 8 1 3 1.41 1 . 4 5 1 . 3 4 1 . 4 5 0 . 1 7 0 . 6 7 0 . 5 6 0 . 1 2 100.00 availability of sufficient water for irrigation. It 2 015-17 5 9 . 1 7 3 6.28 2 . 4 7 1 . 5 2 0 0 . 5 6 0 0 0 100.00 Khar kho da 2 000-02 6 4 . 4 5 2 0.27 5 . 4 2 4 . 2 5 4 . 3 8 0 . 3 9 0 . 3 9 0 . 3 9 0 . 1 6 100.00 has been noted that with this increasing cropped 2 015-17 6 1 . 2 3 3 0.15 0 . 9 4 6 . 1 2 0 1 . 0 3 0 . 3 7 0 . 1 5 0 100.00 G o h a n a 2 000-02 5 8 . 7 7 2 0.25 1 1 . 1 1 3 . 9 4 3 . 1 1 2 . 0 8 0 . 3 1 0 . 1 2 0 . 3 1 100.00 2 015-17 4 9 . 3 9 4 2.88 3 . 4 7 3 . 4 8 0 . 1 2 0 . 5 5 0 . 1 2 0 0 100.00 area, the area under wheat and rice has been K a t h u r a 2 000-02 6 0 . 4 6 1 5.60 1 2 . 5 2 3 . 6 6 4 . 6 2 2 . 1 2 0 . 5 8 0 . 2 4 0 . 2 2 100.00 2 015-17 5 3 . 6 6 3 9.70 3 . 4 1 2 . 2 6 0 0 . 9 7 0 0 0 100.00 increased while area under some crops such as M u nd l an a 2 000-02 6 1 . 0 1 2 1.40 9 . 1 7 3 . 5 4 2 . 6 6 1 . 8 6 0 . 2 0 0 . 1 0 0 . 0 8 100.00 sugarcane, cotton gram has declined. 2 015-17 5 7 . 1 7 3 4.76 5 . 4 0 2 . 1 1 0 0 . 5 5 0 0 0 100.00 G a n a u r 2 000-02 5 5 . 3 8 3 6.34 5 . 0 9 0 . 9 6 1 . 4 9 0 . 1 3 0 . 2 6 0 . 2 6 0.0 76 100.00 2 015-17 4 6 . 6 5 4 9.73 2 . 5 4 0 . 7 9 0 0 . 3 0 0 0 0 100.00 Cultivation of gram has totally disappeared. District Total 2 000-02 5 8 . 2 8 2 6.77 6 . 9 0 2 . 4 0 2 . 5 9 2 . 2 7 0 . 3 8 0 . 2 8 0 . 1 4 100.00 2 015-17 5 4 . 1 7 3 9.87 2 . 8 9 2 . 3 2 0 . 0 2 0 . 5 9 0 . 0 8 0 . 0 6 0 100.00 Table No. 2 reveals that during 2000-02 wheat and rice are two major crops grown in all Source: Based on Data collected from the blocks. The area under wheat and rice varied Department of Agriculture, Haryana from 76 percent to a little more than 94 percent. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0174 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Similarly, if it includes two or three more Kathura block the area under rice cultivation has crops like sugarcane, bajra or cotton it has more than three folds and followed by Gohana covered an area of more than 99 percent to total block where it gained an area of 163 percent cropped area in all blocks excepting Kharkhoda than comparison to 2000-02.Similarly, the area block. It indicates that the numbers of cultivated under rice has notably increased in all blocks of crops have rapidly reduced, which indicates, the district. It recorded an increase of more than farmers are focusing mainly two or three crops. 75 percent. The cultivation of rice needed a One interesting thing is that the cultivation of huge quantity of water. This expansion in rice sugarcane has replaced by rice cultivation. There cultivation have severe impact on Ground water. is only one block, Rai where area under More and more ground water is being exploited cultivation of sugarcane has increased more than for rice cultivation. Exploitation of ground water fifty percent. in huge quantity created the problem of water Farmers have given more thrust on deficiency. Table No. 4 shows that out of seven cultivation of wheat and rice. The cropping blocks five blocks namely Sonipat, Rai, Ganaur, diversity has shrunk between 2000-02 to 2015- Gohana, Mundlana are over exploited its water 17. It has been clearly seen in cultivation of gram, resources. One block Kharkhoda has consider cotton, maize, barley and mustard. in semi critical category. Only one block Kathura According to a report by Haryana is considered in safe zone. Reason being that KisanAyog (2013), which is based on ecology previously during 2000-02, the area under rice and cropping pattern, the sequence of major cultivation was less but recently it has noted crops in Sonipat district were wheat, rice, maximum increase in cultivation of rice. While sugarcane and maize while the data received in all the other blocks the rice was already a from department of agriculture shows that more prominent crop. wheat, rice, sugarcane, bajra and cotton. It Tabale-3. Block wise Ground water slightly differs from the above-mentioned report. Availability, Consumption and Status(in Cubic At block level crop sequence differs to other metre) B l o c k s Net Annual E xisting G ros s Gro un d W ater Draft for irrig ation Exi sti ngGross Gro und Wa t er D ra ftfo r dom estic an d indust rial wat er supply N e t G r o u n d Status blocks where bajra is the third major cultivated Ground Water Water Availability crops at the place of sugarcane. Availability forfuture irrigation Cropping Pattern and Status of Ground development Water G a n a u r 2 0 2 2 6 2 6 7 5 7 1 7 0 2 - 8 2 3 3 Over-exploited G o h a n a 7 4 3 1 1 0 9 6 2 1 3 2 - 3 6 6 3 Cr it i c a l Availability of water and cropping K a t h u r a 5 1 5 0 4 4 9 6 1 8 6 3 2 S a f e Kharkhoda 7 8 2 8 1 2 1 0 6 1 3 2 - 4 4 1 0 SemiCritical pattern has closely related to each other. Mundlana 1 5 2 1 7 1 3 5 4 6 2 9 1 6 3 7 S a f e R a i 8 0 3 8 1 7 0 5 4 1 3 2 0 - 1 0 3 3 6 Over-exploited Agriculture cannot be assumed without S o n i p a t 1 3 1 0 8 1 7 6 9 6 1 2 9 7 - 5 8 8 5 Over-exploited Sonipat District 7 6 9 9 8 1 0 2 6 1 7 4 6 3 0 - 3 0 2 5 8 Over-exploited availability of water. Table No.4 present the availability of net annual ground water, water Source: Central GroundWaterBoard Report, 2015 draft for irrigation and domestic use, water Table No. 4 Percentage increase in Area under available for future irrigation development and Rice Cultivation 2000-02 to 2015-17 status of water resource at block level. If we try Blocks/Distric t Percentage increase in are a S o n i p a t 4 3 . 1 5 to correlate it to present cropping pattern of all R a i 3 9 . 5 4 the blocks it seems a close relation. Table No. 3 K h a r k h o d a 8 3 . 8 1 shows that the area under the cultivation of rice G o h a n a 1 6 3 . 0 6 K a t h u r a 3 3 9 . 5 2 has increased in all blocks of the district. This M u n d l a n a 8 5 . 0 4 increase in area varies from one block to another G a n a u r 3 8 . 0 0 Sonipat Distric t 7 5 . 5 9 block. It has been found that during 2015-17, in [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0175 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Source: Based on Data collected Department Relative Impact of Irrigation in Haryana, of Agriculture, Haryana IOSR Journal of Business and Conclusion Management, Volume 18, Issue 9 .Ver. Cropping pattern of always depends on III, PP 41-45 www.iosrjournals.org many contemporary factors. It changes - Singh, A. (2015): Agricultural Production according to farmers mind set towards and Cropping Pattern Change in India, different crops and market demands. The South -Asian Journal of Multidisciplinary cropping pattern in the study area has Studies, Vol. 2, Issue 2.http://ignited.in/ recorded a notable change. Area under food I/a/89657 crops mainly wheat and rice has increased - Majhi, B. andKumar A. (2018): very rapidly between 2000-02 and 2015-17. Changing CroppingPattern inIndian Expansion of rice cultivation has increased the Agriculture, Journal of Economic & demands of water for irrigation. To fulfill this Social Development, Vol. - XIV, No. 1, PP demand farmers have over exploited the water 37-45.http://www.iesd.org.in/jesd/ resource. Excess use of ground water has Journal%20pdf/2018-XIVAgriculture.pdf created the water deficiency in the region. - Haryana KisanAyog (GOH) (2013) Working References: Group Report on “Productivity - Gupta, A.K.(2004) Origin of agriculture Enhancement of Crops in Haryana”http:/ and domestication of plants and animals /www.haryanakisanayog.org/Haryana.pdf linked to early Holocene climate amelioration, Current Science, Vol. 87, NO. 1, http://repository.ias.ac.in/21961/1/ 333.pdf - Tarnowski A. (2014) The Impact of Agriculture on African Civilization in the 21st Century,https://www.researchgate. net/publication/290997929 - Central GroundWaterBoard, (2015): Report on Aquifer Mapping and Formulation of Aquifer Management Plan forTh e National Capital Region (NCR), Haryana (VolumeII), Ministry of Water Resources, RiverDevelopment & Ganga Rejuvenation Government ofIndia North WesternRegion, Chandigarh - Sridharan, B. andRadhakrishnan, S.A. (1978): A Study on The Factors Affecting Changes in The Cropping Patternin NilgirisDistrict, Tamil Nadu, Indian Journal of. AgriculturalEconomics, Vol. XXXIII, No. 3, pp.14-21.http://agris.fao.org/agris- search/search. - Ahlawat, V. and Renu (2016): Regional Disparity in Cropping Intensity and [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0176 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 the country’s demography. The predicted effects 40 of global warming vary, but India is especially susceptible in terms of environmental, economic, CLIMATE CHANGE AND WATER and social impacts. India has one of the largest CRISIS populations in the world and depends heavily on agriculture. As a result, there is a huge Dr. Ravi S. Naik demand for fresh water. With an increase in Mahantswami Arts, Science and temperature, the distribution and availability of Commerce College, Haunsbhavi fresh water is likely to change and the country’s demography ======***********======More than 600 million Indians face acute Abstract: water shortage according to a report by NITI India is facing the worst water crisis in Ayog, a prominent government think tank. recent history. The increasingly severe situation Seventy percent of the nation’s water supply is is getting worse with nearly 600 million Indians contaminated causing an estimated 200000 facing high-to-extreme water stress. By the year deaths a year. Some 21 cities could run out of 2030, India’s water demand is expected to be ground water as early as next year including twice the available supply as the water supply Bangalore and New Delhi. Forty percent of the continues to decline. This is largely due to the population or more than 500 million people will impacts of climate change. Global warming have no access to drinking water by 2030. These targets already vulnerable communities through sources indicate that India will experience more droughts and floods and has enormous effects intense monsoon seasons with less rainfall in the days to come. during the winter, which will result in regular Introduction: extreme weather events and a shift in India’s Water is a critical ingredient to all life demography as its agricultural sector could be on earth and is without substitute. Although crippled. There is some skepticism as to how there is an abundance of water globally, only a severe the effects of climate change will actually limited amount of that water is suitable for be, but predictions show that India will be put human consumption and just a fraction of that under immense pressure to provide for its people is accessible through current technologies. As as fresh water resources diminish. India is a populations continue to grow and temperatures unique location in terms of its geography and continue to rise, the already finite stock of fresh demographic characteristics. With the Indian water is being drawn on at an exponential rate. Ocean bordering the south and the Himalayan An important question to ask then is how will Mountains in the north, India has an incredibly a changing climate affect the hydrologic cycle diverse landscape those transitions through in the future? As temperatures change, so will forests, deserts, plains, and mountains. Home the distribution and availability of fresh water. to more than a billion people, India’s landscape The potential for global warming to disturb fresh is put under tremendous pressure to provide for water resources is tremendous, so it is its dense population. Fresh water is an important to predict and prepare for these especially important resource as India relies changes. This article focuses on the effects of heavily on irrigation to keep up food production: About 83% of the available water is used for climate change on fresh water resources in 1 India and discusses the potential impacts on agriculture alone . With an increasing demand [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0177 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 and only a limited supply, fresh water is rainfall patterns have a number of implications, becoming more and more difficult to come by. including increased chance of water-borne Climate change will surely make problem diseases, loss of soil fertility and decreased worse. It’s uncertain what role of higher agricultural productivity 4. As these changes temperatures have played in recent droughts, take effect India’s agriculture will perish, its as the climate models have mainly predicted economy will be crippled, and its demographic increasingly intense monsoons. But the longer transition will be delayed. Higher birth and term forecast is that the extremes will become death rates, extreme levels of poverty, and more extreme threatening more frequent instances of disease are likely to follow these flooding and longer droughts. changes. Together with the effects of climate In the past few decades, India has seen change, overuse of fresh water is set to cause rapid growth in its populations as well as its major changes in India’s environment and economy, industry, and agricultural sector. economy. Fresh water constitutes only about India’s growth coupled with climate change has 2.5% of the globe’s 13,860,000 km3 stock of put a huge strain on the nation’s fresh water water 5. As climate changes and India increases resources: Urban agglomeration is causing its consumption of this vital resource, things like radical changes in groundwater recharge and drought, salt-water intrusion, and pollution will modifying the existing mechanisms 2. India’s become more common. Extreme events such as large, developing population is forcing climate flooding and landslides will also occur more change that will no doubt have an affect on the frequently with rising temperatures. Therefore, hydrology of the region. The IPCC Special Report it is important for India to prepare for a number Emissions Scenarios from 2000 predict of possible climate change scenarios in which greenhouse gas emissions to increase in the fresh water distribution and availability will future, leading to higher temperatures and more evolve. As temperatures continue to rise, India’s precipitation by 2100 3. Climate change will landscape will be altered in many ways. Based disturb the distribution and availability of fresh on the 2000 SRES ‘Marker’ scenarios from the water in India, which will result in a number of IPCC, the temperature in India is expected to social, economic and environmental increase 1.4 – 5.5°C depending on emission repercussions. levels 6. This shift in temperature has the Most climate studies predict that India potential to change weather patterns and in turn will get more rain on average in the decades to the landscape of the country. By the year 2100, come, though regional and seasonal patterns India will be faced with regular drought patterns will vary sharply. A paper published last in and intense rain during monsoon season, which geophysical research letters found that flash will lead to higher incidence of extreme rainfall flooding will significantly increase in 78 of the events. Flooding and landslides, especially in 89 urban areas evaluated if global temperature the Himalayan region, could become a common rises to 2 º C above preindustrial levels. The theme of the future. Although most climate resulting catastrophes will disproportionately change scenarios predict increased rainfall and harm India’s poor, who settle along extreme weather events over the next century, anthropogenic greenhouse gas emissions are a it is difficult to know exactly what to prepare large contributor to the changing climate and for. India is expected to experience up to a 25% are set to grow as developing countries like India decrease in winter precipitation and a 7-10% transition into a more stable position. The increase in summer precipitation. This change effects of these emissions on temperature and in precipitation will have both regional and [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0178 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 national effects. For example, water stress may that India’s hydrology will be affected by climate dry out soils to a point that they are unable to change, but further research is needed for policy absorb the intense monsoon rains, resulting in makers to know exactly what to prepare for. more runoff and even greater water stress. The Although there is some variability in the potential for climate change to disrupt fresh predictions, most sources suggest that India’s water resources varies as India has such a booming cities and large agricultural industry diverse landscape but the likelihood of disaster will be crippled by these changes unless will only increase as temperatures continue to measures are taken to prepare for them. rise. India’s states have created climate India’s diverse landscape makes it prone adaptation strategies that call for big changes to most natural disasters but as the climate in behavior. The southern state of Karnataka, for changes it is likely that these disasters will occur instance, developed a plan recommending much more frequently. The effects of extreme increased use of rainwater harvesting structures weather events can create a vicious cycle where wider adoption of drip and sprinkler irrigation damage can be compounded by hunger, which in agriculture, tighter restrictions on bore wells can increase chance of disease and so on until and improved sewage management to prevent entire regions are displaced. As fresh water water bodies and aquifers from being polluted. becomes less available crops are unable to But experts say these plans would be incredibly produce as much. So climate change can also difficult and expensive to implement and lead to increased risk of disease and hunger. inadequate even if they were realized. India The effects of climate change act like a series needs to overhaul the way it uses water. The of dominos, complicating much more than just dry parts of the country will have to create jobs fresh water resources. For example, more in industries other than agriculture which severe weather events coupled with increased currently employs nearly half the workforce. levels of runoff can cause rivers to change Cities will need to build modern networks of direction. Migrating rivers are a huge concern water and sewage pipes, treatment facilities and because they increase the risk of flooding and wetlands and restrict development and add can cause displacement of millions. With India’s flood protections along waterways landscape under immense pressure as it is, just Conclusion: a slight increase in temperatures can result in To say that the state of water in India is many environmental and social catastrophes. concerning is an understatement. Vast areas and Climate change predictions by the IPCC the populations that live within them are being suggest that India’s fresh water resources will starved of water as the average temperature become scarce in some areas and a hazard in warms. Hundreds of millions of Indians already others as weather patterns change throughout suffer from water stress. Climate change will the century. India’s policy makers will face many only make this worse. Poor governance over the tough decisions in the near future as water precious resource combined with irresponsible resources change and the country continues to usage practices compounds the effects of an grow. There are a number of challenges that already endangered national water supply. In policy makers must overcome in order to prepare regions that experience increased flooding and for the changing climate. For example, the glacial melt, short-term spring-time excess is government needs money to fund projects and met with limited capacity to store and clean further research is necessary to ensure the water, causing immediate inundations in the accuracy of these predictions. There is no doubt warmer months and scarcity in the colder ones. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0179 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Such flooding has worrying implications for health, livelihoods, homes, and food security. 41 Hostilities rise to the surface and groups with pre-existing grievances are tipped over the edge ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION when having to compete for a limited yet essential resource. Without immediate and AND SUSTAINABL DEVELOPMENT widespread investment into water infrastructure and profound changes to governance and policy, Dr. Shashidhar.S.Mathapati a changing climate will add significantly to an Assistant Professor of Geography, already difficult situation. M.A.S.C. College Haunshbavi References: 1. Mall, R.K., Gupta, A., Singh, R., Singh, R.S., ======***********======Rathore, L.S. (2006) Water resources and Man has become a victim of his climate change: an Indian perspective. Curr envimnment. He is not in control of his mind but Sci 90(12):1610–1626 a victim of the environment & the total stress in 2. Postel, S. L., Daily, G. C. and Ehrlich P. R., polluting our environment in a very subtle way (1996) Human Appropriation of Renewable through our negative emotions. But it takes quite Freshwater. Science, 271, 785 – 788 some time to clear the environment of this. It is 3. Misra, A.K. (2011) Impact of urbanization inevitable sometimes you feel stressed, on the hydrology of Ganga Basin sometimes you feel negative, sometimes you (India). Water Resour Manag 25:705–719. feel doubt, sometimes you get into alt sorts of doi:10.1007/s11269-010-9722-9 moods -is inevitable. It happens. Nobody wants 4. Lal, M. (2001) Future climate change: it. But when it happens how do we handle them? implications for Indian summer monsoon We hear a lot about other things in life but we and its variability. Curr Sci 81(9):1205 spend very little time to hear about ourselves: 5. Sharma, K., Bhattacharya, S., (2003) how to handle our mind? How to be in the present Vulnerability Assessment and moment? How to live we have not leant. This is Adaptation. Climate Change and India 13 the most unfortunate thing. Then what is the 6. Schmidhuber, J., Tubiello, F. (2007) Global solution? This is where we miss a very food security under climate change. fundamental principle that governs our PNAS 104(50): 19703–19708 environment, our oiind our emotions & our life in general. Our body has the capacity to sustain much longer the vibrations of bliss & peace than it does negative emotions because positively is in the centre of the atom & electrons are only the periphery, same is with our! Vies; the centre core of our existence is bliss, positively & joy but it is surrounded by a cloud of negative ions. Through the help of the breath we can easily get over our negative emotions in a short period of time. Through meditation & certain breathing techniques we can clear this negative cloud. According to Mahatma Gandhi “There is enough in the world for everybody’s needs but [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0180 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 not for everybody’s greed”. The opinion holds of manufacturing output. Toxic emissions continue good even today as our fast growing civilization to rise worldwide. uses more of modern technology for day-today 2) A study by Marian Radetzki discusses life e.g., Air cooler, Refrigerator, Washing the links between growth & the environment in Machine, Car/Two Wheelers etc. are commonly general terms. The author argues that increasing used by even middle class people which results in levels of economic Activity are linked to improved environmental pollution (causing noise, air environmental conditions. Explaining this pollution, water pollution etc.). The whole world relationship, he identifies as key factors the high is classified into North & South Blocks that means income elasticity of demand for environmental the U.S.A. & Asian nations are polluting the quality, compositional shifts towards cleaner atmosphere more than the south blocks. environmental activities at higher income levels CLIMATE CHANGES IN INDIA: & the extension of property rights combined with The melting of Antarctic & glaciers will development of policies to deal with common have a disastrous impact on India. Already, the global externalities in industrial countries. global sea level has risen by 10-25 centimeters. A 3) Explains that the intensity of pollution one meter rise, according to an Asian Development is beginning to level off in industrial counits & is Bank study, may displace around 7.1 million people increasing in developing canneries. They relate in India. The entire population of Lakshadweep data on toxic emissions from the United States to could be at risk. A UN study estimates that one cross-country manufacturing & find that the meter sea level rise will inundate an area of intensity of emissions grew rapidly in developing 170,000 hectares, primarily agricultural land in contries during the 1970s & 1980s. So, dirty Orissa, West Bengal. & Goa stands to lose industries have certainly nioved into developing 4.32percent of its total area due to sea level rise. countries, but it for 8 moot question that whittler The impact of climate change on the economy of they migrant from industrial countries a City will be staggering. A city like Mumbai could 4) Patrick Low & Alexander Yeats use trade lose around US $48 billion & those like BAL sore how data as a proxy for shifts in the Pattern of would lose around US $75 million, according to international industrial location for examine how the Centre for science & environment, New Delhi. much dirty industries have migrated to developing The overall impact is alarming. In the 21* century, contries over the past two decades. They identified the annual average temperature over India 43 dirty industries based on the assumption that increased by about 0.57 degree c. In future, rainfall the higher the expenditure on pollution abatement in winters may decline by 5-25 percent leading to & control, the dirtier an industry. Trade data show droughts in dry summer months. More dry spells that the share of dirty industry trade in total trade may result in a decline of 12.3 percent in declined between 1965 a 19g, largely as a result agricultural production. of trends in industrial countries. Over the same Review of Literature: period, the share of the output of dirty industries l) A study by Stewart Hudson who has in the exports of many developing countries presented his paper at the World Bank Conference increased. reveals that pollution intensity per capita appears 5) Low & YeaSt supplemented that to fall as income rises but evidence of the analysis with an examination of the revealed relationship presented at World Bank Conference comparative¢ advaiit8gC (RCA) Of 109 was based on industrial toxic emissions data, cosmoses if the dirty industries. The RCA index which reflects changes in economic stricture measures whether the share of a product in a (compositions! effects) & not the toxic intensity country’s manufactured exp0rt is proportionately [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0181 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 larger than the share of that product in the world Source: Population Foundation of Lydia (PFI) by trade in manufactures. If it is, the country is said Naterajan & Jayachandran-2001. to have a revealed comparative advantage in Population growth & consuuiption Of that product. Applying this index to dirty itfltiipBl resoiir’Seg: The increased population industries showed a disproportionately large also increase requirement for naturel resources, increase I the number our developing countries due to environmental exploitaion inGrease with RCA’s in most of the unbundling technology, economic inequlity & environmental abuse. such as the expense of shifting from “Eleanor” H0nce Îhere is no doubt that thg explosion must production promesses to older, “dirtier” ones. end. If we fail to our population growth, nature Objectives of the study will end it by her own way by killing a large The present study has the following objectives portion of humanité. Therefore “wc want green 1.To know the environmental situation desiring but no gruen revolution & industrial revolution.” the past Mo decades both at micro & level 2.How poverty has a linkage with environment is purposively studied by choosin8 a Drought- prone district, Bijapur in Karnataka, 3.To study the effects pollution on different sections of the community. 4.To suggest remedies. Methodology: The present study is ba9ed on data both primary & secondary soumes. Bijapur district in Karnataka state is purposively selected for the Poplulation study. Poverty is estimated across different Growth castes, size of land holding & occupation wise “OQ” Cllrve ghows that growth of estimated taking consumer poverty expenditure environmental probleme. If high population the as the criteria for estimating poverty. Whether consumption of natural Resources wi[1 be it} cutting of trees led to the drought, or drought asgd $q jjjdjjy environmental problems will be itself causes the farmer to cut the trees for there. survival is a serious issue as Bijapur district as Snstainable Development and Environmental got hardly 2% of its ana undet forest. Population Degradation. Growth& Enviroiunent (World & Lydia) Sustainable Development concept was popular since 1980’s. The term sustainable development was first used in gin the world conservation strategy. However, this formulation emphasized sustainability in ecological terms, & was far fees ecnnomic development i.e. 1) maintenance of ecnlogical balance 2) The sustainsble use of resource & 3) The maintenance of genetic diversité. The définition later tumed of ecosystems ruiher than human need & aspiration. imperatives of 1e pmservation of the.According to Karshenas (1994) “Sustainable development may be defined in ternis of the [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0182 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 pattern of stnictural change in naturel & Max agriculture etc. These factors strips the land of wade capital stock, which ensures feasibility its fertility and expose it to the risk of erosion of ofat least a msmininiurn soci• !? desired rate soil. Deforestation and soil erosion wkich in turn où growth ici the long-run.” lead to floods, silting of rivers. Soil fertility and Environmental Degradation earth recuperative power are also damaged in “Environmental problems are really the long run by the over use of chemical fertilizers social problems. They begin with people as and pesticides. Agricultura has become a cause and end with people as victims “. Edmund commercial activity. Therefore we use more Hillan. Environmental pollution may be defined fertilizers and pesticidas to grow more food and as the unfavourable alteration of our raw materials for the industrial purpose and cam surrounding wholly or largely as a byproduct more profit. In 1951, we used 2.2 million Tonne pattern, radiation levels, chemical and Physical fertilizers and pesticides but, today it is much constitution and abundance of organisms .there more increased to 13.6 million tones and we are several kinds of pollution like solide waste , produce food 58.8 m.t.s to 210 m.t.s today. radio - active , waste from nuclear plants, heat DEFORESTATION: from thermal p1ants,gaseous pollution like India has a total geographical area of carbon monoxide, So2, No2, CFC, (water,air, 32,88,000 sq.k.m. Out of this 7,47,800 sq.k.m. soil)etc. (22.74%) was occupied by forest. At the time of Soil Degradation: independence according to NASS 34,020 sq. k.m. The demand for farmland and increased forest was between 1951 -1972 in India. (71.5%) demand for Forest products to the Developing was deforested because of agricultural country have caused deforestation to the extent activities. Deforestation leads to soil erosion, of 11 million hectares Atlas of Inida. The loss of good grain, occurrence of drought threat following kinds of soil degradations have been eco — system. Due to soil errosion 6,000 M.T. Quantified i.e. soil run away from Ganga river per year, In India Wind erosion 19.7 million hectares since 1947, 53,000 sq.k.m. Qf prime forest Stalinization 04.1 „ larger than Punjab, has been lost. According tO Water logging 03.1 „ the working group of energy, in India 133 M.T. Water erosion 69.6 „ wood consumed as source of energy, out of this Soil fertility decline 15.7 „ 110 M.T.wood consumed to house purpose i.e. The above data indicates the heavy cooking fod &fire. The S.C, S.T,N.T. people degradation of soil due to high growth of gathered around 25 to 30 as a price for population, high demand of forest goods, food development. percent tation has aroused and indusnial raw materials. In India total area because of Deforestation is leading to arise in of land is 32,87,266 Eq. k.m. and only ó2% of four principal cause over grazing by cattle, fire land is cultivable. India since 1947, 53000 s.q. & clearance of land for cultivation, excessive k.m. of prime forests area larger than Punjab cuting of tree for timer, rail & rosd track, has been lost. The land is device in cropping, industrialization, urbanization etc. today vast forest, grazing land and urban land. Thus the area of forest is lost temperature. limits of potentially amble land. and the limits of Water is not Unlimited increasing productivity. The loss of agricultural 1. Water covers nearly three-fourths of the land due to urbanization and industrialization. earth’s surface. Over grazing by cattle, irrígation schemes in 2. Most of the earth’s surface water area without drainage, modern methods of pemianently frozen or salty. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0183 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 3. Over 90% of the world’s supply of fresh water is located in Antarctica.The earth’s total 42 allotment of water has a volume of about 344 million cubic miles. of this 315 millioii MAINTAINING THE SOCIAL cubic miles (93%) is seawater! DISTANANCE AT COMMUNITY 4. Nine million cubic miles (2.5%) is in aquifers deep below the earth’s surface. 5. Seven million cubic miles (2%) is frozen in polar Prof. Hanumanthappa N ice caps. Dept. of Political Science 6. 53,000 cubic miles of water pass through the K.R.Bellad College Of Arts And Commerce planet’s lakes & streams. and P.G Studies In Economics. Mundargi 7. 4,000 cubic miles of water is atmospheric moisture. ======***********======8. 3,400 cubic miles of water are locked within the Introduction: bodies of living things. Covid-19.Coronavirus family of viruses 9. If all the world’s water were fit into a gallon jug, which may cause illness in animal or humans. the fresh water available for us to Use Would equal only about one tablespoon. in humans several corona virus are known to 10. It doesn’t take much salt to make water “salty. cause respiratory infection from the common If one-thousandtli (or more) of the weight code to more severe diseases such as a Middle 11. The overall amount of water on our planet has East pottery syndromes the most recently, remained the same for two billion years. Discover corona virus covid-19 It is new virus 12. The united states consumes water at twice the and disease unknown before the outbreak rate of other industrialized nations. began Wuhan in China in December 2019. The 13. 1.2 Billions - people worldwide do not have most common symptoms of covid-19 or fever access to clean water. and dry cough. Some patients may be and pain 14. EaGh day almost 10,000 children under the age nozzle connection running nose sore throat. of 5 in Third World countries die as a result of These symptoms are usually and begin illnesses contracted by use of impure water. gradually. Some people become infected but do 15. Mostt of the World’s people must walk at least not develop any symptoms and do not feel 3 hours to fetch water. unwell. Most people about 80% recover from REFERENCES: 1. lshac Diwan & Nemal Shaifik : “Investment, the disease without needing special medicine. 1 out of every 6 people who get covid-19 become Technology & the Global Environment :TowardS International Agreement in a World of Disparities seriously hill and develop difficulty breathing “.1992. older people and those with underlining medical 2. Marian Radetzki: “Economic Growth & problems like blood pressure hot problems are Environment”l992. diabetes are more likely to develop serious 3. Nancy Birdsall & David Wheeler: “Trade illness people with fever cough and difficulty Policy & Industrial Pollution in Latin America: preaching should seek medical attention. Where are the Pollu on havens†” 1992. How to put a Mask take off and dispose 4. Patrick Low & Read Safadi: “Trade Policy & takeoff mask? Pollution”.1992 #. Touching the mass clean hands with an 5. Ph. D. thesis entitled “Rural Transformation alcohol based and drug for soap and water. in a drought-prone Region, the case of Bijapur # Take the mask and inspect imposes tears for District in Karnataka. holes. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0184 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 # Ensure the proper side of mask face outward. TIPS FOR SOCIAL DISTANCING: # Play some Mars to your face pinch the metal Follow Guidance Authorities Where You Live. strips. A. Prevention is better than cure # Faster using the mask remove the the elastic B. Medicine you need to shop for food are medicine Gregory store or pharmacy stay at loop from behind the the year while keeping the least 6 feet having from others. mass away from your face and clothes to avoid C. Cover your mouth and nose mask covering touching potentially contaminated surface of the D. Avoid gatherings is of any size outside your mask. household such as a friends house restaurant shop any other place. this advice applies to people of any age including teens younger adults. children should not have in person play dates while school is out to help maintain social connection while social distancing. E. From home when possible. F. If you are a student our parent talk your school about options for distance learning. G. Stay connected while staying away: It is very important to stay in touch with #Protect your mental well being. During friends and family do not live in your home. lockdown time series take up an indoor hobby call video chat stay connected using social like play carom board chess, Rummy card singer media everyone reacts differently stressful songs listening to the music ,watch the movie situation hand having to social distance you meditations The Yoga spectra other games. are self from someone you love can be Social distancing protocol is prepared and difficult adaptors pursuant to the country Of Los Angeles 8) You need or someone care about ok feeling April 10, 2020. Safe for at home order for control over whelmed with emotions like sadness of covid-19 and is effective April 15, 2020. depressions or city or feel like you want to Why Practice Social Distancing? harm yourself or other call to the helpline. Covid-19 when an infected persons coughs, HOW TO PROTECT YOURSELF AND OTHER: sneezes or talks droplets from their mouth or 1. The best way to prevent illness is to avoid nose are launched into the air and nor are land being exposed to this virus in the mouth or noses of the people nearby. the 2. Some recent studies instead at covid-19 maybe droplets can be also be in haled into the lung. people who not showing symptoms. recent studies indicate that people were infected 3. Wash your hands open with soap and water but do not have symptoms likely also play a role for at least 20 seconds specialty after i have in spreading of covid-19. been public place or after bowling nose coughing. 4. Use hand sanitizer fat content at least 60% alcohol. avoid touching your eyes no and mouth with unwashed hands. 5. Close contact with people who are sick even inside your home. 6. Clean and this disinfect frequently surface Picture: Shopkeeper and Social Distance at daily this includes tables do not light switches Reciving food kits countertop and this phone keyboard toilets and sink. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0185 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 7. If surfaces are dirty clean them use detergent or so and water prior to this infections. 43 8. please call toll free number 1075 city government of india 24x 7 helpline. DOES ELECTRONIC BANKING IS REFERENCES; TORNADO DURING LOCKDOWN I. Centre For Disease Control And Prevention (Cdc) PERIOD? II. National Centre For Immunization And Respiratory Disease (Ncird). FAZALATH HUSSAIN. R III. World Health Organisation Reports. Lecturer (Teaching Assistant), Department of IV. Government Of India Ministry Of Home Affairs Commerce and Management Studies, Press Note On 1.4 .2020 Karnatak University’s Karnatak Arts College. V. Ministry Of Health And Family Welfare Dharwad. Karnataka. India. Government Of India News Bulletin. VI. The Hindu Newspaper Article On 1.3.2020. VII.Business Standard Article On 23rd April 2020 ======***********======VIII. Deccan Herald News On March 26.2020 ABSTRACT: E-Banking is a road map of E-Commerce that essentially deals with the functioning of Information and Communication Technology in Corporate Financial Management. The advancement and promotion of E-banking has appear a very long way with millions spent on preparation of technological transform just to make banking services easily accessible to their customers/users from anywhere, any point, at anytime on fingertip. Electronic commerce is mainly dependent on online banking in 21st century and are closely interrelated with internet based transactions and e-marketing, national & cross border trade as well as worldwide commercial practices, which manages the competence of best choice based buying and selling of commodities via e-wallet for both consumers and merchants in an digital business environment, payments take the form of money exchange in an electronic mode therefore called Electronic Payment. E-Payment system is beneficial to e- commerce to capture wide geographical distinguish markets easily and in a short span of duration. The emergence of high technology makes E-payment settlements on time through the internet and form E-business environment without ant barriers. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0186 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 E-banking is a distant delivery outlet for business information. Large organizations have banking services ranging from opening an been investing in development of EDI since account, transferring funds to more difficult form sixties. It has not gained reasonable acceptance of online dealings like financial product sale, like until eighties. The meaning of electronic brokerage and insurance to bill payments and commerce has changed over the last 30 years. direct debits etc. Originally, electronic commerce meant By taking the sample size of 316 the facilitation of commercial transactions respondents from Hubli-dharwad Municipal electronically, using technology such as Corporation, a comparative study has been Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) and Electronic made to know the impact of e-banking and e- Funds Transfer (EFT). These were both commerce among the customers and merchants introduced in the late 1970s, allowing as well as the online technological influence businesses to send commercial documents like among the study area. purchase orders or invoices electronically. The Keywords: E-banking, E-commerce, smart growth and acceptance of credit cards, cards, Digital Wallet, E-cash, E-cheque. Digital automated teller machines (ATM) and telephone -marketing etc,. banking in the 1980s were also forms of INTRODUCTION electronic commerce. Another form of E- The term electronic commerce or e- commerce was the airline and railway commerce refers to any sort of business reservation system. transaction that involves the transfer of Online shopping, an important information through the internet. By definition component of electronic commerce was it covers a variety of business activities which invented by Michael Aldrich in the UK in 1979. use internet as a platform for either information The world’s first recorded business to business exchange or monetary transaction or both at was Thomson Holidays in 1981. The first times. E-commerce means using the Internet recorded Business to consumer was Gateshead and the web for business transactions and/or SIS/Tesco in 1984. During the 1980s, online commercial transactions, which typically involve shopping was also used extensively in the UK the exchange of value (e.g., money) across by auto manufacturers such as Ford, General organizational or individual boundaries in return Motors and Nissan. The systems used the for products and services. switched public telephone network in dial-up and Hence, e-tailing is a subset of e-commerce, leased line modes. which encapsulates all “commerce” conducted E-COMMERCE via the Internet. It refers to that part of e- THREATS TO PRESENT DAY E-COMMERCE AND commerce that entails the sale of product ITS SOLUTION merchandise and does not include sale of Major threats to present day e-commerce are: services, namely railway tickets, airlines tickets i. Money Thefts E-commerce services are and job portals. about transactions, and transac-tions are very BEGINNING OF E-COMMERCE largely driven by money. This attracts hackers, The history of E-commerce begins with crackers and everyone with the knowledge of the invention of the telephone at the end of last exploiting loopholes in a system. Once a kink in century. EDI (Electronic Data Interchange) is the armour is discovered, they feed the system widely viewed as the beginning of ecommerce (and users) with numerous bits of dubious if we consider ecommerce as the networking of information to extract confidential data business communities and digitalization of (phishing). [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0187 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 This is particularly dangerous as the data their customers. These steps have found wide extracted may be that of credit card numbers, favour all around due to their effectiveness in security passwords, transaction details etc. Also, weeding out unwelcome access. Payment gateways are vulnerable to ii. Intrusion Check: interception by unethical users. Cleverly crafted The issue of tackling viruses and their strategies can sift a part or the entire amount like has also seen rapid development with anti- being transferred from the user to the online virus vendors releasing strong anti-viruses. vendor. These are developed by expert programmers ii. Identity thefts Hackers often gain who are a notch above the hackers and crackers access to sensitive information like user themselves. Firewalls are another common way accounts, user details, addresses, confidential of implementing security measures. These personal information etc. It is a significant threat programmes restrict access to and from the in view of the privileges one can avail with a system to pre-checked users/access points. false identity. For instance, one can effortlessly iii. Educating Users: login to an online shopping mart under a stolen E-commerce is run primarily by users. identity and make purchases worth thousands Thus, E-com-merce service providers have also of dollars. turned to educating users about safe practices He/she can then have the order delivered to an that make the entire operation trouble free. address other than the one listed on the records. Recent issues like phishing have been tackled One can easily see how those orders could be to a good extent by informing genuine users of received by the impostor without arousing the perils of publishing their confidential suspicion. While the fraudsters gains, the information to unauthorized information original account holder continues to pay the price seekers. until the offender is nabbed. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY: Studied have been iii. Threats to the system Viruses, carried out on E-Payment and E Commerce worms, Trojans are very deceptive methods of system Questions are related to E-Payment stealing information. Unless a sound virus- system as well as E-Commerce in which given protection strategy is used by the ecommerce options are Agree, Disagree, Strongly disagree, Solutions firm, these malicious agents can strongly agree and Neutral. compromise the credibility of all ecommerce web Data collection: The study is based on primary solution services. Often planted by individuals data which is collected by the help of for reasons known best to them alone, viruses questionnaire technique meeting the samples breed within the systems and multiply at from Hubli-Dharwad Twin Cities. astonishing speeds. Unchecked, they can Sample size: 316 samples have been selected potentially cripple the entire system. for the study between twin cities. Solutions: The following precautionary steps Table No.-01 might prove to be helpful: Categorization of Respondents on the basis i. Authentication: of Gender Most notable are the advances in Gender Total Percentage identification and elimination of non-genuine Male 158 50.00 users. E-commerce service designers now use Female 158 50.00 multi-level identification protocols like security Transgender Nil Nil questions, encrypted passwords (Encryption), Total 316 100.00 biometrics and others to confirm the identity of [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0188 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Source: Primary data technological usage and adoptions, the lower The table 01 reveals that the out of 316 sample educated people those who are aware and respondents 158 samples are male and 158 are involved in huge transactions with banking as female. well as other are in use of smart payment by Table No.-02 using e-wallet. Hence, the education and Categorization of Respondents on the basis technological awareness is the important of Age variable which causes for adoption of smart Respondents Respondents Overall Respondents Age Rank Rank Grand Male % age Female % age Total % age banking devices for making the cashless Male Female Rank Under 07.60 10.13 08.86 12 5 16 4 28 4 18 (42.86) (57.14) (100.00) transaction. 21.52 19.61 20.44 18-29 34 3 31 3 65 3 (52.31) (47.69) (100.00) Table No.-04 27.85 38.61 33.23 30-34 44 2 61 1 105 1 (41.90) (58.10) (100.00) For what are the reasons you have never 33.54 27.22 30.38 45-59 53 1 43 2 96 2 (55.21) (44.79) (100.00) 09.49 04.43 06.96 used internet banking 60+ 15 4 07 5 22 5 (68.18) (31.82) (100.00) Why not Rank Rank Grand Male % age Female % age Total % age Total Total Total internet banking Male Female Rank 100.00 100.00 100.00 Total 158 Rank 158 Rank 316 Rank Never heard of 14.81 16.90 16.00 (50.00) (50.00) (100.00) 8 3 12 3 20 3 = 5 = 5 = 5 internet banking (40.00) (60.00) (100.00) Concerned about 27.78 28.17 28.00 15 2 20 2 35 2 Security (42.86) (57.14) (100.00) Source: Primary data Don’t get on with 35.19 32.39 33.60 19 1 23 1 42 1 the technology (45.24) (54.76) (100.00) Not available 12.96 12.68 12.80 07 4 09 4 16 4 The table 02 depicts that the out of 316 Through my bank (43.75) (56.25) (100.00) 09.26 09.86 09.60 Others 05 5 07 5 12 5 respondents’ majority of sample size is fall in (41.67) (58.33) (100.00) Total Total Total 100.00 100.00 100.00 Total 54 Rank 71 Rank 125 Rank (42.20) (57.80) (100.00) the age group of 30-59 among male and female = 5 = 5 = 5 categories which covers nearly 64 percent. 20.44 Source: Primary data percent of respondents are from the age group The table 04 shows the about 35.19 of 18-29. These are the millennial age group percent males and 32.39 percent females are peoples who involved themselves in buying and not using internet banking due to the reason of selling of various products and services in lack of technological knowledge therefore, they different ways. In this age peoples economically do not opt the e-payments or internet banking, keep them busy to meet themselves and about 28 percent of respondents are feels that dependents needs, demands and the security is the basic problem for using responsibilities. internet banking. On the other hand, 12.80 Table No.-03 percent and 9.60 percent of sample size is Education Rank Rank Grand Male % age Female % age Total % age Level Male Female Rank opined they do not avail such facilities and other 08.23 12.03 10.13 Uneducated 13 6 19 5 32 6 (40.63) (59.37) (100.00) reasons. 16 percent of people involved in 11.39 13.29 12.34 Primary 18 5 21 4 39 4 (46.15) (53.85) (100.00) banking system, but they are not heard about 13.29 15.82 14.57 Up to SSLC 21 3 25 3 46 3 (45.65) (54.35) (100.00) the internet banking, because this particular 22.78 20.89 21.84 PUC 36 2 33 2 69 2 (52.17) (47.83) (100.00) Under 32.28 28.48 30.38 group is from the group of uneducated. 51 1 45 1 96 1 Graduation (53.13) (46.87) (100.00) 12.03 09.49 10.75 Table No.-05 Post Graduation 19 4 15 6 34 5 (55.88) (44.12) (100.00) Total Total Total How often do you use cash? 100.00 100.00 100.00 Total 158 Rank 158 Rank 316 Rank Rank Rank Grand (50.00) (50.00) (100.00) Use of cash Male % age Female % age Total % age = 5 = 5 = 5 Male Female Rank 100.00 62.66 81.33 Everyday 158 1 99 1 257 1 Source: Primary data (61.48) (38.52) (100.00) Three to six 19.62 09.81 Nil Nil Nil 31 2 31 2 times a week (100.00) (100.00) The table 03 shows the education of One to two 15.19 07.59 Nil Nil Nil 24 3 24 3 times a week (100.00) (100.00) respondents in the study, out of 316 sample Once a 02.53 01.27 Nil Nil Nil 4 4 4 4 fortnight (100.00) (100.00) Once every size the major respondents are found graduates Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil few months Don’t Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil and pre university level at 30.38 percent and know Total Total Total 100.00 100.00 100.00 21.84 percent. The post graduates are about Total 158 Rank 158 Rank 316 Rank (50.00) (50.00) (100.00) = 6 = 6 = 6 10.75 percent in the study. Though the educational qualification plays a vital role in Source: Primary data [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0189 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 The table 05 reveals the use of cash by an on customers to take chance in case of e-card, if individual in his usual course of work for making they cross three to five times the commission or payments for the distinguish purpose. Among the extra amount. 318 respondents almost 257 member respondents Table No.-07 are use cash every day, all the male respondents What is your go to payment option? Payment Rank Rank Grand Male % age Female % age Total % age use cash regularly. 81.33 percent respondents are options Male Female Rank 70.89 60.13 65.51 Cards 112 3 95 3 207 3 carried cash transactions it includes both the (54.11) (45.89) (100.00) 100.00 100.00 100.00 Cash 158 1 158 1 316 1 methods of payments such as cash as well as card (50.00) (50.00) (100.00) 87.97 65.19 76.58 Cheques 139 2 103 2 242 2 (57.44) (42.56) (100.00) i.e. e-payments. It can be say that the less cash 48.10 39.24 43.67 Online banking 76 5 62 4 138 5 (55.07) (44.93) (100.00) economy can be seen but it is very difficult to build 60.13 37.97 49.05 Mobile banking 95 4 60 5 155 4 (61.29) (38.71) (100.00) 46.20 15.19 30.70 cashless economy. PayPal 73 6 24 7 97 6 (75.26) (24.74) (100.00) Other, please 28.48 18.35 23.42 In India, the major population is residing 45 7 29 6 74 7 specify (60.81) (39.19) (100.00) in rural and major economic crisis is seen in the country, the banking system is losing its efficiency Source: Primary data and the government is planned as well merging Above table 07 exhibits the payment made banks. In this entire situation, when metropolitan by individuals while making transaction through cities are facing the internet problem, lower options available to him by using cash and internet connection, no proper work of e-machine electronic modes, inclusive of internet and smart causes difficulty in urban area. banking techniques such as credit and debit cards, Table No.-06 e-banking, mobile banking, PayPal and other How often do you use your bank debit card? payment system comes together 65.51 per cent, Usage of Rank Rank Grand Male % age Female % age Total % age debit card Male Female Rank 43.67 per cent, 49.05 per cent, 30.70 per cent and 04.46 02.11 03.38 Everyday 05 5 02 5 07 5 (71.43) (28.57) (100.00) 23.42 per cent of respondents. Majority of people Three to six 25.00 25.26 25.12 28 2 24 2 52 2 times a week (53.85) (46.15) (100.00) use the cheques and cash payments for One to two 41.07 47.37 43.96 46 1 45 1 91 1 times a week (50.55) (49.45) (100.00) Once a 22.32 21.05 21.74 transactions. 25 3 20 3 45 3 fortnight (55.55) (44.44) (100.00) Once every 07.15 04.21 05.80 The study very clearly depicts the 08 4 04 4 12 4 few months (66.67) (33.33) (100.00) Don’t Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil respondents who are using e-wallets are not cent know Total Total Total 100.00 100.00 100.00 per cent depends on e payments, for local and Total 112 Rank 95 Rank 207 Rank (54.11) (45.89) (100.00) = 5 = 5 = 5 general payments they have to go for cash based Source: Primary data system. Even in general and local hospitals and The table 06 reveals the use of bank debit medicals cash is necessary, in vegetable markets, card by the banking customers in their routine life, buses, city transportations, auto rickshaws, milk 43.96 percent of respondents are use their debit vendors, news paper distributors and so on are cards one to two times during the week. 21.74 purely dependent on cash transactions. percent of customers use fortnightly, 25.12 percent Table No.-08 of customers uses three to six times a week. Daily Which, if any, do you use when making users of debit cards are found very less only 3.38 purchases in store? Options to Rank Rank Grand Male % age Female % age Total % age percent. The utilization of debit card is based upon purchases Male Female Rank 100.00 100.00 100.00 Cash 158 1 158 1 316 1 their transaction made or depends upon on the (50.00) (50.00) (100.00) Debit card 60.13 46.84 53.48 95 3.5 74 3.5 169 3.5 customers’ involvement in the economic (using chip) (56.21) (43.79) (100.00) Debit card 60.13 46.84 53.48 95 3.5 74 3.5 169 3.5 transactions. (swipe) (56.21) (43.79) (100.00) credit card 12.66 11.39 12.03 20 5.5 18 5.5 38 5.5 (using chip) (52.63) (47.37) (100.00) The Reserve Bank of India rule imposed Credit card 12.66 11.39 12.03 20 5.5 18 5.5 38 5.5 (swipe) (52.32) (47.37) (100.00) Mobile 70.89 60.13 65.51 on customers regarding usage of debit or credit 112 2 95 2 207 2 payment app (54.11) (45.89) (100.00) None of the cards thrice a month has put maximum pressure Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil above [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0190 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Source: Primary data the use of electronic payment techniques saves Table 08 reveals regarding making of their time and money and 30.43 per cent of payments while shopping or purchasing, the respondents are strongly agreed that the e- present study reveals, all the respondents wallet is benefitted to them by saving their respond that along with cash they uses e- maximum time as well as unnecessary payments also. Debit cards and credit cards are expenditures incurred on collection, travelling used to make e-payments at 53.48 per cent each and petty cash outgoings from pockets. They are and by mobile payment app is used at 65.51 per positively reacting towards online banking cent. system. Table No.-09 92.75 per cent of respondents are Overall analysis of e-payment (digital and strongly agreed that e-payment systems are online payment) system better than cash payments because the machinery Male Percentage Female Percentage Total Percentage accountability in e-payments is very easily E-payment systems save you time and money. recorded in itself without any extra keeping of Strongly Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil disagree records. The debit and credit transaction carried Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Disagree through the electronic methods recorded during 76.79 61.05 69.57 Agree 86 58 144 (59.72) (40.28) (100.00) the transaction. Strongly 23.21 38.95 30.43 26 37 63 agree (41.27) (58.73) (100.00) The respondents feels and they gives 100.00 100.00 100.00 Total 112 95 207 special attention towards the issue of security in (54.11) (45.89) (100.00) E-payment systems are better than cash. electronic mode of transaction. The issue of Strongly Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil disagree security code and maintenance of password is very Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Disagree crucial issue. 71.43 69.47 70.53 Agree 80 66 146 (54.79) (45.21) (100.00) 75.85 per cent of respondents agreed and Strongly 28.57 30.53 29.47 32 29 61 24.15 per cent of respondents are strongly agreed agree (52.46) (47.54) (100.00) 100.00 100.00 100.00 Total 112 95 207 that the e- payment offers a great choice for (54.11) (45.89) (100.00) A digital customer has to be alert to security issues when using e-payment system. consumers and merchants in the way they send Strongly Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil disagree and receive payment. Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Disagree The 72.46 per cent peoples agreed and 08.93 05.26 07.25 Agree 10 05 15 (66.67) (33.33) (100.00) 14.98 per cent peoples strongly agreed about the Strongly 91.07 94.74 92.75 102 90 192 e-payment costs are hidden from users. Around agree (53.13) (46.87) (100.00) 100.00 100.00 100.00 Total 112 95 207 12.56 per cent respondents are not agreed that (54.11) (45.89) (100.00) E-payment offers a great choice for consumer and merchant in the way they send and receive payment. the costs are hidden from them. The costs such as Strongly Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil disagree commission, service charges, extra benefit costs, Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Disagree online payment costs might be charged to the 75.00 76.84 75.85 Agree 84 73 157 customers by service providers. (53.50) (46.50) (100.00) Strongly 25.00 23.16 24.15 28 22 50 The problem might be faced by the e-wallet users agree (56.00) (44.00) (100.00) 100.00 100.00 100.00 Total 112 95 207 during they lost the debit or credit cards of or any (54.11) (45.89) (100.00) E-payment transaction costs are hidden from users. electronic cards. Strongly Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil disagree FINDINGS Disagree 14 12.50 12 12.63 26 12.56 Millennial age group dominates on usage Source: Primary data of electronic mode of payment, the Table 09 explains the overall analysis of education and technological awareness play e payment i e digital and online payment system. vital role in the e-commerce and e-payment The 69.57 per cent of respondents believe that system. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0191 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 Use of electronic wallet is more beneficial and saves time & cost. 44 Highly depending on e-wallet is problematic in rural economy of India, where the cash Need of Sustainable Tourism transactions are carried out and e facilities are not available. and Its Indicators for The problems of safety, security processing Environmental Management system along with internet disconnections are occasionally faced by the many customers. in India. Extra cost is one of the reasoned after transaction i e the hidden cost involved makes Dr. Tanusree Chaudhuri the transaction costlier than the actual prices. Assistant Prof. in Environmental Studies SUGGESTION Vivek College of Commerce To improve the internet connections and speed Goregaon (West) up the networking system in urban and rural Mumbai-400104 India to make standardized electronic payment. Arrangement of awareness programmes and ======***********======meeting the proper information regarding Introduction: utilization of e-payment benefits may increase Tourism is one of the largest and fastest the users of e-wallet and e-banking or online growing industry in the world. In 2019 globally banking system in the country. 1.5 billion international tourists arrival were Governance on technology and proper & recorded. It was predicted by UNWTO that 3% systematic code of conduct should be set off to 4% growth will happen in 2020. by the administrative body in banking. Similar pictures we noticed in India too. CONCLUSION In 2018, 10.56 million and 2019 10.89 million It can e say that the banks should have to put (provisional) of foreign tourists visited in India. cost efficient electronic access channel for At the same time in 2018, 1.85 billion domestic traditional banking products, they are offering tourists visited in different states and UTs in internet based services and products to their India. Tourism is highly dependent on natural customers which are reliable and secure. resources. Development of tourism are possible REFERENCE through the presence of natural resources like o Hossein Bidgoli (2002). Electronic commerce. land, water, forest, mountain, rivers, lakes etc. Acadmic press. Ed. California: USA Without the support of these resources India o Denis Abrazhevich (2004) “Electronic Payment couldn’t have supported huge number of tourists Systems: a User-Centered Perspective and visited in the country. But these resources are Interaction Design”, Proefschrift. -ISBN 90-386- facing tremendous pressure due to unplanned 1948-0NUR 788. development of tourism in a region. Hence, the o Joseph P.T, S.J (2008). An Indian perspective, sustainability of tourism activity, in near future 3rd edition, E-Commerce, PHI learning private is a big questions for all the stakeholders of limited. tourism industry. o Kaur Manjot (2012), E-Commerce, Kalyani As tourism is a multisector activity, so Publcation, New Delhi. the main objective of the sustainable development of the tourism is socio-economic benefit of the local communities that means [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0192 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 inclusive growth of a particular region. It is also for the proper planning of sustainable tourism important to take care that, while planning for development. I) public participation ii) Socio- the socio-economic development we need to economic benefits of local people iii) plan to sustain our physical, cultural and environmental conservation iv) specialized environmental resources for a longer period. So tourism development etc. proper planning place an important role for the Concept of Sustainable Tourism sustainable development of tourism. In 1988, UNWTO (United Nations World Methodology: Tourism Organization) defined ‘sustainable This paper is completed based on tourism as leading management of all resources secondary information. To complete the paper in such a way that economic, social and all information have been collected from books, aesthetic needs can be fulfilled while research papers published in different journals, maintaining cultural integrity, essential government reports etc. After collecting the ecological processes, and biological diversity information and literature, content analysis has and life supporting system’. In 1992 the Earth been done. Number of visits of foreign and Summit in Rio established the triple principles domestic tourists gathered from government of environmental, economic and social reports and website then its tabulated and sustainability. Since then then principle of graphical representation is done. sustainable tourism have been adopted by the Importance of Planning for Sustainable tourism industry worldwide. Tourism Management: According to ICOMOS (Indian Council of Planning is the act of researching, Monuments and Sites) ‘Sustainable Tourism analysing, anticipating and influencing the refers to a level of tourism activity that can be change in our society. Basically planning is one maintained over the long term because it results of the most important function for any in a net benefit for the social, economic, natural management process. and cultural environments of the area in which Gunn, Clare A, ( 1979) was one of the it takes place’. first to define tourism planning as a tool for In simple words sustainable tourism destination and area development. According to implies minimizing the negative and maximizing him tourism planning is a concept of viewing the positive impacts of all types and activities the future and dealing with anticipated of tourism on local communities, environment, consequences is the only way that the inclusive economic growth and heritage. advantages of tourism can be obtained (Gunn, There is no widely accepted definition 1979) of sustainable tourism worldwide. Still it is the Andriotis,K (2000) explained tourism responsibility of all the stakeholders of tourism planning process involves with many industry like tourists, tour operator, local people, components. According to him unplanned accommodator, central and state government, tourism, weakens the image of many tourist NGOs to share the mutual goals. These goals destination, hence these destination can include the following. attracts only low cost mass tourism. As a result i) To preserve the natural resources for the environmental problems emerged. future generation. (Andriotis, 2000) ii) To improve the quality of life of host Without the strategic planning of communities sustainable tourism cannot grow in our country. iii) To maintain the biological diversity and Following components plays an important role ecosystem [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0193 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 iv) To maintain the cultural integrity of forests and deserts are fixed but number tourist destination domestic and foreign tourist are increasing in v) To provide a high quality experience to rapid rate in India. Hence environmental carrying the tourists. capacity is a big question in many tourist vi) To maintain the social equity destinations of India. Moreover to support these vii) To increase the employment quality huge number of tourists unplanned hotel viii) To maintain the environmental purity. industries are booming, other infrastructural UNWTO (UnitedNations World Tourism developments are happening, so in near future Organization) and UNEP (United Nations we need to face the scarcity of natural resources Environment Programme) specifically identified like land, water, energy, forest etc. Sustainable twelve aims for sustainable tourism like practice of tourism is the only way to grow the economic viability, local prosperity, employment industry for a longer period. quality, social equity, visitor fulfilment, local control, community wellbeing, cultural richness, physical integrity, biological diversity, resource efficiency and environmental purity. (UNWTO & UNEP, 2005) Need of Sustainable Tourism in India India is extremely geographically diversified country. It is the seventh largest country in the world, covering 3,287,263 square kilometre area. The panoramic snow-capped Himalayan Mountain in the north and in extreme south the Indian Ocean present. India has a huge Source: Tourism At A Glance, 2019, GOI coast line of 7516 kms. World’s largest mangrove forest Sunderban is located in the country. It has desert in the west and Bay of Bengal in the east. Many national forests, lakes, rivers, sanctuaries are present in the country. India is not only famous for the physical diversity, at the same time it is famous for cultural diversity too. The country has several monuments, archaeological site, world heritage site etc. These diversity attracts huge number of international tourists as well as domestic tourists in India. The following figure shows Source: Tourism At A Glance, 2019, GOI Foreign Tourists Arrivals (Fig:1) in India and Indicators of sustainable tourism for Domestic Tourists Visits (Fig:2) in different management of environment States and UTs. According to ministry of tourism, Environmental management is the Govt. of India total number of foreign tourists management of the human activities within the increased from 2.54 million in 2001 to 10.56 tolerable constrains with full consideration of million in 2018, where as total number of ecological factors. Environment plays an domestic tourist increased from 236 million in important role for the development of tourism 2001 to 1.85 billion in 2018. The land is limited, at the same time environment is facing threats [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0194 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 due the growth of tourism industry. So to properly v) To maintain purity of air: Reduction of manage the environment and conserving natural emission of greenhouse gasses is a major resource following indicators need to follow by responsibility for all stakeholders in tourist the host community. destinations. Year wise progress in i) To conserve water: In all tourists reduction of greenhouse gas should be destination, supply of water and followed. To be monitored number of consumption of water by tourists should vehicles entering in the tourist destination be recorded. Periodic inspection of all and tourist’s parking lot .This will help to water line should be done. If possible get an idea about level of pollution from rainwater harvesting should be installed vehicle. and laundry load should be reduced. In the The above are few of environmental indicators hotels, guest houses, water should be of sustainable tourism development. If all provided to the tourist in metal glass rather stake holders follow the social, economic than paper glasses. Frequent training and environmental indicators, then only should be provided to the personnel in holistic development of sustainable water conservation. tourism is possible. ii) To conserve energy: Monthly Conclusion: consumption of energy by tourists need Today the environmental crisis we are to be recorded. Need to plan to reduce facing throughout the world due to increasing consumption of energy in every alternate number of tourists, must be addressed by the year. Solar power, solar heater should be government. While planning of sustainable used in hotel room, kitchen, and laundry tourism, opinion of the local communities should purposes. Investment is required in energy be respected. Government of India and different saving equipment’s like LED/CFL lights etc. expert stakeholders was constituted in 2010, iii) To reduce solid waste: Solid waste is a STCI (Sustainable Tourism Criteria for India) and major problems in almost all tourist indicators. But various published sources, destination. To practice sustainable research work show that in India there is a tourism solid waste management plan to missing link between the concept of sustainable be incorporated in all tourists places. tourism and implementing it in practice. Hence, Need to keep a record of total waste before starting any major tourism project, generated by each hotel every day. Need integrated social, environmental and economic to figure out waste segregation systems planning analysis should be done. Throughout are present or not. Record should be all stages, like operation, development, maintained for volume of waste increasing monitoring and assessment of tourism activity or decreasing. Waste recycling and should be conducted regularly to maximise the compost system should be installed. usage of natural resources and minimize the iv) To conserve bio-diversity and wildlife: negative impact on environment. No wildlife should be kept inside the hotel References: premises. Importance of bio-diversity and 1. Andriotis, K., (2000). Local Community wildlife conservation should be informed Perceptions of Tourism as a Development to all the tourists by host community. So, Tool: The Island Of Crete. Unpublished Ph.D. environmental education should be Thesis. Bournemouth University. promoted. 2. Annual Report, 2019-20, Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0195 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 3. Chaudhuri, C, (2020) ‘Environmental Impact of Tourism with Reference to Eco-Tourism 45 in India,’ Studies in Indian Places Names, Vol,40, Issues-50, March 2020. 4. Gunn, C.A. (1979). Tourism Planning. New York: Russack and Company. 5. India: Tourism Statistics At A Glance, 2019, Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. 6. Mamhoori A and Nasim S,(2013) Sustainable Tourism Development in India: Analyzing the Role of Stakeholders, Proceedings of GLOGIFT, IIT Delhi 7. Sustainable Tourism for India, Criterion and Indicators, Applicable to Accomodation Sector and Tour Operators, Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0196 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0197 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0198 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0199 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0200 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-02 [dÚmd mVm:© Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF)